Material manipulation in three-dimensional printing

ABSTRACT

The present disclosure provides three-dimensional (3D) printing systems, apparatuses, software, and methods for the production of at least one requested 3D object. The 3D printer includes a material conveyance system, filtering system, and unpacking station. The material conveyance system may transport pre-transformed material against gravity. The 3D printing described herein comprises facilitating non-interrupted material dispensing through a component of the 3D printer, such as a layer dispenser.

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims benefit of prior-filed U.S. Provisional PatentApplication Ser. No. 62/477,848, filed on Mar. 28, 2017, titled“MATERIAL CONVEYANCE IN THREE-DIMENSIONAL PRINTERS,” which is entirelyincorporated herein by reference.

BACKGROUND

Three-dimensional (3D) printing (e.g., additive manufacturing) is aprocess for making a three-dimensional object of any shape from adesign. The design may be in the form of a data source such as anelectronic data source, or may be in the form of a hard copy. The hardcopy may be a two-dimensional representation of a 3D object. The datasource may be an electronic 3D model. 3D printing may be accomplishedthrough an additive process in which successive layers of material arelaid down one on top of another. This process may be controlled (e.g.,computer controlled, manually controlled, or both). A 3D printer can bean industrial robot.

3D printing can generate custom parts. A variety of materials can beused in a 3D printing process including elemental metal, metal alloy,ceramic, elemental carbon, or polymeric material. In some 3D printingprocesses (e.g., additive manufacturing), a first layer of hardenedmaterial is formed (e.g., by welding powder), and thereafter successivelayers of hardened material are added one by one, wherein each new layerof hardened material is added on a pre-formed layer of hardenedmaterial, until the entire designed three-dimensional structure (3Dobject) is layer-wise materialized.

3D models may be created with a computer aided design package, via 3Dscanner, or manually. The manual modeling process of preparing geometricdata for 3D computer graphics may be similar to plastic arts, such assculpting or animating. 3D scanning is a process of analyzing andcollecting digital data on the shape and appearance of a real object(e.g., real-life object). Based on this data, 3D models of the scannedobject can be produced.

A number of 3D printing processes are currently available. They maydiffer in the manner layers are deposited to create the materialized 3Dstructure (e.g., hardened 3D structure). They may vary in the materialor materials that are used to materialize the designed 3D object. Somemethods melt, sinter, or soften material to produce the layers that formthe 3D object. Examples for 3D printing methods include selective lasermelting (SLM), selective laser sintering (SLS), direct metal lasersintering (DMLS) or fused deposition modeling (FDM). Other methods cureliquid materials using different technologies such as stereo lithography(SLA). In the method of laminated object manufacturing (LOM), thinlayers (made inter alia of paper, polymer, or metal) are cut to shapeand joined together.

At times, during the process of dispensing pre-transformed (e.g.,particulate) material as part of the 3D printing, the pre-transformedmaterial may be dispensed in a discontinuous manner, or cease to bedispensed. For examples, there may be one or more intermissions in theconveyance of the pre-transformed material during the 3D printing. Theintermissions(s) may be undesired. For example, the material dispensermay run out of pre-transformed material. For example, the materialdispensing process may pause (e.g., stop) to refill the materialdispenser. In some situations, it may be desired to diminish the numberof (e.g., undesired) interruptions to the material dispensing process.At times, it may be desirable to facilitate a continuous movement (e.g.,flow) of the pre-transformed material (e.g., to allow non-interruptedand/or smooth deposition). At times, it may be desirable to convey anexcess amount of pre-transformed material (e.g., as a result ofleveling, vacuuming, or unused material) to the material dispenser. Attimes, there may be an excess of material that is not used during the 3Dprinting. The excess of material may be recycled and/or reused duringthe 3D printing. In some embodiments, there may be a need for aconveyance system of the excess material to the material dispenser.

In some embodiments, material is supplied in bulk qualities. There maybe a need for a conveyance system that conveys material to the materialdispenser. The conveyance system may facilitate uninterrupted functionof the material dispenser. The conveyance system may facilitatecontinuous flow of pre-transformed material to the material dispenser.

In some examples, it may be beneficial to transport pre-transformedmaterial against gravity (e.g., in an upwards direction). For example,it may be beneficial to transport the pre-transformed material from areservoir containing a large amount of pre-transformed material, againstgravity to a reservoir containing a smaller amount of pre-transformedmaterial. For example, it may be beneficial to keep large quantities ofthe pre-transformed material in a large reservoir disposed at a lowelevation (e.g., relative to a position of the material dispenser) forease of operation (e.g., handling), and/or safety consideration.

SUMMARY

In an aspect, the present disclosure comprises a transporting ofpre-transformed material from a reservoir during a portion of the 3Dprinting process. The transporting may be against gravity.

In another aspect, a system for three-dimensional printing of at leastone three-dimensional object comprises: a material dispenser thatdispenses a pre-transformed material towards a platform; a firstpressure container that is configured to contain the pre-transformedmaterial, which first pressure container is operatively coupled to thematerial dispenser; a gas conveyor channel that is operatively coupledto the first pressure container; a material conveyor channel that isoperatively coupled to the first pressure container, the gas conveyorchannel, and the material dispenser; and at least one controller that isoperatively coupled to the material dispenser, the first pressurecontainer, the gas conveyor channel, and the material conveyor channel,which at least one controller is programmed to direct performance of thefollowing operations: operation (i) direct insertion of at least one gasinto the first pressure container, through the gas conveyor channel, toelevate the pressure in the pressure container, operation (ii) directconveying of the pre-transformed material from the pressure container tothe material dispenser through the material conveyor channel, as aresult of an elevated pressure in the pressure container, operation(iii) direct dispensing of conveyed pre-transformed material towards theplatform, and operation (iv) direct printing, during dispensing or afterdispensing, of at least a portion of the at least one three-dimensionalobject, from the pre-transformed material.

In some embodiments, the system further comprises a second pressurecontainer that is configured to contain the pre-transformed material,which second pressure container is operatively coupled to the materialdispenser, and the material conveyor channel. In some embodiments, theat least one controller is programmed to direct performance of conveyingthe pre-transformed material from the second pressure container to thematerial dispenser. In some embodiments, conveying from the secondpressure container comprises dense phase conveying. In some embodiments,the at least one controller is programmed to direct performance ofalternatingly conveying the pre-transformed material to the materialdispenser, from the first pressure container and from the secondpressure container. In some embodiments, the at least one controller isprogrammed to direct performance of switching conveying from the firstpressure container to the second pressure container. In someembodiments, at least two of operation (i), operation (ii), operation(iii), and operation (iv) are directed by the same controller. In someembodiments, the at least one controller is a plurality of controllersand wherein at least two of operation (i), operation (ii), operation(iii), and operation (iv) are directed by different controllers.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of atleast one three-dimensional object comprises: a material dispenser thatdispenses pre-transformed material towards a platform, whichpre-transformed material is used to print at least a portion of the atleast one three-dimensional object, wherein the print is after thedispensing or during the dispensing; a first pressure container that isconfigured to contain the pre-transformed material, which first pressurecontainer is operatively coupled to the material dispenser; a first gasconveyor channel that is operatively coupled to the first pressurecontainer, which first gas conveyor channel is configured to at leastfacilitate an insertion of at least one gas into the first pressurecontainer, wherein the insertion can form an elevated pressure in thefirst pressure container; and a material conveyor channel that isoperatively coupled to the first pressure container, the first gasconveyor channel, and the material dispenser, which material conveyorchannel conveys pre-transformed material from the first pressurecontainer to the material dispenser, on insertion of the at least onegas into the first pressure container to form the elevated pressure inthe pressure container.

In some embodiments, elevated is relative to an ambient pressure. Insome embodiments, the first pressure container is additionallyconfigured to facilitate an extraction of the at least one gas from thefirst pressure container, wherein the extraction forms a reducedpressure in the first pressure container. In some embodiments, reducedis relative to an ambient pressure. In some embodiments, the apparatusfurther comprises a second pressure container that is configured tocontain the pre-transformed material, which second pressure container isoperatively coupled to the material dispenser, and the material conveyorchannel. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a secondgas conveyor channel that is operatively coupled to the second pressurecontainer, which second gas conveyor channel is configured to at leastfacilitate insertion of at least one gas into the second pressurecontainer, wherein the insertion can form an elevated pressure in thesecond pressure container. In some embodiments, the second gas conveyorchannel is different from the first gas conveyor channel. In someembodiments, the second gas conveyor channel is operatively coupled tothe first gas conveyor channel. In some embodiments, the second gasconveyor channel is the same as the first gas conveyor channel. In someembodiments, at least a portion of the material conveyor channel isinserted into an interior of the first pressure container. In someembodiments, the material conveyor channel extends into an interior ofthe first pressure container. In some embodiments, the material conveyorchannel comprises one or more boundaries that comprise a smooth internalsurface, which smooth internal surface is configured to facilitateconveyance of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, theinternal surface comprises a static dissipative surface. In someembodiments, the internal surface comprises a charge. In someembodiments, the charge is altered. In some embodiments, the charge isaltered is during the conveyance of the pre-transformed material. Insome embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a separator, whichseparator is operatively coupled to the material conveyor channel andthe material dispenser, which separator is configured to at leastpartially separate the at least one gas from the pre-transformedmaterial. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises aseparator, which separator is operatively coupled to the materialconveyor channel and a recycling mechanism, which separator isconfigured to at least partially separate the at least one gas from thepre-transformed material, wherein the recycling mechanism comprises anentrance port and/or an exit port

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of atleast one three-dimensional object comprises at least one controllerthat is programmed to perform the following operations: operation (a)direct conveying of a pre-transformed material from a first pressurecontainer to a material dispenser, which conveying comprises dense phaseconveying; operation (b) direct dispensing of a conveyed pre-transformedmaterial from the material dispenser towards a platform; and operation(c) direct printing of at least a portion of the at least onethree-dimensional object from the pre-transformed material after thedispensing or during the dispensing.

In some embodiments, the at least two of operation (a), operation (b),and operation (c) are directed by the same controller. In someembodiments, the at least one controller is a plurality of controllersand wherein at least two of operation (a), operation (b), and operation(c) are directed by different controllers

In another aspect, a method for printing at least one three-dimensionalobject comprises: a. conveying a pre-transformed material from a firstpressure container to a material dispenser, which conveying comprisesdense phase conveying; b. dispensing a conveyed pre-transformed materialfrom the material dispenser towards a platform; and c. printing at leasta portion of the at least one three-dimensional object from thepre-transformed material after the dispensing or during the dispensing.

In some embodiments, dense phase conveying comprises (i) insertingpre-transformed material into the first pressure container, (ii)inserting at least one gas into the first pressure container to form apressure gradient between the first pressure container and a target tofacilitate dispensing the conveyed pre-transformed material, and (iii)conveying the pre-transformed material from the first pressure containerto the target, across the pressure gradient. In some embodiments, thetarget includes a bulk reservoir, the material dispenser, a processingchamber, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the methodfurther comprises conveying the pre-transformed material from a secondpressure container to the material dispenser. In some embodiments,conveying from the second pressure container comprises dense phaseconveying. In some embodiments, the method further comprisesalternatingly conveying the pre-transformed material to the materialdispenser, from the first pressure container and from the secondpressure container. In some embodiments, the conveying is continuous. Insome embodiments, the conveying is discontinuous. In some embodiments,the conveying includes packets of pre-transformed material. In someembodiments, the method further comprises switching conveying from thefirst pressure container to the second pressure container. In someembodiments, the method further comprises facilitating continuous flowof pre-transformed material into the material dispenser. In someembodiments, the method further comprises switching conveying from thesecond pressure container to the first pressure container. In someembodiments, the switching is alternating. In some embodiments, theswitching is controlled. In some embodiments, the switching is duringdispensing the conveyed pre-transformed material from the materialdispenser. In some embodiments, the switching is coordinated withevacuating at least a portion of the pre-transformed material from thefirst pressure container or the second pressure container. In someembodiments, the switching is coordinated with filling of the firstpressure container or the second pressure container with thepre-transformed material. In some embodiments, filling comprises fillingwith pre-transformed material from an external material source. In someembodiments, filling comprises filling with an excess of pre-transformedmaterial from a processing chamber in which the at least onethree-dimensional object is printed. In some embodiments, fillingcomprises filling with an excess of pre-transformed material from aleveler or from a material remover, wherein the leveler and/or thematerial remover planarize an exposed surface of a material bed that thematerial dispenser forms upon dispensing pre-transformed material. Insome embodiments, evacuating comprises conveying pre-transformedmaterial to the material dispenser. In some embodiments, evacuatingcomprises conveying pre-transformed material to a bulk reservoir. Insome embodiments, evacuating comprises conveying pre-transformedmaterial to an external material source. In some embodiments, the methodfurther comprises conveying (i) pre-transformed material from the firstpressure container to the material dispenser and (ii) pre-transformedmaterial from the material dispenser to the second pressure container.In some embodiments, the conveying of (i) and (ii) is simultaneous. Insome embodiments, the conveying of (i) and (ii) is sequential. In someembodiments, the method further comprises (i) evacuating pre-transformedmaterial from the first pressure container, and (ii) fillingpre-transformed material to the second pressure container. In someembodiments, the conveying of (i) and (ii) is simultaneous. In someembodiments, the conveying of (i) and (ii) is sequential. In someembodiments, conveying comprises conveying via a material conveyingchannel

In another aspect, a computer software product for three-dimensionalprinting of at least one three-dimensional object comprises anon-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructionsare stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause thecomputer to perform operations comprises: operation (a) directingconveying of a pre-transformed material from a first pressure containerto a material dispenser, which conveying comprises dense phaseconveying; operation (b) directing dispensing of a conveyedpre-transformed material from the material dispenser towards a platform;and operation (c) directing printing of at least a portion of the atleast one three-dimensional object from the pre-transformed materialafter the dispensing or during the dispensing.

In some embodiments, at least two of operation (a), operation (b), andoperation (c) are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments,the computer software product further comprises a plurality ofcontrollers configured to read the program instructions, and wherein atleast two of operation (a), operation (b), and operation (c) aredirected by different controllers.

In another aspect, a system for three-dimensional printing of at leastone three-dimensional object comprises: a processing chamber that isconfigured to expel an excess amount of a pre-transformed material,which excess is generated during printing of at least a portion of theat least one three-dimensional object; a first pressure container, whichfirst pressure container is operatively coupled to the processingchamber; a material conveyor channel, wherein the material conveyorchannel is operatively coupled to the first pressure container and tothe processing chamber; and at least one controller that is operativelycoupled to the processing chamber, the first pressure container and thematerial conveyor channel, which at least one controller is programmedto collectively or separately direct performance of the followingoperations: operation (i) direct collecting an excess amount ofpre-transformed material that is expelled from the processing chamber,and operation (ii) direct dilute phase conveyance of the excesspre-transformed material from the processing chamber to the firstpressure container, through the material conveyor channel.

In some embodiments, the system further comprises a second pressurecontainer that is configured to collect the excess amount ofpre-transformed material that is expelled from the processing chamber,which second pressure container is operatively coupled to the processingchamber, and to the material conveyor channel. In some embodiments, theat least one controller is programmed to direct performance of conveyingthe pre-transformed material from the processing chamber to the secondpressure container. In some embodiments, conveying to the secondpressure container comprises dilute phase conveying

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of atleast one three-dimensional object comprises: a processing chambercomprising an exit opening from which an excess amount ofpre-transformed material in the processing chamber is expelled, whichexcess amount of pre-transformed material is generated during printingof at least a portion of the at least one three-dimensional object; afirst pressure container that collects the excess amount ofpre-transformed material that is expelled from the processing chamber,which first pressure container is operatively coupled to the processingchamber; and a material conveyor channel that is configured to conveythe excess amount of the pre-transformed material from the processingchamber to the first pressure container by dilute phase conveyance,wherein the material conveyor channel is operatively coupled to thefirst pressure container and to the processing chamber.

In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a gas source thatis configured to deliver at least one gas to the material conveyorchannel to facilitate the dilute phase conveyance, wherein the materialconveyor channel is operatively coupled to the gas source. In someembodiments, the apparatus further comprises a recycling mechanism thatis configured to collect the excess amount of the pre-transformedmaterial, which recycling mechanism is operatively coupled to theprocessing chamber, which recycling mechanism comprises an opening. Insome embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a material removerthat is configured to facilitate collection and/or expulsion of theexcess amount of pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, theapparatus further comprises a material leveler that is configured tofacilitate collection and/or expulsion of the excess amount ofpre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the apparatus furthercomprises a second pressure container that is configured to collect theexcess amount of pre-transformed material that is expelled from theprocessing chamber, which second pressure container is operativelycoupled to the processing chamber, and to the material conveyor channel.In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a separator, whichseparator is operatively coupled to the material conveyor channel andthe first pressure container, which separator is configured to at leastpartially separate the at least one gas from pre-transformed material.In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a separator, whichseparator is operatively coupled to the material conveyor channel andthe second pressure container, which separator is configured to at leastpartially separate the at least one gas from pre-transformed material

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of atleast one three-dimensional object comprises at least one controllerthat is collectively or separately programmed to perform the followingoperations: operation (a) direct collecting an excess amount ofpre-transformed material from a processing chamber, which excess isgenerated during printing of at least a portion of the at least onethree-dimensional object; and operation (b) direct conveying a collectedexcess amount of pre-transformed material from the processing chamber toa first pressure container, which conveying comprises dilute phaseconveying.

In another aspect, a method for printing at least one three-dimensionalobject comprises: (a) collecting an excess amount of a pre-transformedmaterial from a processing chamber, which excess is generated duringprinting of at least a portion of the at least one three-dimensionalobject; and (b) conveying a collected excess amount of thepre-transformed material from the processing chamber to a first pressurecontainer, which conveying comprises dilute phase conveying.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises before (b), recyclingand/or reconditioning the excess amount of the pre-transformed material.In some embodiments, the method further comprises after (a), recyclingand/or reconditioning the excess amount of the pre-transformed material.In some embodiments, collecting comprises transferring an excess amountof the pre-transformed material into a recycling mechanism. In someembodiments, a material leveler transfers the excess amount of thepre-transformed material into the recycling mechanism. In someembodiments, a material remover transfers the excess amount of thepre-transformed material into the recycling mechanism. In someembodiments, dilute phase conveying comprises (i) inserting thepre-transformed material into a material conveying channel from theprocessing chamber, (ii) inserting at least one gas into the materialconveying channel, which at least one gas comprises a conveying velocityto form a suspended pre-transformed material from at least a portion ofthe pre-transformed material, and (iii) conveying the suspendedpre-transformed material from the processing chamber to the firstpressure container. In some embodiments, the method further comprisesmaintaining the conveying velocity while conveying through the materialconveying channel. In some embodiments, the conveying velocity isconstant while conveying through the material conveying channel. In someembodiments, the conveying velocity is altered while conveying throughthe material conveying channel. In some embodiments, the method furthercomprises maintaining a suspension of the suspended pre-transformedmaterial while conveying through the material conveying channel. In someembodiments, the inserting at least one gas comprises pressurizing theat least one gas. In some embodiments, the method further comprisesconveying the collected excess amount of the pre-transformed materialfrom the processing chamber to a second pressure container. In someembodiments, conveying to the second pressure container comprises dilutephase conveying. In some embodiments, the method further comprisesconveying the excess amount of the pre-transformed material from amaterial dispenser to the first pressure container and the secondpressure container. In some embodiments, the method further comprisessimultaneously conveying (i) pre-transformed material from the firstpressure container to a material dispenser and (ii) excesspre-transformed material from the material dispenser to the secondpressure container. In some embodiments, the method further comprisessimultaneously (i) evacuating pre-transformed material from the firstpressure container, and (ii) filling excess pre-transformed materialinto the second pressure container. In some embodiments, the methodfurther comprises alternatingly (i) evacuating pre-transformed materialfrom the first pressure container, and (ii) filling excesspre-transformed material into the second pressure container. In someembodiments, the conveying is continuous. In some embodiments, theconveying is discontinuous. In some embodiments, the conveying includespackets of pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the methodfurther comprises switching conveying to the first pressure containerfrom the second pressure container. In some embodiments, the methodfurther comprises facilitating continuous dispensing of pre-transformedmaterial from the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the methodfurther comprises switching conveying to the second pressure containerfrom the first pressure container. In some embodiments, the switching isalternating. In some embodiments, the switching is controlled. In someembodiments, the switching is during the printing of the at least onethree-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the switching is duringmaterial dispensing from the material dispenser. In some embodiments,the switching is coordinated with emptying of the first pressurecontainer or the second pressure container. In some embodiments, theswitching is coordinated with filling of the first pressure container orthe second pressure container.

In another aspect, a computer software product for three-dimensionalprinting of at least one three-dimensional object comprises anon-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructionsare stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause thecomputer to perform operations comprises: operation (a) directingcollecting an excess amount of pre-transformed material from aprocessing chamber, which excess is generated during printing of atleast a portion of the at least one three-dimensional object; andoperation (b) directing conveying the collected excess amount ofpre-transformed material from the processing chamber to a first pressurecontainer, which conveying comprises dilute phase conveying.

In another aspect, an apparatus for printing at least onethree-dimensional object comprises: an enclosure comprising at least onewall that encloses a volume configured to accommodate a gas and the atleast one three-dimensional object; an energy source that is configuredto provide an energy beam that transforms a pre-transformed material toa transformed material to print the at least one three-dimensionalobject, which energy beam generates soot during transformation of thepre-transformed material to the transformed material; a channelconfigured to transport a first mixture that includes the gas, the soot,and the pre-transformed material which channel is operatively coupled tothe enclosure; a separator that is operatively coupled to the channel,which separator is configured to separate the first mixture to a secondmixture rich in the gas and the soot, and a third mixture rich in thepre-transformed material (and may comprise the soot), wherein thechannel is configured to transport the first mixture between theenclosure and the separator; and a collector comprising an inlet openingoperatively coupled to the separator and configured to facilitate flowof the second mixture therethrough, which collector is configured tocollect at least a portion of the soot from the second mixture.

In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprising a layer dispenserthat dispenses a planar layer of the pre-transformed material to form amaterial bed in which the at least one three-dimensional object isprinted. In some embodiments, the layer dispenser is configured toextract the first mixture that additionally comprises spatter generatedduring the printing. In some embodiments, the soot is a byproduct of thetransformation of the pre-transformed material to the transformedmaterial. In some embodiments, the soot comprises particles having afundamental length scale (FLS) of at most about 5 microns, and whereinthe pre-transformed material comprises particles having a FLS of atleast about 10 microns. In some embodiments, the first mixture furthercomprises spatter, which spatter is a byproduct of the transformation ofthe pre-transformed material to the transformed material. In someembodiments, the third mixture comprises the spatter. In someembodiments, the printing of the at least one three-dimensional objectcomprises a printing cycle, and wherein the collector is configured tocollect the at least the portion of the soot from the second mixture atleast during the printing cycle. In some embodiments, the collector isconfigured to collect the at least the portion of the soot duringprinting of at least a portion of the at least one three-dimensionalobject. In some embodiments, the printing cycle comprises layerwiseprinting of the at least one three-dimensional object, and wherein thecollecting in (d) is following each layer. In some embodiments, thecollector comprises a filter. In some embodiments, the apparatus furthercomprises one or more sensors operatively coupled with the separatorand/or the collector, which one or more sensors are operable to detect acharacteristic of the soot, spatter, and/or the pre-transformedmaterial. In some embodiments, the characteristic comprises (i) a level,(ii) a volume, (iii) a flux, (iv) a chemical composition, or (v) anycombination thereof. In some embodiments, the one or more sensorsfacilitate controlling one or more apparatuses of the printing byconsidering output of the one or more sensors. In some embodiments, theone or more apparatuses comprises a remover that removes the mixture by(i) attracting a gas and the material into an internal volume of theremover and (ii) cyclonically separating the material from the gas inthe remover. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises apower connector coupled with the one or more apparatuses, which powerconnector comprises an outlet, an inlet, a wire, or any combinationthereof. In some embodiments, the collector further comprises an outletopening. In some embodiments, the outlet opening is configured tofacilitate flow of the gas therethrough. In some embodiments, thechannel is a first channel, and wherein the apparatus further comprisesa second channel operatively coupled to the outlet opening and to theenclosure, which second channel is configured to transport the gas. Insome embodiments, the apparatus further comprises one or more valvescoupled with the first channel and/or the second channel, which one ormore valves are configured to alternately block or allow flow of gastherethrough. In some embodiments, the first channel and the secondchannel are the same. In some embodiments, the separator is a cyclonicseparator. In some embodiments, the separator comprises at least twocyclonic separators that are operatively coupled in parallel orsequentially. In some embodiments, the at least two cyclonic separatorsare arranged in a sequence, such that an outlet of a first cyclonicseparator is coupled with an inlet of a following cyclonic separator ofthe sequence. In some embodiments, the separator comprises a wallenclosing an internal volume, which separator is configured togravitationally collect the third mixture in the internal volume. Insome embodiments, the internal volume comprises a reservoir. In someembodiments, the separator is configured to collect the third mixture inat least a portion of the internal volume that does not share a flowpath with the second mixture through the internal volume

In another aspect, an apparatus for printing at least onethree-dimensional object comprises: at least one controller that isoperatively coupled to an energy source, a separator, and an inletopening, which at least one controller is programmed to (i) direct theenergy source to generate an energy beam to transform a pre-transformedmaterial to a transformed material to print the at least onethree-dimensional object and generate soot in an enclosure that enclosesa gas, (ii) facilitate transport of a first mixture comprising thepre-transformed material, the soot, and the gas, to the separator, (iii)direct the separator to separate the first mixture to a second mixturerich in gas and soot, and a third mixture rich in (soot and)pre-transformed material, and (iv) facilitate collection of at leastpart of the soot of the second mixture in a collector.

In some embodiments, the at least one controller is operatively coupledto a layer dispensing mechanism. In some embodiments, the controller isfurther configured to direct planarizing an exposed surface of amaterial bed in which the at least one three-dimensional object isprinted, which planarizing comprises extracting the first mixture thatadditionally comprises spatter generated during the printing. In someembodiments, the apparatus comprises one or more valves and/or acompressed gas source coupled with the separator, the enclosure, and/orthe collector, wherein the at least one controller is coupled with theone or more valves and/or the compressed gas source. In someembodiments, the at least one controller is programmed to direct atleast one valve of the one or more valves and/or the compressed gassource to facilitate the transport in (ii). In some embodiments, thecompress gas source is an active compressed gas source that comprises ablower, a fan, a compressor, or a pump. In some embodiments, thecompress gas source is a passive compressed gas source (e.g., a gascylinder). In some embodiments, to facilitate comprises controlling anopening or closing of the one or more valves, or a flow of thecompressed gas. In some embodiments, the soot is a byproduct of atransformation of the pre-transformed material to the transformedmaterial. In some embodiments, the soot comprises particles having afundamental length scale (FLS) of at most about 5 microns, and whereinthe pre-transformed material comprises particles having a FLS of atleast about 10 microns. In some embodiments, the printing the at leastone three-dimensional object comprises a printing cycle, wherein theprinting cycle includes a layer-by-layer formation of thethree-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the at least onecontroller is programmed to facilitate the collection in (iv) followingformation of each layer. In some embodiments, the collection is from aremover that is configured to attract the mixture during the printing.In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programmed tofacilitate at least two of the transport in (ii), the separation in(iii) and the collection in (iv) at least during the printing. In someembodiments, the apparatus further comprises the at least one controlleroperatively coupled with one or more sensors, which one or more sensorsare configured to detect at least one characteristic of the soot thepre-transformed material and/or any spatter produced during theprinting. In some embodiments, the at least one characteristic comprises(i) a level, (ii) a volume, (iii) a flux, (iv) an amount, (v) a chemicalcomposition, or (vi) any combination thereof. In some embodiments, theat least one controller is configured to adjust at least one of the atleast one characteristic (i)-(v), considering a detection of the atleast one characteristic. In some embodiments, to adjust comprises aclosed loop control scheme, which comprises a feedback or a feed-forwardcontrol scheme. In some embodiments, the closed loop control is in realtime, which real time comprises during the printing at least a portionof the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, theat least one controller is configured utilize a closed loop controlscheme that is utilized is in real time during printing of at least aportion of the at least one three-dimensional object. In someembodiments, the at least one controller is programmed to facilitateadjustment to a rate at which the first mixture is transported to theseparator. In some embodiments, the adjustment is considering adetection of a rate at which second mixture is flowing to the collector.In some embodiments, at least two (i)-(iv) are directed by the samecontroller. In some embodiments, at least two of (i)-(iv) re directed bydifferent controllers.

In another aspect, a method of printing at least one three-dimensionalobject comprises: (a) generating an energy beam to transform apre-transformed material to a transformed material to print the at leastone three-dimensional object in an enclosure and generate soot, whichenclosure comprises a gas; (b) flowing a first mixture comprising thegas, the soot, and the pre-transformed material from the enclosure to aseparator; (c) separating the first mixture to a second mixture rich inthe gas and the soot, and a third mixture rich in the pre-transformedmaterial (and may comprise soot); and (d) collecting at least part ofthe soot of the second mixture.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises before flowing thefirst mixture, planarizing an exposed surface of a material bed in whichthe at least one three-dimensional object is printed, which planarizingcomprises extracting the first mixture that additionally comprisesspatter generated during the printing. In some embodiments, the soot isa byproduct of transforming the pre-transformed material to thetransformed material. In some embodiments, the soot comprises particleshaving a fundamental length scale (FLS) of at most about 5 microns, andwherein the pre-transformed material comprises particles having a FLS ofat least about 10 microns. In some embodiments, the first mixturefurther comprises spatter, which spatter is a byproduct of transformingthe pre-transformed material to the transformed material. In someembodiments, the separating in (c) comprises the third mixture tofurther be rich in the spatter. In some embodiments, the printing the atleast one three-dimensional object comprises a printing cycle, whereinthe collecting in (d) is during the printing cycle. In some embodiments,the collecting in (d) is during printing of a portion of the at leastone three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the printing cyclecomprises layerwise printing of the at least one three-dimensionalobject, and wherein the collecting in (d) is following each layer. Insome embodiments, the collecting in (d) comprises filtering. In someembodiments, the method further comprises detecting a characteristic ofthe soot, the pre-transformed material, and any spatter produced duringthe printing. In some embodiments, the characteristic comprises (i) alevel, (ii) a volume, (iii) a flux, (iv) a chemical composition, (v) andamount, or (vi) any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the methodfurther comprises flowing the gas to the enclosure, following thecollecting in (d). In some embodiments, the separating comprisesgravitationally collecting the third mixture in an internal volume ofthe separator. In some embodiments, the method further comprises storingthe third mixture in a reservoir. In some embodiments, the collectingthe third mixture is in a portion of the internal volume through whichthe second mixture does not flow. In some embodiments, the separatingcomprises cyclonic separation. In some embodiments, the separating in(c) comprises at least two separating operations, each separatingoperation reducing an amount of the soot and pre-transformed materialfrom the first mixture. In some embodiments, each separating operationof the at least two separating operations comprises a respectivecollecting of the soot and pre-transformed material. In someembodiments, each separating operation is by a respective separator. Insome embodiments, the at least two separating operations are performedsequentially. In some embodiments, the pre-transformed materialcomprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, an allotrope ofelemental carbon, a polymer, or a resin.

In another aspect, a system for printing a three-dimensional objectcomprises: an enclosure comprising at least one wall enclosing a volumethat accommodates the three-dimensional object during the printing; adispenser that is configured to dispense a dispensed amount ofpre-transformed material through an opening of the dispenser toward atarget surface that is disposed in the enclosure in which thethree-dimensional object is printed, which dispensed amount ofpre-transformed material is at least twice an amount of pre-transformedmaterial required to form a material bed in which the three-dimensionalobject is printed, wherein an excess material comprise the dispensedpre-transformed material that did not form the material bed and/or theat least one three-dimensional object; and a recycling system comprisinga sieve, wherein the recycling system is operatively coupled to theenclosure and is configured to (i) accommodate at least a portion of theexcess material and (ii) recycle the at least a portion of the excessmaterial at least in part by sieving the excess material through thesieve.

In some embodiments, the recycling system comprises an entrance openingconfigured to facilitate flow of the excess material therethrough. Insome embodiments, the recycling system is operatively coupled to aremover that removes the excess material by (i) attracting a gas and theexcess material into an internal volume of the remover and (ii)cyclonically separating the excess material from the gas in the remover.In some embodiments, the flow of the excess material comprises a mixtureof a gas and the excess material. In some embodiments, the systemfurther comprises a separator coupled with the enclosure and theentrance opening of the recycling system, which separator is configuredto separate at least part of the excess material from the gas. In someembodiments, the separator comprises a cyclonic separator. In someembodiments, the excess material comprises any soot or any spatterproduced in the printing. In some embodiments, the system furthercomprises a material reservoir having a material inlet coupled to anoutlet of the recycling system, which material reservoir is configuredto store a recycled pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, thematerial reservoir is configured to provide at least part of the recyclepre-transformed material during the printing of the three-dimensionalobject and/or during a subsequent printing. In some embodiments, theprinting the three-dimensional object is during a print cycle, whichprint cycle comprises a layer-by-layer formation of thethree-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the recycling system isconfigured to recycle in (ii) following each layer formation. In someembodiments, the recycling system is configured to recycle at least 40cubic centimeters of the excess material following each layer formation.In some embodiments, the recycling system and/or sieve is configured tofilter at least 50 kilograms. In some embodiments, the recycling systemand/or sieve is configured to filter at least 500 kilograms. In someembodiments, the recycling system and/or sieve is configured to filterat a throughput of at least about six (6) cubic centimeters of materialper hour (cc/hr). In some embodiments, the recycling system and/or sieveis configured to filter the excess material that has a fundamentallength scale of at most 1000 micrometers. In some embodiments, therecycling system and/or sieve is configured to filter the excessmaterial that has a fundamental length scale of at most 100 micrometers.In some embodiments, each layer of the layer-by-layer formationcomprises a substantially equal layer height in the material bed. Insome embodiments, a height of the dispensed amount of pre-transformed isat least five times a layer height. In some embodiments, the height ofthe dispensed amount of pre-transformed material comprises an averageheight across the target surface. In some embodiments, the systemcomprises a material removal member that is adjacent to the targetsurface, wherein the material removal member is operable to remove theexcess material from the enclosure. In some embodiments, the excessmaterial comprises at least five (5) times the layer height. In someembodiments, to remove is with aid of one or more a magnetic force, anelectrostatic force, and a gas flow (e.g., vacuum). In some embodiments,the pre-transformed material comprises a particulate material. In someembodiments, the pre-transformed material comprises an elemental metal,metal alloy, ceramic, an allotrope of elemental carbon, a polymer, or aresin. In some embodiments, the system further comprises a powerconnector coupled with the dispenser and/or the recycling system, whichpower connector comprises an outlet, an inlet, a wire, or anycombination thereof. In some embodiments, the apparatus furthercomprises a material remover that is configured to planarize an exposedsurface of the material bed in which the three-dimensional object isprinted to form the layer height. In some embodiments, the materialremover attracts from the material bed the excess material and a gas andat least partially separates the excess material from the gas in thematerial remover by using a cyclonic separator integrated in thematerial remover.

In another aspect, an apparatus for printing at least onethree-dimensional object comprises: at least one controller that isoperatively coupled to a dispenser and to a recycling system, which atleast one controller is configured (e.g., programmed) to (i) directdispensing of a dispensed amount of a pre-transformed material in anenclosure to form (a) a material bed in which the at least onethree-dimensional object is printed, and (b) an excess material, whichdispensed amount is at least twice an amount of pre-transformed materialrequired to form the material bed, which excess material comprises thedispensed material that does not form the material bed and/or the atleast one three-dimensional object, and (ii) direct recycling of theexcess material at least in part by sieving the excess material.

In some embodiments, the recycling system comprises an entrance openingconfigured to facilitate flow of the excess material therethrough,wherein in (ii) the at least one controller is programmed to facilitateentry of the excess material from the enclosure to the recycling system.In some embodiments, the excess material comprises any soot or anyspatter produced in the printing. In some embodiments, the at least onecontroller is programmed to direct recycling of the excess material atleast in part during the printing. In some embodiments, the at least onecontroller is programmed to direct recycling of the excess material tobe continuous during the printing. In some embodiments, the at least onecontroller is programmed to direct recycling of the excess material toform a recycled pre-transformed material, and to direct use of therecycled pre-transformed material during the printing of thethree-dimensional object and/or during a subsequent printing. In someembodiments, to facilitate comprises controlling (I) one or more valvesto open or close, (II) a compressed gas source to selectively flow gas,or (III) a power source to selectively supply power. In someembodiments, the recycling system further comprises an outlet openingconfigured to facilitate conveyance of the recycled pre-transformedmaterial to a material reservoir. In some embodiments, the materialreservoir comprises a material port coupled with an inlet port of thedispenser, wherein the at least one controller is programmed to (iii)facilitate conveying the pre-transformed material to the dispenser fromthe material reservoir. In some embodiments, the conveying comprises adense phase conveyance of the pre-transformed material. In someembodiments, the outlet opening is configured to facilitate conveyanceof the recycled pre-transformed material to at least two materialreservoirs. In some embodiments, the at least one controller isprogrammed to direct conveying the recycled excess to the at least twomaterial reservoirs alternatingly. In some embodiments, the printing thethree-dimensional object comprises a printing cycle, which printingcycle comprises layer-by-layer formation of the three-dimensionalobject. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programmedto direct during the printing cycle recycling of a total amount ofrecycled excess material that is greater than a total material bedvolume at the completion of the printing cycle. In some embodiments, thetotal amount of recycled excess material is at least 5 times the totalmaterial bed volume. In some embodiments, the at least one controller isprogrammed to direct the recycling in (ii) following at least one (e.g.,each) layer of the layer-by-layer formation. In some embodiments, the atleast one controller is programmed to direct the recycling to sieve at arate of at least 0.5 cubic centimeters of the excess per minute, persquare centimeter of a sieving area. In some embodiments, the at leastone controller is programmed to direct the recycling to sieve at least50 kilograms. In some embodiments, the at least one controller isprogrammed to direct the recycling to sieve at least 500 kilograms. Insome embodiments, the at least one controller is programmed to directthe recycling to sieve at a throughput of at least about six (6) cubiccentimeters of material per hour (cc/hr). In some embodiments, the atleast one controller is programmed to direct the recycling to sieve theexcess material that has a fundamental length scale of at most 1000micrometers. In some embodiments, the at least one controller isprogrammed to direct the recycling to sieve the excess material that hasa fundamental length scale of at most 100 micrometers. In someembodiments, the at least one controller is programmed to facilitatemaintaining the enclosure at a first atmosphere, and a recycling systemenclosure at a second atmosphere, which first atmosphere and secondatmosphere are different than an external atmosphere that comprises areactive agent. In some embodiments, the at least one controller isprogrammed to facilitate flow of a gas comprising an inert atmospherefor the maintaining the first atmosphere and the second atmosphere. Insome embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a removal membercomprising a removal opening disposed over the material bed, which atleast one controller is programmed to facilitate removal of the excessmaterial from the enclosure through the removal opening. In someembodiments, removal is with the aid of one or more of a magnetic force,an electrostatic force, and a gas flow.

In another aspect, a method for printing a three-dimensional objectcomprises: (a) dispensing a dispensed amount of a pre-transformedmaterial to form (i) a material bed in which the three-dimensionalobject is printed and (ii) an excess amount of the pre-transformedmaterial, which dispensed amount can fill at least twice a volume of thematerial bed; and (b) recycling the excess amount of the pre-transformedmaterial at least in part by sieving the excess amount of thepre-transformed material, wherein the excess amount of thepre-transformed material comprises dispensed pre-transformed materialthat does not form the material bed and/or the at least onethree-dimensional object

In some embodiments, the recycling is at least in part during theprinting. In some embodiments, the recycling is continuous during theprinting. In some embodiments, the excess pre-transformed materialcomprises any soot or any spatter produced in the printing. In someembodiments, the recycling is to form a recycled pre-transformedmaterial that is used during the printing of the three-dimensionalobject and/or during a subsequent printing. In some embodiments, themethod further comprises providing the recycled pre-transformed materialto a material reservoir, following the recycling in (b). In someembodiments, the method further comprises flowing the pre-transformedmaterial to a dispenser from the material reservoir. In someembodiments, the flowing comprises a dense phase conveyance of thepre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the providing therecycled pre-transformed material is to at least two materialreservoirs. In some embodiments, the method further comprises providingthe recycled excess to the at least two material reservoirsalternatingly. In some embodiments, the printing the three-dimensionalobject comprises a printing cycle, which printing cycle comprises alayer-by-layer formation of the three-dimensional object. In someembodiments, a total amount of recycled excess pre-transformed materialduring the printing cycle is greater than a total material bed volume atthe completion of the printing cycle. In some embodiments, the totalamount of recycled excess pre-transformed material is at least 5 timesthe total material bed volume. In some embodiments, the recycling in (b)is following each layer of the layer-by-layer formation. In someembodiments, the recycling comprises sieving at a rate of at least 0.5cubic centimeters of the excess amount of the pre-transformed materialper minute, per square centimeter of a sieving area. In someembodiments, the pre-transformed material comprises a powder. In someembodiments, the dispensing in (a) is in a first enclosure at a firstatmosphere, and the recycling in (b) is in a second enclosure at asecond atmosphere, which first atmosphere and second atmosphere aredifferent than an external atmosphere that comprises a reactive agent.In some embodiments, the reactive agent is reactive with respect to areactant and/or to a product (e.g., byproduct) of the printing thethree-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the first atmosphere andthe second atmosphere are substantially the same. In some embodiments,the first atmosphere and the second atmosphere are different. In someembodiments, the method further comprises conveying the excesspre-transformed material from the first enclosure to the secondenclosure in a dilute phase. In some embodiments, recycling and/orsieving is of at least 50 kilograms. In some embodiments, recyclingsystem and/or sieving is of least 500 kilograms. In some embodiments,recycling and/or sieving is at a throughput of at least about six (6)cubic centimeters of material per hour (cc/hr). In some embodiments,recycling and/or sieving is of the excess pre-transformed material thathas a fundamental length scale of at most 1000 micrometers. In someembodiments, recycling and/or sieving is of the excess pre-transformedmaterial that has a fundamental length scale of at most 100 micrometers.

In another aspect, an apparatus for printing at least onethree-dimensional object comprises: an enclosure configured toaccommodate the three-dimensional object during printing; a compressedgas source configured to flow a gas in a direction; a material reservoirhaving at least one first wall that encloses a first volume configuredto hold (i) a first atmosphere that has a gas content different from anambient atmosphere and a first pressure, and (ii) a first material portdisposed in the at least one first wall and configured to facilitatetransport of a pre-transformed material therethrough, which materialreservoir is operatively coupled (e.g., connected) to the enclosure andis configured to facilitate supply of the pre-transformed material tothe enclosure to print the three-dimensional object; and a bulkreservoir configured to hold a second atmosphere having a pressure abovethe first pressure and a gas content different from an ambientatmosphere, which bulk reservoir comprises a second material port, a gasport, and at least one second wall that encloses a second volumeconfigured to accommodate the pre-transformed material, which compressedgas source is operatively coupled to the bulk reservoir through the gasport to facilitate pressurized conveyance of the pre-transformedmaterial from the bulk reservoir through the second material port to thefirst material port at least in part against the gravitational field.

In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a verticallytranslatable platform configured to support the at least onethree-dimensional object during the printing. In some embodiments, theplatform is disposed in the enclosure. In some embodiments, thepressurized conveyance of the pre-transformed material comprises densephase conveyance. In some embodiments, the bulk reservoir comprises atransportable container or a stationary reservoir, which stationaryreservoir is configured to couple with at least one material reservoirthrough the second material port. In some embodiments, the firstmaterial port is coupled with a valve, which valve is operable to opento facilitate the pressurized conveyance of the pre-transformedmaterial, and to close to prevent the pressurized conveyance. someembodiments, the material reservoir comprises one or more sensors, whichone or more sensors are operable to detect a level, type, and/or volumeof pre-transformed material within the material reservoir. In someembodiments, the material reservoir comprises one or more sensors. Insome embodiments, the one or more sensors are operable to detect areactive species within the reservoir (e.g., oxygen or humidity). Insome embodiments, the valve is operable to open in response to adetection by the one or more sensors that the pre-transformed materialis below a threshold level. In some embodiments, the first pressure isestablished by an operation of the valve. In some embodiments, theenclosure comprises a second material port configured to accept thepre-transformed material from the material reservoir during the printingwithout interruption to the printing of the at least onethree-dimensional object, and/or without interruption of the pressurizedconveyance. In some embodiments, without interruption to the printingcomprises printing continuously for at least 8 hours. In someembodiments, without interruption to the printing comprises printingcontinuously for at least 15 days. In some embodiments, the printingcomprises printing at a rate of at least 45 cubic centimeters per hour(cc/hr). In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a (e.g.,vertically translatable) platform configured to support the at least onethree-dimensional object during the printing. In some embodiments, theapparatus further comprises at least one valve operatively coupled withthe gas port, which one valve is configured to open and close tofacilitate and to prevent, respectively, ingress of the compressed gas.In some embodiments, the ambient atmosphere comprises a reactive agentthat is reactive (e.g., during and/or after the printing) with areactant and/or with a product of the printing. In some embodiments, theat least the one first wall and/or the at least the one second wall arehermetically sealed and/or comprise a sealant, wherein the first volumeand/or the second volume are configured to hold a positive pressure withrespect to an ambient pressure. In some embodiments, the apparatusfurther comprises a system frame enclosing a system frame volume, whichsystem frame volume comprises the enclosure and the material reservoir.In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a recycling systemcoupled with an outlet port of the enclosure, which recycling system isconfigured to receive a mixture of an excess pre-transformed materialand a debris from the printing through the outlet port, and to separateat least part of the debris from the excess pre-transformed material bycyclonic separation. In some embodiments, the recycling system isoperatively coupled to a material remover to receive the mixture forfiltration from the material remover and/or provide the filtered mixtureto the material remover (e.g., before, after, and/or during theprinting). In some embodiments, the material remover removes the mixtureby (i) attracting a gas and the material into an internal volume of theremover and (ii) cyclonically separating the material from the gas inthe remover. In some embodiments, the apparatus the apparatus furthercomprises a power connector coupled with the compressed gas source,which power connector comprises an outlet, an inlet, a wire, or anycombination thereof.

In another aspect, an apparatus for printing at least onethree-dimensional object comprises: one or more controllers that areoperatively coupled to a compressed gas source, to a material reservoir,and to a bulk reservoir, which one or more controllers are individuallyor collectively configured to (i) direct the compressed gas source toflow a gas through a gas inlet port of the bulk reservoir to establish afirst atmosphere that has a first gas content that is different from anambient atmosphere and a first pressure, which first atmosphere is of aninternal volume of the bulk reservoir; and (ii) facilitate pressurizedtransport of a pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to thematerial reservoir against a gravitational force, which materialreservoir holds a second atmosphere that has a second gas content thatis different from the ambient atmosphere and a second pressure lowerthan the first pressure, wherein pre-transformed material in thematerial reservoir is used for printing the three-dimensional object.

In some embodiments, the one or more controllers further directvertically translating the platform that is configured to support the atleast one three-dimensional object during the printing. In someembodiments, the one or more controllers are configured to directfacilitating addition of the pre-transformed material to the materialreservoir through a material inlet port, which material inlet port isconfigured to accept pre-transformed material from a storage containerduring the printing. In some embodiments, the one or more controllersare configured to facilitate flowing the gas flow from the compressedgas source through a gas storage inlet of the storage container toestablish a third atmosphere that has a third gas content that isdifferent from the ambient atmosphere and a third pressure. In someembodiments, facilitate flowing comprises directing a compressed gasflow to flow the gas, or alerting an operator to initiate the flow ofthe gas. In some embodiments, the compressed gas flow is passive (e.g.,a cylinder). In some embodiments, the compressed gas flow is active(e.g., a pump or blower). In some embodiments, the one or morecontrollers are operatively coupled with a sieve inlet port of a sieveassembly disposed between the bulk reservoir and the material reservoir,wherein the pressurized transport in (ii) comprises transport throughthe sieve inlet port for sieving at least part of the pre-transformedmaterial. In some embodiments, the pressurized transport comprises adense phase conveyance of the pre-transformed material. In someembodiments, the sieve assembly comprises an outlet opening configuredto facilitate conveyance of sieved pre-transformed material to arespective storage inlet port of at least two storage containers. Insome embodiments, the outlet opening and/or the respective storage inletcomprises a gate and/or a switch, wherein the one or more controllersare configured to control a position of the gate and/or the switch todirect the conveyance of sieved pre-transformed material to the at leasttwo storage containers. In some embodiments, the one or more controllersare programmed to direct the conveyance of sieved pre-transformedmaterial to the at least two storage containers alternatingly. In someembodiments, the one or more controllers are programmed to facilitateconveyance of pre-transformed material to the material reservoir from astorage container of the at least two storage containers that is notreceiving pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir and/or thesieve assembly. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers areprogrammed to alternate conveying from a first storage container of theat least two storage containers to a second storage of the at least twostorage containers considering a level of the pre-transformed materialin the first storage container, which level is detected by a sensoroperatively coupled with the one or more controllers. In someembodiments, during the printing comprises without interruption of theprinting, and/or without interruption of conveyance against thegravitational force of the pre-transformed material to the materialreservoir. In some embodiments, without interruption comprises printingcontinuously for at least 8 hours. In some embodiments, withoutinterruption comprises printing continuously for at least 15 days. Insome embodiments, the printing comprises printing at a rate of at least45 cubic centimeters per hour (cc/hr). In some embodiments, thepre-transformed material comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy,ceramic, an allotrope of elemental carbon, a polymer, or a resin. Insome embodiments, the material reservoir is disposed within an enclosurein which the three-dimensional object is printing. In some embodiments,the one or more controllers are programmed to adjust the firstatmosphere and/or the second atmosphere in response to a detection ofone or more sensors, which one or more sensors are configured to detectat least one characteristic of the first atmosphere and/or the secondatmosphere. In some embodiments, the at least one characteristiccomprises (I) a pressure differential between the first atmosphere andthe second atmosphere, and/or (II) an atmospheric level of a reactiveagent. In some embodiments, the reactive agent is reactive (e.g., duringand/or after the printing) with a reactant (e.g., pre-transformedmaterial) and/or with a product (e.g., transformed and/or hardenedmaterial) of the printing. In some embodiments, the one or morecontrollers are configured to adjust the pressure differential betweenthe first atmosphere and the second atmosphere such that the firstpressure is higher than the second pressure. In some embodiments, todirect the compressed gas in (i) and to facilitate the pressurizedtransport in (ii) are performed by the same controller. In someembodiments, to direct the compressed gas in (i) and to facilitate thepressurized transport in (ii) are performed by different controllers.

In another aspect, a method of printing at least one three-dimensionalobject comprises: holding a first atmosphere in a first volume of amaterial reservoir which first atmosphere has a first gas content thatis different from an ambient atmosphere, and a first pressure; flowingcompressed gas into a bulk reservoir to establish a second atmospherethat has a second gas content that is different from the ambientatmosphere and a second pressure greater than the first pressure; andflowing a pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to thematerial reservoir, which pre-transformed material in the materialreservoir is used for printing the three-dimensional object.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises (e.g., vertically)translating a platform supports the at least one three-dimensionalobject during the printing. In some embodiments, the flowing in (c)comprises dense phase conveyance of the pre-transformed material. Insome embodiments, the method further comprises establishing the firstpressure by flowing the compressed gas into the first volume. In someembodiments, the method further comprises establishing the firstpressure in the first volume in response to the pre-transformed materialbeing below a threshold level within the material reservoir. In someembodiments, the threshold level corresponds to an amount of materialrequired to fill a material bed in which the at least onethree-dimensional object is printing. In some embodiments, the methodfurther comprises holding (e.g., maintaining) the bulk reservoir at thesecond pressure, such that the flowing in (c) commences upon theestablishing of the first pressure in the first volume. In someembodiments, the second atmosphere comprises substantially the same gasas the first atmosphere. In some embodiments, the first atmosphereand/or the second atmosphere comprise an inert atmosphere. In someembodiments, the flowing in (c) comprises sieving the pre-transformedmaterial between the bulk reservoir and the material reservoir. In someembodiments, the sieving is in a third atmosphere that has a third gascontent that is different from the ambient atmosphere and at least byhaving a third pressure that is lower than the second pressure. In someembodiments, the method further comprises flowing the pre-transformedmaterial from the bulk reservoir to at least two material reservoirs. Insome embodiments, the method further comprises (d) conveying thepre-transformed material from the at least two material reservoirs to anenclosure within which the at least one three-dimensional object isprinting. In some embodiments, flowing the pre-transformed material in(c) and/or conveyance of the pre-transformed material in (d) is againsta gravitational field. In some embodiments, flowing the pre-transformedmaterial in (c) is without interruption to the printing of the at leastone three-dimensional object, and/or without interruption of conveyanceof the pre-transformed material in (d). In some embodiments, withoutinterruption to the printing comprises printing continuously for atleast 8 hours. In some embodiments, without interruption to the printingcomprises printing continuously for at least 15 days. In someembodiments, the printing comprises transforming the pre-transformedmaterial to a transformed material at a rate of at least 45 cubiccentimeters per hour (cc/hr). In some embodiments, conveyance of thepre-transformed material in (d) comprises switching from a firstmaterial reservoir to a second material reservoir. In some embodiments,flowing the pre-transformed material in (c) is to a material reservoirof the at least two material reservoirs that is not currently conveyingthe pre-transformed material in (d). In some embodiments, the conveyingto the enclosure is continuous. In some embodiments, the conveying tothe enclosure is discontinuous. In some embodiments, the ambientatmosphere comprises a reactive agent that is reactive (e.g., beforeand/or after the printing) with a reactant and/or with a product of theprinting.

In another aspect, an apparatus for printing at least onethree-dimensional object comprises: a filtering enclosure comprising:(i) at least one wall enclosing a volume configured to accommodate anatmosphere, (ii) an inlet port disposed in the at least one wall, whichinlet port is configured to facilitate ingress of a material into thevolume, wherein the material comprises (1) a remainder of the printingof the three-dimensional object, or (2) a debris produced during theprinting of the three-dimensional object, and (iii) a collection volumein the volume that facilitates collection of a filtered material and/oran exit port disposed in the at least one wall, which exit port isconfigured to facilitate egress of the filtered material from thevolume; and a supportive structure configured to accommodate afiltration member having a filter and a frame that is configured tosupport the filter, which filtration member is (a) disposed in thevolume at an angle with respect to a normal to the gravitational fieldvector and (b) divides the volume into an upper portion and a lowerportion, which upper portion is partially defined by a fraction of theat least one wall that includes the inlet port, and which lower portionis partially defined by a fraction of the at least one wall thatincludes the exit port and/or the collection volume.

In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a processingchamber configured to accommodate printing of the three-dimensionalobject. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises avertically translatable platform configured to support thethree-dimensional object during its printing. In some embodiments, theplatform is disposed in the processing chamber. In some embodiments, thefiltering enclosure is operatively coupled to a material remover toreceive the material for filtration from the material remover. In someembodiments, the material remover removes the material by (i) attractinga gas and the material into an internal volume of the remover and (ii)cyclonically separating the material from the gas in the remover. Insome embodiments, the supportive structure comprises a protrusion,depression, ledge, or a railing. In some embodiments, the supportivestructure is configured to support the filtration member (e.g.,cartridge) upon filtering at least 50 kilograms. In some embodiments,the supportive structure is configured to support the filtration member(e.g., cartridge) upon filtering at least 500 kilograms. In someembodiments, the supportive structure is configured to support thefiltration member (e.g., cartridge) upon filtering at a throughput of atleast about six (6) cubic centimeters of material per hour (cc/hr). Insome embodiments, the supportive structure is configured to support thefiltration member (e.g., cartridge) upon filtering a material having afundamental length scale of at most 1000 micrometers. In someembodiments, the material comprises a pre-transformed material has afundamental length scale of at most 1000 micrometers. In someembodiments, the debris comprises material having a fundamental lengthscale of above 50 micrometers. In some embodiments, the apparatusfurther comprises an enclosure configured to accommodate thethree-dimensional object during the printing. In some embodiments, theapparatus further comprises a movable platform configured to support thethree-dimensional object during its printing in the enclosure. In someembodiments, the apparatus further comprises an energy beam configuredto transform a pre-transformed material to a transformed material toprint the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, thepre-transformed material comprises a particulate material. In someembodiments, the material comprises a small material and a largematerial. In some embodiments, the small material comprises apre-transformed material, wherein the large material comprises abyproduct of printing the three-dimensional object by transforming thepre-transformed material to a transformed material. In some embodiments,the byproduct of the printing comprises spatter. In some embodiments,the at least one wall comprises a secondary exit opening disposedadjacent to the filtration member to accommodate egress of materialtherethrough (e.g., adjacent and/or at the top surface of the filtrationmember). In some embodiments, the filtration member is configured tofilter the small material from the large material, wherein the anglefacilitates simultaneous (1) filtration of any small material, and (2)eviction of any large material through the secondary exit opening. Insome embodiments, the small material comprises particles having amaximal fundamental length scale (FLS), which maximal FLS is at mostabout 50 microns, and wherein the large material comprises particleshaving a larger FLS than the maximal FLS. In some embodiments, the angleis such that facilitates the simultaneous filtration and eviction. Insome embodiments, the angle is from about 1 degree to about 8 degrees.In some embodiments, the filtering enclosure further comprises aleveling member to controllably dispose the filtration member at theangle. In some embodiments, the leveling member comprises a gas- orliquid-filled bladder, a pin, an actuator, a jack, a lever, or a screw.In some embodiments, the actuator comprises an (e.g., magnetic) encoder,or a (e.g., servo) motor. In some embodiments, the supportive structure,frame and/or the at least one wall comprises an isolation elementoperable for mechanical and/or thermal isolation of the frame from theat least one wall. In some embodiments, the isolation element comprisesa gasket, a bumper, a spring, a sponge, a bellow, a cloth, a cork, or amembrane. In some embodiments, the frame comprises one or more skeletonstructures (e.g., support structures, or scaffold structures) disposedto support the filter. In some embodiments, the one or more skeletonstructures are configured to support a filter of the filtration memberbelow the inlet port when the filtration member is engaged with thesupportive structure in the volume, wherein below is with respect to thegravitational field vector, such that the ingress of the material is atleast partially directed towards the one or more skeleton structures. Insome embodiments, the inlet is disposed laterally adjacent to a firstside of the supportive structure that places the filtration member thatis angled at a more distant position from the gravitational center ascompared to a second side of the filtration member that is angled. Insome embodiments, the one or more skeleton structure(s) and/orsupportive structure comprise a material that is durable with respect tofiltering metallic particles. In some embodiments, the skeletonstructure is configured to support a filter upon filtering at least 50kilograms. In some embodiments, the skeleton structure is configured tosupport a filter upon filtering at least 500 kilograms. In someembodiments, the skeleton structure is configured to support a filterupon filtering at a throughput of at least about six (6) cubiccentimeters of material per hour (cc/hr). In some embodiments, theskeleton structure is configured to support a filter upon filtering amaterial having a fundamental length scale of at most 1000 micrometers.In some embodiments, the one or more skeleton structures are operativelycoupled (e.g., affixed) to the frame of the filtration member and/or toa filter operatively coupled (e.g., connected) to the filtration member.In some embodiments, the one or more skeleton structures are disposed tospan at least a portion of a long and/or a short axis of the filtrationmember. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises at leastone agitator having a controllably movable member, which movable memberis coupled with the frame of the filtration member and is operable formoving the filtration member to facilitate filtration of the materialthereby. In some embodiments, the at least one agitator comprises anultrasonic transducer. In some embodiments, moving the filtration membercomprises a vibration of the filtration member and/or a back and forthmovement of the filtration member. In some embodiments, at least onewall comprises an outlet configured to facilitate travel of a filteredmaterial therethrough, which outlet is disposed laterally adjacent to asecond side of the supportive structure that places the filtrationmember that is angled at a more adjacent position to the gravitationalcenter as compared to a first side of the filtration member that isangled.

In another aspect, an apparatus for printing at least onethree-dimensional object comprises: one or more controllers that areoperatively coupled to a filtration member and to an inlet port of afiltering enclosure, which one or more controllers are collectively orindividually programmed to facilitate ingress of a material to thefiltering enclosure through the inlet port to impinge upon thefiltration member that is tilted at an angle with respect to a normal tothe gravitational field vector, which filtration member is disposed in avolume of the filtering enclosure, the material comprising (1) aremainder of the printing of the three-dimensional object, or (2) adebris produced during the printing of the three-dimensional object.

In some embodiments, the one or more controllers are operatively coupledto a platform. In some embodiments, the platform is configured tosupport the at least one three-dimensional object during the printing,In some embodiments, the one or more controllers are further programmedto direct the platform to translate vertically during the printing ofthe at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, theapparatus further comprises a sensor and wherein the sensor detects acharacteristic of an atmosphere of the volume of the filteringenclosure, which characteristic of the atmosphere includes a temperatureand/or a reactive agent, wherein the reactive agent comprises oxygen orhumidity. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a sensor.In some embodiments, the sensor detects a characteristic of the flowcomprises a flow rate of (I) the remainder, (II) the first portion ofthe remainder and/or (III) the second portion of the remainder. In someembodiments, the sensor detects a characteristic of an accumulation of(I) the first portion of the remainder and/or (II) the second portion ofthe remainder. In some embodiments, the angle is configured tofacilitate simultaneous separation between (i) a first portion of theremainder that flows through the filtration member from one exposedsurface of the filtration member to an opposing exposed surface of thefiltration member, and (ii) a second portion of the remainder thatslides on the one exposed surface of the filtration member to (a) anoutlet port of the filtering enclosure and/or (b) a collection volume.In some embodiments, the filtering enclosure further comprises aleveling member, wherein the one or more controllers are operativelycoupled with the leveling member to controllably adjust the angle of thefiltration member. In some embodiments, the first portion of theremainder comprises a pre-transformed material that is used as astarting material to form the three-dimensional object by transformingthe pre-transformed material to a transformed material. In someembodiments, the second portion of the remainder comprises a materialhaving a fundamental length scale that is larger than a fundamentallength scale of the pre-transformed material, which material is aby-product of the printing. In some embodiments, the second material isspatter. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a sensor.In some embodiments, the sensor detects a characteristic of the flowcomprises a flow rate of (I) the remainder, (II) the first portion ofthe remainder and/or (III) the second portion of the remainder. In someembodiments, the sensor detects a characteristic of an accumulation of(I) the first portion of the remainder and/or (II) the second portion ofthe remainder. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers isconfigured to alter a function of at least one mechanism of theprinting, by considering a signal detected by the sensor. In someembodiments, the at least one mechanism comprises an energy source, anoptical element, a dispenser, a leveler, a remover, a gas source, or anactuator coupled to a platform. In some embodiments, the one or morecontrollers comprise a closed loop control scheme, which comprises afeedback or a feed-forward control scheme. In some embodiments, thecontroller is operatively coupled to a consolidation agent of thepre-transformed material that transforms the pre-transformed materialinto a transformed material to form the three-dimensional object. Insome embodiments, the consolidation agent comprises an energy beam or abinding agent. In some embodiments, the controller controls one or morecharacteristics of the consolidation agent. In some embodiments, the oneor more characteristics of the consolidation agent comprisetranslational speed, consolidation spot size, or consolidation rate. Insome embodiments, the consolidation agent comprises an energy beam,wherein the one or more characteristics of the consolidation agentcomprise translational speed, dwell time, intermission time, fundamentallength scale of a cross-section, power density, or wavelength. In someembodiments, the controller is configured to control (e.g., the powerof) an energy source configured to generate the energy beam. In someembodiments, the control is in real time during the printing. In someembodiments, the controller considers a signal detector by a sensor thatis operatively coupled to the filter. In some embodiments, tocontrollably adjust the angle is from about 1 degree to about 8 degrees.In some embodiments, the one or more controllers are configured tocontrollably adjust the angle before, after, and/or during the printingthe at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, theleveling member comprises a gas- or liquid-filled bladder. In someembodiments, the one or more controllers are programmed to facilitate.filling at least a portion of the bladder with the gas or liquid toposition the filtration member at the angle. In some embodiments, theone or more controllers are programmed to adjust the angle in responseto a detection of one or more sensors, which one or more sensors areconfigured to detect at least one characteristic of the filtering. Insome embodiments, the at least one characteristic comprises a flow rateand/or a level of (I) the first portion of the remainder and/or (II) thesecond portion of the remainder. In some embodiments, the filtrationmember is operatively coupled with a movable member of an agitator,wherein the one or more controllers are coupled with agitator and areprogrammed to facilitate the filtering by modulating the movable member.In some embodiments, the agitator comprises a transducer, whichtransducer comprises a transducer sensor operable to detect a powersupply requirement of the transducer to achieve a setpoint movement(e.g., amplitude) of the movable member. In some embodiments, the one ormore controllers are programmed to adjust the angle considering adetection of the transducer sensor. In some embodiments, at least two of(A) the ingress of the material, (B) modulating the movable member, and(C) adjust the angle are facilitated by the same controller. In someembodiments, at least two of (A) the ingress of the material, (B)modulating the movable member, and (C) adjust the angle are facilitatedby different controllers. In some embodiments, the volume comprises anatmosphere that is different from an external atmosphere, which externalatmosphere comprises a reactive agent. In some embodiments, the reactiveagent is reactive with the pre-transformed material and/or a product ofthe printing. In some embodiments, the material comprises apre-transformed material, which pre-transformed material is transformedto a transformed material by an energy beam during the printing. In someembodiments, the pre-transformed material comprises an elemental metal,metal alloy, ceramic, an allotrope of elemental carbon, a polymer, or aresin

In another aspect, a method of printing at least one three-dimensionalobject comprises: (a) flowing a material to a volume of a filteringenclosure comprising an atmosphere, wherein the material comprises (1) aremainder of a pre-transformed material used to print thethree-dimensional object, or (2) a debris produced during the printingof the three-dimensional object; and (b) filtering the remainder througha filtration member disposed in the volume, which filtration member isdisposed at an angle with respect to a normal to the gravitational fieldvector.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises vertically translatinga platform that supports the at least one three-dimensional objectduring the printing. In some embodiments, the angle facilitatessimultaneous separation between (i) a first portion of the remainderthat flows through the filtration member from one exposed surface of thefiltration member to an opposing exposed surface of the filtrationmember, and (ii) a second portion of the remainder that slides on theone exposed surface of the filtration member to (a) an outlet port ofthe filtering enclosure and/or (b) a collection volume. In someembodiments, angle is adjustable. In some embodiments, adjustable isbefore, after, and/or during the printing the at least onethree-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the method furthercomprises adjusting the angle in response to detecting a rate of thefiltering of the remainder. In some embodiments, the method furthercomprises providing a filtered portion of the remainder to a materialreservoir. In some embodiments, the method further comprises adjustingthe angle in response to detecting a rate and/or a level of filteredmaterial (e.g., in the material reservoir). In some embodiments, themethod further comprises altering at least one mechanism of the printingin response to detecting a rate and/or a level of filtered material. Insome embodiments, the level of the filtered material comprises the levelof the first portion (e.g., collected at a first reservoir) and/or thelevel of the second portion (e.g., collected at a second reservoir). Insome embodiments, the method further comprises alternatingly providingthe filtered portion to at least two material reservoirs. In someembodiments, at least one of the at least two material reservoirs isproviding at least a part of the filtered portion to a processingchamber for printing the at least one three-dimensional object. In someembodiments, the method further comprises providing the second portionof the remainder to a removal container. In some embodiments, the methodfurther comprises adjusting the angle in response to detecting a rateand/or a level of removed material in the removal container. In someembodiments, the method further comprises isolating the filtrationmember from a remainder of the filtering enclosure. In some embodiments,the isolating comprises mechanically isolating or thermally isolating.In some embodiments, the method further comprises moving the filtrationmember within the volume to facilitate the filtering. In someembodiments, the moving comprises vibration. In some embodiments, themoving comprises a horizontal and/or vertical movement. In someembodiments, the moving comprises a cyclical movement. In someembodiments, the filtering comprises deblinding a filter mesh of thefiltration member. In some embodiments, the method further comprisesfiltering at a rate of at least about 0.5 cubic centimeters of materialper minute, per square centimeter of filtration member filtering area.In some embodiments, the method further comprises filtering at a rate ofat least about 50 kilograms of material. In some embodiments, the methodfurther comprises separating at least some of the debris from thematerial prior to flowing the material to the volume in (a), whereinseparating comprises cyclonic separation. In some embodiments, thematerial in (a) is from a processing chamber in which the at least onethree-dimensional object is printing. In some embodiments, the debris isformed during transformation of the pre-transformed material (e.g., byan energy beam), during the printing. In some embodiments, filtering isduring the printing. In some embodiments the filtering is during theprinting and/or without (e.g., substantially) interrupting the printing.

In another aspect, a system for printing a three-dimensional objectcomprises: a filtering enclosure comprising: (i) at least one wallenclosing a volume that is configured to accommodate an internalatmosphere, wherein the internal atmosphere is different from anexternal atmosphere that comprises a reactive agent, (ii) an inlet portdisposed in the at least one wall, which inlet port is configured tofacilitate ingress of a material to the volume, which material comprisesa remainder of a pre-transformed material used for printing thethree-dimensional object, (iii) a cartridge opening disposed in the atleast one wall, and (iv) a gas opening operatively coupled to the volumeand configured to facilitate flow of gas there through; and a supportivestructure configured to accommodate a cartridge comprising a filter anda frame configured to support the filter, which cartridge is configuredto: allow entry through the cartridge opening, allow exit through thecartridge opening, and fit in the volume; and one or more controllersoperatively coupled to the inlet port, wherein the one or morecontrollers are individually or collectively configured to direct: (A)upon disposal of the cartridge in the volume and establishment of theinternal atmosphere in the volume, facilitate flow of the remainder ofthe pre-transformed material from a processing chamber through the inletport into the volume; and (B) upon exit of the cartridge through theopening (i) facilitate reducing a rate at which the reactive agent fromthe external atmosphere exits from the volume through the inlet port tothe processing chamber, which reducing is at least during the printingto print the three-dimensional printing in a printing atmosphere, and(ii) facilitate flow of an internal atmosphere gas into the volume topurge the reactive agent of the external atmosphere from the volume.

In some embodiments, the system further comprises a processing chamberconfigured to accommodate printing of the three-dimensional object. Insome embodiments, the system further comprises a vertically translatableplatform configured to support the three-dimensional object during itsprinting. In some embodiments, the platform is disposed in theprocessing chamber. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers areoperatively coupled to the platform and are configured to direct theplatform to translate vertically during the printing. In someembodiments, the filtering enclosure is operatively coupled to amaterial remover to receive the material for filtration from thematerial remover. In some embodiments, the material remover removes thematerial by (i) attracting a gas and the material into an internalvolume of the remover and (ii) cyclonically separating the material fromthe gas in the remover. In some embodiments, the supportive structurecomprises a protrusion, depression, ledge, or a railing. In someembodiments, the supportive structure is configured to support thecartridge upon filtering at least 50 kilograms. In some embodiments, thesupportive structure is configured to support the cartridge uponfiltering at least 500 kilograms. In some embodiments, the supportivestructure is configured to support the cartridge upon filtering at athroughput of at least about six (6) cubic centimeters of material perhour (cc/hr). In some embodiments, the supportive structure isconfigured to support the cartridge upon filtering a material having afundamental length scale of at most 1000 micrometers. In someembodiments, the pre-transformed material has a fundamental length scaleof at most 1000 micrometers. In some embodiments, the debris comprisesmaterial having a fundamental length scale of above 50 micrometers. Insome embodiments, the system further comprises an enclosure configuredto accommodate the three-dimensional object during the printing. In someembodiments, the system further comprises a movable platform configuredto support the three-dimensional object during its printing in theenclosure. In some embodiments, the system further comprises an energybeam configured to transform the pre-transformed material to atransformed material to print the three-dimensional object. In someembodiments, the pre-transformed material comprises a particulatematerial. In some embodiments, the remainder of the pre-transformedmaterial comprises a debris that is generated during the printing of thethree-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the system furthercomprises a secondary exit opening disposed in the at least one wall,wherein the filtering enclosure is configured to filter thepre-transformed material from a larger material and simultaneouseviction of any large material from the filtering enclosure through thesecondary exit opening. In some embodiments, the larger material is abyproduct of the 3D printing. In some embodiments, (a) the inlet portcomprises a first valve and/or (b) the gas opening comprise a secondvalve, wherein the one or more controllers are operatively coupled tothe first valve and/or second valve. In some embodiments, the one ormore controllers are configured to direct the first valve of the inletport to open to facilitate the flow of the remainder of thepre-transformed material upon the disposal of the cartridge in (A). Insome embodiments, the one or more controllers are configured to directthe second valve of the gas opening to open to facilitate establishingthe internal atmosphere in the volume in (A). In some embodiments, theone or more controllers are configured to direct the first valve of theinlet port to close and/or the second valve of the gas opening to open,to facilitate reduction of the rate at which the reactive agent from theexternal atmosphere exits from the volume. In some embodiments, a gasflow is continuously provided to the inlet port and/or the gas opening,wherein the one or more controllers are configured to direct the firstvalve and/or second valve to open and close to allow and to prevent,respectively, the gas flow therethrough. In some embodiments, the systemfurther comprises a gas source configured to supply gas via a sourceoutlet coupled with the gas opening. In some embodiments, the gas is anactive compressed gas source (e.g., a pump or a blower). In someembodiments, the gas is a passive compressed gas source (e.g., acompressed gas cylinder). In some embodiments, the one or morecontrollers are operatively coupled to the gas source and configured todirect the flow of gas therefrom. In some embodiments, the one or morecontrollers are configured to alternatively open or close the firstvalve to allow or to prevent the flow of gas therethrough. In someembodiments, a gas flow to the inlet port and the gas opening is thesame, which gas flow comprises an inert atmosphere. In some embodiments,a gas flow to the inlet port and the gas opening are different, whichgas flow comprises an inert atmosphere. In some embodiments, a gas flowto the inlet port is different than a second gas flow to the gasopening. In some embodiments, the reactive agent is reactive with thepre-transformed material and/or with a product of the printing. In someembodiments, the fit of the cartridge in the volume facilitates afiltering of the remainder of the pre-transformed material. In someembodiments, the fit of the cartridge in the volume facilitates ahermetic seal of the volume with respect to the external atmosphere. Insome embodiments, the system further comprises a closure (e.g., faceplate) that is configured to reversibly (e.g., hermetically) seal of thecartridge opening upon engagement. In some embodiments, the systemfurther comprises at least one sensor disposed within the volume, theinlet port, and/or the gas opening, which at least one sensor isoperable to detect a presence of the reactive agent and/or anoperational condition of the filter. In some embodiments, the one ormore controllers are configured to purge the reactive agent in (ii)considering a detection result from the at least one sensor. In someembodiments, the system further comprises a robotic arm operable tocouple with the cartridge and to insert and remove the cartridge throughthe cartridge opening, wherein the one or more controllers areoperatively coupled with the robotic arm, and are configured to directthe robotic arm to remove a first cartridge and/or to insert a secondcartridge while: considering a detection result from the at least onesensor for operating the robotic arm, programmed to operate the roboticarm at predetermined time(s) (e.g., and manner(s)). In some embodiments,the inlet port is coupled to an outlet port of a recycling system, whichrecycling system comprises a cyclonic separator having an internalvolume for cyclonically separating the remainder of the pre-transformedmaterial from at least a part of a debris formed during the printing. Insome embodiments, the system further comprises a faceplate operable todetachably couple with the filtering enclosure to seal the cartridgeopening. In some embodiments, the faceplate is integrally formed withthe frame of the cartridge.

In another aspect, a method of printing a three-dimensional objectcomprises at least while printing: (a) reducing a gas flow that flowsfrom (1) an internal volume of a processing chamber in which thethree-dimensional object is being printed to (2) an internal volume of afiltering enclosure; (b) removing a first filtering cartridge from theinternal volume of the filtering enclosure to an external atmospherecomprising a reactive agent, which removing is through a cartridgeopening, wherein a filtering cartridge is for filtering a remainder of apre-transformed material used for printing the three-dimensional object;(c) inserting a second filtering cartridge from the external atmospherethrough the cartridge opening to the internal volume of the filteringenclosure; and (d) purging the external atmosphere from the internalvolume by flowing an internal atmosphere gas into the volume.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises vertically translatinga platform for printing at least a portion of the three-dimensionalobject (e.g., in the processing chamber). In some embodiments, themethod further comprises after (d) (e.g., and during the printing),increasing a gas flow that flows from (1) an internal volume of aprocessing chamber in which the three-dimensional object is beingprinted to (2) an internal volume of a filtering enclosure. In someembodiments, the removing the first filtering cartridge in (b), theinserting the second filtering cartridge in (c), and/or the purging theexternal atmosphere in (d) are during reduction of the gas flow in (a).In some embodiments, the method further comprises maintaining a printingatmosphere that is different from the external atmosphere in theinternal volume of the processing chamber. In some embodiments,maintaining the printing atmosphere is during reduction of the gas flowin (a), removal of the first filtering cartridge in (b), insertion ofthe second filtering cartridge in (c), and/or purging of the externalatmosphere in (d). In some embodiments, a same gas is used formaintaining the printing atmosphere and for purging the externalatmosphere in (d). In some embodiments, a first gas used for maintainingthe printing atmosphere is different than a second gas used for purgingthe external atmosphere in (d). In some embodiments, reducing the gasflow in (a) comprises closing a material inlet to the filteringenclosure, which material inlet is for receiving the remainder of thepre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the external atmosphereis an ambient atmosphere. In some embodiments, the reactive agent isreactive with a reactant and/or with a product of the printing (e.g.,during the printing). In some embodiments, inserting the secondfiltering cartridge in (c) comprises hermetically sealing the filteringenclosure with respect to the external atmosphere. In some embodiments,removing the first filtering cartridge considers a (e.g., predetermined)duration over which the first filtering cartridge has been filtering theremainder of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, themethod further comprises monitoring an operating condition of the firstfiltering cartridge, wherein (a)-(d) are performed considering theoperating condition. In some embodiments, the operating conditioncomprises a filtering rate at which the first filtering cartridge isfiltering the remainder of pre-transformed material. In someembodiments, the operating condition comprises any damage to the firstfiltering cartridge, which damage comprises a puncture, a tear, or amisalignment of the filtering cartridge. In some embodiments, thepre-transformed material comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy,ceramic, allotrope of elemental carbon, polymer, or a resin. In someembodiments, the method further comprises (e.g., prior to (a) and/orafter (d)): simultaneously (i) separating the pre-transformed materialfrom a larger byproduct of the 3D printing and (ii) evicting the largerbyproduct from the filtering enclosure.

Another aspect of the present disclosure provides systems, apparatuses(e.g., controllers), and/or non-transitory computer-readable medium(e.g., software) that implement any of the methods disclosed herein.

In another aspect, an apparatus for printing one or more 3D objectscomprises a controller that is programmed to direct a mechanism used ina 3D printing methodology to implement (e.g., effectuate) any of themethod disclosed herein, wherein the controller is operatively coupledto the mechanism. The controller may implement any of the methodsdisclosed herein.

In another aspect, an apparatus for printing one or more 3D objectscomprises at least one controller that is programmed to implement (e.g.,effectuate) the method disclosed herein. The controller may implementany of the methods disclosed herein.

In another aspect, a system for printing one or more 3D objectscomprises an apparatus (e.g., used in a 3D printing methodology) and atleast one controller that is programmed to direct operation of theapparatus, wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled tothe apparatus. The apparatus may include any apparatus disclosed herein.The at least one controller may implement any of the methods disclosedherein. The at least one controller may direct any apparatus (orcomponent thereof) disclosed herein.

In another aspect, a computer software product, comprising anon-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructionsare stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause thecomputer to direct a mechanism used in the 3D printing process toimplement (e.g., effectuate) any of the method disclosed herein, whereinthe non-transitory computer-readable medium is operatively coupled tothe mechanism. Wherein the mechanism comprises an apparatus or anapparatus component.

Another aspect of the present disclosure provides a non-transitorycomputer-readable medium comprising machine-executable code that, uponexecution by one or more computer processors, implements any of themethods disclosed herein.

Another aspect of the present disclosure provides a non-transitorycomputer-readable medium comprising machine-executable code that, uponexecution by one or more computer processors, effectuates directions ofthe controller(s) (e.g., as disclosed herein).

Another aspect of the present disclosure provides a computer systemcomprising one or more computer processors and a non-transitorycomputer-readable medium coupled thereto. The non-transitorycomputer-readable medium comprises machine-executable code that, uponexecution by the one or more computer processors, implements any of themethods disclosed herein and/or effectuates directions of thecontroller(s) disclosed herein.

Additional aspects and advantages of the present disclosure will becomereadily apparent to those skilled in this art from the followingdetailed description, wherein only illustrative embodiments of thepresent disclosure are shown and described. As will be realized, thepresent disclosure is capable of other and different embodiments, andits several details are capable of modifications in various obviousrespects, all without departing from the disclosure. Accordingly, thedrawings and description are to be regarded as illustrative in nature,and not as restrictive.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in thisspecification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent asif each individual publication, patent, or patent application wasspecifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS

The novel features of the invention are set forth with particularity inthe appended claims. A better understanding of the features andadvantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to thefollowing detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments,in which the principles of the invention are utilized, and theaccompanying drawings or figures (also “FIG.” and “FIGS.” herein), ofwhich:

FIG. 1 schematically illustrates a vertical cross-sectional view of athree-dimensional (3D) printing system and its components;

FIG. 2 schematically illustrates a vertical cross-sectional view of a 3Dprinting system and its components;

FIG. 3 schematically illustrates components of a 3D printing systems;

FIG. 4 schematically illustrates components in a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 5A-5B schematically illustrate components of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 6 schematically illustrates various vertical cross sectional viewsof a component of the 3D printing system;

FIG. 7 schematically illustrates a vertical cross-sectional view ofcomponents in a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 8A-8B schematically illustrates various views of a component of a3D printing system;

FIG. 9 schematically illustrates a top view of a component of a 3Dprinting system;

FIGS. 10A-10C schematically illustrates various components of a 3Dprinting system;

FIG. 11 illustrates a path;

FIG. 12 illustrates various paths;

FIG. 13 schematically illustrates a computer control system that isprogrammed or otherwise configured to facilitate the formation of one ormore 3D objects;

FIG. 14 schematically illustrates a processor and 3D printerarchitecture that facilitates the formation of one or more 3D objects;

FIG. 15A schematically illustrates a top view of a component of a 3Dprinting system, and FIG. 15B schematically illustrates a sectional viewthereof;

FIG. 16A schematically illustrates a top view of a component of a 3Dprinting system, and FIG. 16B schematically illustrates a sectional viewthereof;

FIGS. 17A-17D schematically illustrate variations of a component of a 3Dprinting system;

FIG. 18 schematically illustrates a control scheme of a 3D printingsystem;

FIG. 19 schematically illustrates components of a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 20A-20D schematically illustrate operations in forming a 3Dobject;

FIG. 21 schematically illustrates a top view of a component of a 3Dprinting system; and

FIGS. 22A-22C schematically illustrate variations of a component of a 3Dprinting system.

The figures and components therein may not be drawn to scale. Variouscomponents of the figures described herein may not be drawn to scale.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

While various embodiments of the invention have been shown, anddescribed herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art thatsuch embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerousvariations, changes, and substitutions may occur to those skilled in theart without departing from the invention. It should be understood thatvarious alternatives to the embodiments of the invention describedherein might be employed.

Terms such as “a”, “an” and “the” are not intended to refer to only asingular entity, but include the general class of which a specificexample may be used for illustration. The terminology herein is used todescribe specific embodiments of the invention(s), but their usage doesnot delimit the invention(s).

When ranges are mentioned, the ranges are meant to be inclusive, unlessotherwise specified. For example, a range between value 1 and value 2 ismeant to be inclusive and include value 1 and value 2. The inclusiverange will span any value from about value 1 to about value 2. The term“adjacent” or “adjacent to,” as used herein, includes ‘next to’,‘adjoining’, ‘in contact with’, and ‘in proximity to.’

The term “operatively coupled” or “operatively connected” refers to afirst mechanism that is coupled (or connected) to a second mechanism toallow the intended operation of the second and/or first mechanism. Thecoupling may comprise physical or non-physical coupling. Thenon-physical coupling may comprise signal induced coupling (e.g.,wireless coupling).

The present disclosure provides three-dimensional (3D) printingapparatuses, systems, software, and methods for forming a 3D object. Forexample, a 3D object may be formed by sequential addition of material orjoining of pre-transformed material to form a structure in a controlledmanner (e.g., under manual or automated control). Pre-transformedmaterial, as understood herein, is a material before it has beentransformed during the 3D printing process. The transformation can beeffectuated by utilizing an energy beam and/or flux. The pre-transformedmaterial may be a material that was, or was not, transformed prior toits use in a 3D printing process. The pre-transformed material may be astarting material for the 3D printing process. The pre-transformedmaterial may comprise a particulate material. The pre-transformedmaterial may comprise a liquid, solid, or semi-solid. The particulatematerial may comprise solid particles, semi-solid particles, or vesicles(e.g., comprising liquid or semi-liquid material). Pre-transformedmaterial as understood herein is a material before it has beentransformed by an energy beam during the 3D printing process. Thepre-transformed material may be a material that was, or was not,transformed prior to its use in the 3D printing process.

In some embodiments of a 3D printing process, the depositedpre-transformed material is fused, (e.g., sintered or melted), bound orotherwise connected to form at least a portion of the desired 3D object.Fusing, binding or otherwise connecting the material is collectivelyreferred to herein as “transforming” the material. Fusing the materialmay refer to melting, smelting, or sintering a pre-transformed material.

At times, melting comprises liquefying the material (i.e., transformingto a liquefied state). A liquefied state refers to a state in which atleast a portion of a transformed material is in a liquid state. Meltingmay comprise liquidizing the material (i.e., transforming to a liquidusstate). A liquidus state refers to a state in which an entiretransformed material is in a liquid state. The apparatuses, methods,software, and/or systems provided herein are not limited to thegeneration of a single 3D object, but are may be utilized to generateone or more 3D objects simultaneously (e.g., in parallel) or separately(e.g., sequentially). The multiplicity of 3D object may be formed in oneor more material beds (e.g., powder bed). In some embodiments, aplurality of 3D objects is formed in one material bed. The fundamentallength scale (FLS) (e.g., width, depth, and/or height) of the materialbed can be at least about 50 millimeters (mm), 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90mm, 100 mm, 200 mm, 250 mm, 280 mm, 320 mm, 400 mm, 500 mm, 800 mm, 900mm, 1 meter (m), 2 m or 5 m. The FLS (e.g., width, depth, and/or height)of the material bed can be at most about 50 millimeters (mm), 60 mm, 70mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm, 250 mm, 280 mm, 320 mm, 400 mm, 500mm, 800 mm, 900 mm, 1 meter (m), 2 m or 5 m. The FLS of the material bedcan be between any of the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 50 mmto about 5 m, from about 250 mm to about 500 mm, from about 280 mm toabout 1 m).

In some embodiments, 3D printing methodologies comprises extrusion,wire, granular, laminated, light polymerization, or powder bed andinkjet head 3D printing. Extrusion 3D printing can compriserobo-casting, fused deposition modeling (FDM) or fused filamentfabrication (FFF). Wire 3D printing can comprise electron beam freeformfabrication (EBF3). Granular 3D printing can comprise direct metal lasersintering (DMLS), electron beam melting (EBM), selective laser melting(SLM), selective heat sintering (SHS), or selective laser sintering(SLS). Powder bed and inkjet head 3D printing can comprise plaster-based3D printing (PP). Laminated 3D printing can comprise laminated objectmanufacturing (LOM). Light polymerized 3D printing can comprisestereo-lithography (SLA), digital light processing (DLP), or laminatedobject manufacturing (LOM). 3D printing methodologies can compriseDirect Material Deposition (DMD). The Direct Material Deposition maycomprise, Laser Metal Deposition (LMD, also known as, Laser depositionwelding). 3D printing methodologies can comprise powder feed, or wiredeposition.

In some embodiments, the 3D printing methodologies differ from methodstraditionally used in semiconductor device fabrication (e.g., vapordeposition, etching, annealing, masking, or molecular beam epitaxy). Insome instances, 3D printing may further comprise one or more printingmethodologies that are traditionally used in semiconductor devicefabrication. 3D printing methodologies can differ from vapor depositionmethods such as chemical vapor deposition, physical vapor deposition, orelectrochemical deposition. In some instances, 3D printing may furtherinclude vapor deposition methods.

In some embodiments, the deposited pre-transformed material within theenclosure comprises a liquid material, semi-solid material (e.g., gel),or a solid material (e.g., powder). The deposited pre-transformedmaterial within the enclosure can be in the form of a powder, wires,sheets, or droplets. The material (e.g., pre-transformed, transformed,and/or hardened) may comprise elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, oran allotrope of elemental carbon. The allotrope of elemental carbon maycomprise amorphous carbon, graphite, graphene, diamond, or fullerene.The fullerene may be selected from the group consisting of a spherical,elliptical, linear, and tubular fullerene. The fullerene may comprise abuckyball, or a carbon nanotube. The ceramic material may comprisecement. The ceramic material may comprise alumina, zirconia, or carbide(e.g., silicon carbide, or tungsten carbide). The ceramic material mayinclude high performance material (HPM). The ceramic material mayinclude a nitride (e.g., boron nitride or aluminum nitride). Thematerial may comprise sand, glass, or stone. In some embodiments, thematerial may comprise an organic material, for example, a polymer or aresin (e.g., 114 W resin). The organic material may comprise ahydrocarbon. The polymer may comprise styrene or nylon (e.g., nylon 11).The polymer may comprise a thermoplast. The organic material maycomprise carbon and hydrogen atoms. The organic material may comprisecarbon and oxygen atoms. The organic material may comprise carbon andnitrogen atoms. The organic material may comprise carbon and sulfuratoms. In some embodiments, the material may exclude an organicmaterial. The material may comprise a solid or a liquid. In someembodiments, the material may comprise a silicon-based material, forexample, silicon based polymer or a resin. The material may comprise anorganosilicon-based material. The material may comprise silicon andhydrogen atoms. The material may comprise silicon and carbon atoms. Insome embodiments, the material may exclude a silicon-based material. Thepowder material may be coated by a coating (e.g., organic coating suchas the organic material (e.g., plastic coating)). The material may bedevoid of organic material. The liquid material may be compartmentalizedinto reactors, vesicles, or droplets. The compartmentalized material maybe compartmentalized in one or more layers. The material may be acomposite material comprising a secondary material. The secondarymaterial can be a reinforcing material (e.g., a material that forms afiber). The reinforcing material may comprise a carbon fiber, Kevlar®,Twaron®, ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene, or glass fiber. Thematerial can comprise powder (e.g., granular material) and/or wires. Thebound material can comprise chemical bonding. Transforming can comprisechemical bonding. Chemical bonding can comprise covalent bonding. Thepre-transformed material may be pulverous. The printed 3D object can bemade of a single material (e.g., single material type) or multiplematerials (e.g., multiple material types). Sometimes one portion of the3D object and/or of the material bed may comprise one material, andanother portion may comprise a second material different from the firstmaterial. The material may be a single material type (e.g., a singlealloy or a single elemental metal). The material may comprise one ormore material types. For example, the material may comprise two alloys,an alloy and an elemental metal, an alloy and a ceramic, or an alloy andan elemental carbon. The material may comprise an alloy and alloyingelements (e.g., for inoculation). The material may comprise blends ofmaterial types. The material may comprise blends with elemental metal orwith metal alloy. The material may comprise blends excluding (e.g.,without) elemental metal or including (e.g., with) metal alloy. Thematerial may comprise a stainless steel. The material may comprise atitanium alloy, aluminum alloy, and/or nickel alloy.

In some cases, a layer within the 3D object comprises a single type ofmaterial. In some examples, a layer of the 3D object may comprise asingle elemental metal type, or a single alloy type. In some examples, alayer within the 3D object may comprise several types of material (e.g.,an elemental metal and an alloy, an alloy and a ceramic, an alloy, andan elemental carbon). In certain embodiments, each type of materialcomprises only a single member of that type. For example: a singlemember of elemental metal (e.g., iron), a single member of metal alloy(e.g., stainless steel), a single member of ceramic material (e.g.,silicon carbide or tungsten carbide), or a single member of elementalcarbon (e.g., graphite). In some cases, a layer of the 3D objectcomprises more than one type of material. In some cases, a layer of the3D object comprises more than member of a type of material.

In some examples the material bed, platform, or both material bed andplatform comprise a material type which constituents (e.g., atoms)readily lose their outer shell electrons, resulting in a free-flowingcloud of electrons within their otherwise solid arrangement. In someexamples the powder, the base, or both the powder and the base comprisea material characterized in having high electrical conductivity, lowelectrical resistivity, high thermal conductivity, or high density. Thehigh electrical conductivity can be at least about 1*10⁵ Siemens permeter (S/m), 5*10⁵ S/m, 1*10⁶S/m, 5*10⁶ S/m, 1*10⁷ S/m, 5*10⁷S/m, or1*10⁸ S/m. The symbol “*” designates the mathematical operation “times.”The high electrical conductivity can be between any of theafore-mentioned electrical conductivity values (e.g., from about 1*10⁵S/m to about 1*10⁸ S/m). The thermal conductivity, electricalresistivity, electrical conductivity, and/or density can be measured atambient temperature (e.g., at R.T., or 20° C.). The low electricalresistivity may be at most about 1*10⁻⁵ ohm times meter (Ω*m), 5*10⁻⁶Ω*m, 1*10⁻⁶ Ω*m, 5*10⁻⁷ Ω*m, 1*10⁻⁷ Ω*m, 5*10⁻⁸ or 1*10⁻⁸ Ω*m. The lowelectrical resistivity can be between any of the afore-mentioned values(e.g., from about 1×10⁻⁵ Ω*m to about 1×10⁻⁸ Ω*m). The high thermalconductivity may be at least about 10 Watts per meter times Kelvin(W/mK), 15 W/mK, 20 W/mK, 35 W/mK, 50 W/mK, 100 W/mK, 150 W/mK, 200W/mK, 205 W/mK, 300 W/mK, 350 W/mK, 400 W/mK, 450 W/mK, 500 W/mK, 550W/mK, 600 W/mK, 700 W/mK, 800 W/mK, 900 W/mK, or 1000 W/mK. The highthermal conductivity can be between any of the afore-mentioned thermalconductivity values (e.g., from about 20 W/mK to about 1000 W/mK). Thehigh density may be at least about 1.5 grams per cubic centimeter(g/cm³), 1.7 g/cm³, 2 g/cm³, 2.5 g/cm³, 2.7 g/cm³, 3 g/cm³, 4 g/cm³, 5g/cm³, 6 g/cm³, 7 g/cm³, 8 g/cm³, 9 g/cm³, 10 g/cm³, 11 g/cm³, 12 g/cm³,13 g/cm³, 14 g/cm³, 15 g/cm³, 16 g/cm³, 17 g/cm³, 18 g/cm³, 19 g/cm³, 20g/cm³, or 25 g/cm³. The high density can be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 1 g/cm³ to about 25 g/cm³).

In some embodiments, the elemental metal comprises an alkali metal, analkaline earth metal, a transition metal, a rare-earth element metal, oranother metal. The alkali metal can be Lithium, Sodium, Potassium,Rubidium, Cesium, or Francium. The alkali earth metal can be Beryllium,Magnesium, Calcium, Strontium, Barium, or Radium. The transition metalcan be Scandium, Titanium, Vanadium, Chromium, Manganese, Iron, Cobalt,Nickel, Copper, Zinc, Yttrium, Zirconium, Platinum, Gold, Rutherfordium,Dubnium, Seaborgium, Bohrium, Hassium, Meitnerium, Ununbium, Niobium,Iridium, Molybdenum, Technetium, Ruthenium, Rhodium, Palladium, Silver,Cadmium, Hafnium, Tantalum, Tungsten, Rhenium or Osmium. The transitionmetal can be mercury. The rare earth metal can be a lanthanide or anactinide. The antinode metal can be Lanthanum, Cerium, Praseodymium,Neodymium, Promethium, Samarium, Europium, Gadolinium, Terbium,Dysprosium, Holmium, Erbium, Thulium, Ytterbium, or Lutetium. Theactinide metal can be Actinium, Thorium, Protactinium, Uranium,Neptunium, Plutonium, Americium, Curium, Berkelium, Californium,Einsteinium, Fermium, Mendelevium, Nobelium, or Lawrencium. The othermetal can be Aluminum, Gallium, Indium, Tin, Thallium, Lead, or Bismuth.The material may comprise a precious metal. The precious metal maycomprise gold, silver, palladium, ruthenium, rhodium, osmium, iridium,or platinum. The material may comprise at least about 40%, 50%, 60%,70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5% or more precious metal. Thematerial may comprise at most about 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%,97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5% or less precious metal. The material may compriseprecious metal with any value in between the afore-mentioned values. Thematerial may comprise at least a minimal percentage of precious metalaccording to the laws in the particular jurisdiction.

In some embodiments, the metal alloy comprises iron based alloy, nickelbased alloy, cobalt based alloy, chrome based alloy, cobalt chrome basedalloy, titanium based alloy, magnesium based alloy, scandium alloy orcopper based alloy. The alloy may comprise an oxidation or corrosionresistant alloy. The alloy may comprise a super alloy (e.g., Inconel).The super alloy may comprise Inconel 600, 617, 625, 690, 718 or X-750.The alloy may comprise an alloy used for aerospace applications,automotive application, surgical application, or implant applications.The metal may include a metal used for aerospace applications,automotive application, surgical application, or implant applications.The super alloy may comprise IN 738 LC, IN 939, Rene 80, IN 6203 (e.g.,IN 6203 DS), PWA 1483 (e.g., PWA 1483 SX), or Alloy 247.

In some embodiments, the metal alloys comprise Refractory Alloys. Therefractory metals and alloys may be used for heat coils, heatexchangers, furnace components, or welding electrodes. The RefractoryAlloys may comprise a high melting point, low coefficient of expansion,mechanically strong, low vapor pressure at elevated temperatures, highthermal conductivity, or high electrical conductivity.

At times, the material (e.g., alloy or elemental) comprises a materialused for applications in industries comprising aerospace (e.g.,aerospace super alloys), jet engine, missile, automotive, marine,locomotive, satellite, defense, oil & gas, energy generation,semiconductor, fashion, construction, agriculture, printing, or medical.The material may comprise an alloy used for products comprising,devices, medical devices (human & veterinary), machinery, cell phones,semiconductor equipment, generators, engines, pistons, electronics(e.g., circuits), electronic equipment, agriculture equipment, motor,gear, transmission, communication equipment, computing equipment (e.g.,laptop, cell phone, tablet, i-pad), air conditioning, generators,furniture, musical equipment, art, jewelry, cooking equipment, or sportgear. The material may comprise an alloy used for products for human orveterinary applications comprising implants, or prosthetics. The metalalloy may comprise an alloy used for applications in the fieldscomprising human or veterinary surgery, implants (e.g., dental), orprosthetics.

At times, the alloy includes a high-performance alloy. The alloy mayinclude an alloy exhibiting at least one of excellent mechanicalstrength, resistance to thermal creep deformation, good surfacestability, resistance to corrosion, and resistance to oxidation. Thealloy may include a face-centered cubic austenitic crystal structure.The alloy may comprise Hastelloy, Inconel, Waspaloy, Rene alloy (e.g.,Rene-80, Rene-77, Rene-220, or Rene-41), Haynes alloy, Incoloy, MP98T,TMS alloy, MTEK (e.g., MTEK grade MAR-M-247, MAR-M-509, MAR-M-R41, orMAR-M-X-45), or CMSX (e.g., CMSX-3, or CMSX-4). The alloy can be asingle crystal alloy.

In some instances, the iron-based alloy comprises Elinvar, Fernico,Ferroalloys, Invar, Iron hydride, Kovar, Spiegeleisen, Staballoy(stainless steel), or Steel. In some instances, the metal alloy issteel. The Ferroalloy may comprise Ferroboron, Ferrocerium, Ferrochrome,Ferromagnesium, Ferromanganese, Ferromolybdenum, Ferronickel,Ferrophosphorus, Ferrosilicon, Ferrotitanium, Ferrouranium, orFerrovanadium. The iron-based alloy may include cast iron or pig iron.The steel may include Bulat steel, Chromoly, Crucible steel, Damascussteel, Hadfield steel, High speed steel, HSLA steel, Maraging steel,Maraging steel (M300), Reynolds 531, Silicon steel, Spring steel,Stainless steel, Tool steel, Weathering steel, or Wootz steel. Thehigh-speed steel may include Mushet steel. The stainless steel mayinclude AL-6XN, Alloy 20, celestrium, marine grade stainless,Martensitic stainless steel, surgical stainless steel, or Zeron 100. Thetool steel may include Silver steel. The steel may comprise stainlesssteel, Nickel steel, Nickel-chromium steel, Molybdenum steel, Chromiumsteel, Chromium-vanadium steel, Tungsten steel,Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel, or Silicon-manganese steel. The steelmay be comprised of any Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) grade suchas 440F, 410, 312, 430, 440A, 440B, 440C, 304, 305, 304L, 304L, 301,304LN, 301LN, 2304, 316, 316L, 316LN, 317L, 2205, 409, 904L, 321,254SMO, 316Ti, 321H, 17-4, 15-5, 420 or 304H. The steel may comprisestainless steel of at least one crystalline structure selected from thegroup consisting of austenitic, superaustenitic, ferritic, martensitic,duplex and precipitation-hardening martensitic. Duplex stainless steelmay be lean duplex, standard duplex, super duplex or hyper duplex. Thestainless steel may comprise surgical grade stainless steel (e.g.,austenitic 316, martensitic 420 or martensitic 440). The austenitic 316stainless steel may include 316L or 316LVM. The steel may include 17-4Precipitation Hardening steel (also known as type 630 is achromium-copper precipitation hardening stainless steel; 17-4PH steel).The stainless steel may comprise 360L stainless steel.

At times, the titanium-based alloys include alpha alloys, near alphaalloys, alpha and beta alloys, or beta alloys. The titanium alloy maycomprise grade 1, 2, 2H, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 7H, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,15, 16, 16H, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 2, 23, 24, 25, 26, 26H, 27, 28, 29, 30,31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38 or higher. In some instances, thetitanium base alloy includes TiAl₆V₄ or TiAl₆Nb₇.

At times, the Nickel based alloy include Alnico, Alumel, Chromel,Cupronickel, Ferronickel, German silver, Hastelloy, Inconel, Monelmetal, Nichrome, Nickel-carbon, Nicrosil, Nisil, Nitinol, Hastelloy X,Cobalt-Chromium or Magnetically “soft” alloys. The magnetically “soft”alloys may comprise Mu-metal, Permalloy, Supermalloy, or Brass. TheBrass may include nickel hydride, stainless or coin silver. The cobaltalloy may include Megallium, Stellite (e. g. Talonite), Ultimet, orVitallium. The chromium alloy may include chromium hydroxide, orNichrome.

At times, the aluminum-based alloy includes AA-8000, Al—Li(aluminum-lithium), Alnico, Duralumin, Hiduminium, Kryron Magnalium,Nambe, Scandium-aluminum, or, Y alloy. The magnesium alloy may beElektron, Magnox or T-Mg—Al—Zn (Bergman phase) alloy. At times, thematerial excludes at least one aluminum-based alloy (e.g., AlSi₁₀Mg).

At times, the copper based alloy comprises Arsenical copper, Berylliumcopper, Billon, Brass, Bronze, Constantan, Copper hydride,Copper-tungsten, Corinthian bronze, Cunife, Cupronickel, Cymbal alloys,Devarda's alloy, Electrum, Hepatizon, Heusler alloy, Manganin,Molybdochalkos, Nickel silver, Nordic gold, Shakudo or Tumbaga. TheBrass may include Calamine brass, Chinese silver, Dutch metal, Gildingmetal, Muntz metal, Pinchbeck, Prince's metal, or Tombac. The Bronze mayinclude Aluminum bronze, Arsenical bronze, Bell metal, Florentinebronze, Guanin, Gunmetal, Glucydur, Phosphor bronze, Ormolu, or Speculummetal. The copper alloy may be a high-temperature copper alloy (e.g.,GRCop-84). The elemental carbon may comprise graphite, Graphene,diamond, amorphous carbon, carbon fiber, carbon nanotube, or fullerene.

Any of the apparatuses and/or their components disclosed herein may bebuilt by a material disclosed herein. The apparatuses and/or theircomponents comprise a transparent or non-transparent (e.g., opaque)material. For example, the apparatuses and/or their components maycomprise an organic or an inorganic material. For example, may comprisethe apparatuses and/or their components may comprise an elemental metal,metal alloy, ceramic, or an allotrope of elemental carbon. For example,the enclosure, platform, recycling system, or any of their componentsmay comprise an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, or an allotropeof elemental carbon.

In some embodiments, the pre-transformed material (e.g., particulatematerial, such as powder material, (also referred to herein as a“pulverous material”)) comprises a solid. The particulate material maycomprise fine particles. The pre-transformed material may be a granularmaterial. The pre-transformed material (e.g., powder) can be composed ofindividual particles. At least some of the particles can be spherical,oval, prismatic, cubic, or irregularly shaped. At least some of theparticles can have a fundamental length scale (e.g., diameter, sphericalequivalent diameter, length, width, or diameter of a bounding sphere).The fundamental length scale (abbreviated herein as “FLS”) of at leastsome of the particles can be from about 1 nanometers (nm) to about 1000micrometers (microns), 500 microns, 400 microns, 300 microns, 200microns, 100 microns, 50 microns, 40 microns, 30 microns, 20 microns, 10microns, 1 micron, 500 nm, 400 nm, 300 nm, 200 nm, 100 nm, 50 nm, 40 nm,30 nm, 20 nm, 10 nm, or 5 nm. At least some of the particles can have aFLS of at least about 1000 micrometers (microns), 500 microns, 400microns, 300 microns, 200 microns, 100 microns, 50 microns, 40 microns,30 microns, 20 microns, 10 microns, 1 micron, 500 nm, 400 nm, 300 nm,200 nm, 100 nm, 50 nm, 40 nm, 30 nm, 20 nm, 10 nm, 5 nanometers (nm) ormore. At least some of the particles can have a FLS of at most about1000 micrometers (microns), 500 microns, 400 microns, 300 microns, 200microns, 100 microns, 50 microns, 40 microns, 30 microns, 20 microns, 10microns, 1 micron, 500 nm, 400 nm, 300 nm, 200 nm, 100 nm, 50 nm, 40 nm,30 nm, 20 nm, 10 nm, 5 nm or less. In some cases, at least some of thepre-transformed material particles may have a FLS in between any of theafore-mentioned FLSs.

In some embodiments, the pre-transformed (e.g., particulate) material iscomposed of a homogenously shaped particle mixture such that all of theparticles have substantially the same shape and FLS magnitude within atmost about 1%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%,or less distribution of FLS. In some cases, the powder can be aheterogeneous mixture such that the particles have variable shape and/orFLS magnitude. In some examples, at least about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, or70% (by weight) of the particles within the powder material have alargest FLS that is smaller than the median largest FLS of the powdermaterial. In some examples, at least about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, or 70%(by weight) of the particles within the powder material have a largestFLS that is smaller than the mean largest FLS of the powder material.

In some examples, the size of the largest FLS of the transformedmaterial (e.g., height) is greater than the average largest FLS of thepowder material by at least about 1.1 times, 1.2 times, 1.4 times, 1.6times, 1.8 times, 2 times, 4 times, 6 times, 8 times, or 10 times. Insome examples, the size of the largest FLS of the transformed materialis greater than the median largest FLS of the powder material by at mostabout 1.1 times, 1.2 times, 1.4 times, 1.6 times, 1.8 times, 2 times, 4times, 6 times, 8 times, or 10 times. The powder material can have amedian largest FLS that is at least about 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, or 200 μm. The powder material can have amedian largest FLS that is at most about 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, or 200 μm. In some cases, the powder particlesmay have a FLS in between any of the FLS listed above (e.g., from about1 μm to about 200 μm, from about 1 μm to about 50 μm, or from about 5 μmto about 40 μm).

In another aspect provided herein is a system for generating a 3D objectcomprising: an enclosure for accommodating at least one layer ofpre-transformed material (e.g., powder); an energy (e.g., energy beam)capable of transforming the pre-transformed material to form atransformed material; and a controller that directs the energy to atleast a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material according to apath (e.g., as described herein). The transformed material may becapable of hardening to form at least a portion of a 3D object. Thesystem may comprise an energy source, an optical system, a temperaturecontrol system, a material delivery mechanism (e.g., a recoater), apressure control system, an atmosphere control system, an atmosphere, apump, a nozzle, a valve, a sensor, a central processing unit, a display,a chamber, or an algorithm. The chamber may comprise a buildingplatform. The system for generating a 3D object and its components maybe any 3D printing system such as, for example, the one described inPatent Application serial number PCT/US15/36802 filed on Jun. 19, 2015,titled “APPARATUSES, SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR THREE-DIMENSIONALPRINTING;” in Patent Application serial number PCT/US17/18191 filed onFeb. 16, 2017, titled “ ACCURATE THREE-DIMENSIONAL PRINTING;” in PatentApplication serial number EP17156707.6 filed on Feb. 17, 2017, titled“ACCURATE THREE-DIMENSIONAL PRINTING;”or in patent application Ser. No.15/435,065 filed on Feb. 16, 2017, titled “ACCURATE THREE-DIMENSIONALPRINTING,” each of which is entirely incorporated herein by reference.

In some embodiments, the 3D printing system comprises a chamber (e.g.,FIG. 1, 126). The chamber may be referred herein as the “processingchamber.” The processing chamber may comprise an energy beam (e.g., FIG.1, 101; 108). The energy beam may be directed towards an exposed surface(e.g., FIG. 1, 131) of a material bed (e.g., FIG. 1, 104). The 3Dprinting system may comprise one or more modules. The one or moremodules may be referred herein as the “build modules.” At times, atleast one build module (e.g., FIG. 1, 130) may be situated in theenclosure comprising the processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 1, 126). Attimes, at least one build module may engage with the processing chamber(e.g., FIG. 1). At times, at least one build module may not engage withthe processing chamber. At times, a plurality of build modules may besituated in an enclosure comprising the processing chamber. At times,the build module may be connected to, or may comprise an autonomousguided vehicle (AGV). The AGV may have at least one of the following: amovement mechanism (e.g., wheels), positional (e.g., optical) sensor,and controller. The controller may enable self-docking (e.g., to adocking station) and/or self-driving of the AGV. The self-docking and/orself-driving may be to and from the processing chamber. The build modulemay reversibly engage with (e.g., couple to) the processing chamber. Theengagement of the build module with the processing chamber may becontrolled (e.g., by a controller). The control may be automatic and/ormanual. The engagement of the build module with the processing chambermay be reversible. In some embodiments, the engagement of the buildmodule with the processing chamber may be permanent.

In some embodiments, at least one of the build modules has at least onecontroller. The controller may be its own controller. The controller maybe different than the controller controlling the 3D printing processand/or the processing chamber. The translation facilitator (e.g., buildmodule delivery system) may comprise a controller (e.g., its owncontroller). The controller of the translation facilitator may bedifferent than the controller controlling the 3D printing process and/orthe processing chamber. The controller of the translation facilitatormay be different than the controller of the build module. The buildmodule controller and/or the translation facilitator controller may be amicrocontroller. At times, the controller of the 3D printing processand/or the processing chamber may not interact with the controller ofthe build module and/or translation facilitator. At times, thecontroller of the build module and/or translation facilitator may notinteract with the controller of the 3D printing process and/or theprocessing chamber. For example, the controller of the build module maynot interact with the controller of the processing chamber. For example,the controller of the translation facilitator may not interact with thecontroller of the processing chamber. The controller of the 3D printingprocess and/or the processing chamber may be able to interpret one ormore signals emitted from (e.g., by) the build module and/or translationfacilitator. The controller of the build module and/or translationfacilitator may be able to interpret one or more signals emitted from(e.g., by) the processing chamber. The one or more signals may beelectromagnetic, electronic, magnetic, pressure, or sound signals. Theelectromagnetic signals may comprise visible light, infrared,ultraviolet, or radio frequency signals. The electromagnetic signals maycomprise a radio frequency identification signal (RFID). The RFID may bespecific for a build module, user, entity, 3D object model, processor,material type, printing instruction, 3D print job, or any combinationthereof.

In some embodiments, the build module controller controls thetranslation of the build module, sealing status of the build module,atmosphere of the build module, engagement of the build module with theprocessing chamber, exit of the build module from the enclosure, entryof the build module into the enclosure, or any combination thereof.Controlling the sealing status of the build module may comprise openingor closing of the build module shutter. The build module controller maybe able to interpret signals from the 3D printing controller and/orprocessing chamber controller. The processing chamber controller may bethe 3D printing controller. For example, the build module controller maybe able to interpret and/or respond to a signal regarding theatmospheric conditions in the load lock. For example, the build modulecontroller may be able to interpret and/or respond to a signal regardingthe completion of a 3D printing process (e.g., when the printing of a 3Dobject is complete). The build module may be connected to an actuator.The actuator may be translating or stationary. The controller of thebuild module may direct the translation facilitator (e.g., actuator) totranslate the build module from one position to another, whentranslation is possible. The translation facilitator may be a buildmodule delivery system. The translation facilitator may be autonomous.The translation facilitator may operate independently of the 3D printer(e.g., mechanisms directed by the 3D printing controller). Thetranslation facilitator (e.g., build module delivery system) maycomprise a controller and/or a motor. The translation facilitator maycomprise a machine or a human. The translation is possible, for example,when the destination position of the build module is empty. Thecontroller of the 3D printing and/or the processing chamber may be ableto sense signals emitted from the controller of the build module. Forexample, the controller of the 3D printing and/or the processing chambermay be able to sense a signal from the build module that is emitted whenthe build module is docked into engagement position with the processingchamber. The signal from the build module may comprise reaching acertain position in space, reaching a certain atmospheric characteristicthreshold, opening, or shutting the build platform closing, or engagingor disengaging (e.g., docking or undocking) from the processing chamber.The build module may comprise one or more sensors. For example, thebuild module may comprise a proximity, movement, light, sounds, or touchsensor.

In some embodiments, the build module is included as part of the 3Dprinting system. In some embodiments, the build module is separate fromthe 3D printing system. The build module may be independent (e.g.,operate independently) from the 3D printing system. For example, buildmodule may comprise their own controller, motor, elevator, buildplatform, valve, channel, or shutter. In some embodiments, one or moreconditions differ between the build module and the processing chamber,and/or among the different build modules. The difference may comprisedifferent pre-transformed materials, atmospheres, platforms,temperatures, pressures, humidity levels, oxygen levels, gas (e.g.,inert), traveling speed, traveling method, acceleration speed, or postprocessing treatment. For example, the relative velocity of the variousbuild modules with respect to the processing chamber may be different,similar, or substantially similar. The build platform may undergodifferent, similar, or substantially similar post processing treatment(e.g., further processing of the 3D object and/or material bed after thegeneration of the 3D object in the material bed is complete).

In some examples, a build module translates relative to the processingchamber. The translation may be parallel or substantially parallel tothe bottom surface of the build module (e.g., build chamber). The bottomsurface of the build module is the one closest to the gravitationalcenter. The translation may be at an angle (e.g., planar or compound)relative to the bottom surface of the build module. The translation mayuse any device that facilitates translation (e.g., an actuator). Forexample, the translation facilitator may comprise a robotic arm,conveyor (e.g., conveyor belt), rotating screw, or a moving surface(e.g., platform). The translation facilitator may comprise a chain,rail, motor, or an actuator. The translation facilitator may comprise acomponent that can move another. The movement may be controlled (e.g.,using a controller). The movement may comprise using a control signaland source of energy (e.g., electricity). The translation facilitatormay use electricity, pneumatic pressure, hydraulic pressure, or humanpower.

In some embodiments, the 3D printing system comprises at least 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 build modules. At least one build module mayengage with the processing chamber to expand the interior volume of theprocessing chamber. During at least a portion of the 3D printingprocess, the atmospheres of the chamber and enclosure may merge. Attimes, during at least a portion of the 3D printing process, theatmospheres of the chamber and enclosure may remain separate. During atleast a portion of the 3D printing process, the atmospheres of the buildmodule and processing chamber may be separate. The build module may bemobile or stationary. The build module may comprise an elevator. Theelevator may be connected to a platform (e.g., building platform). Theelevator may be reversibly connected to at least a portion of theplatform (e.g., to the base). The elevator may be irreversibly connectedto at least a portion of the platform (e.g., to the substrate). Theplatform may be separated from one or more walls (e.g., side walls) ofthe build module by a seal (e.g., FIG. 1, 103). The seal may beimpermeable or substantially impermeable to gas. The seal may bepermeable to gas. The seal may be flexible. The seal may be elastic. Theseal may be bendable. The seal may be compressible. The seal maycomprise rubber (e.g., latex), Teflon, plastic, or silicon. The seal maycomprise a mesh, membrane, sieve, paper (e.g., filter paper), cloth(e.g., felt), or brush. The mesh, membrane, paper and/or cloth maycomprise randomly and/or non-randomly arranged fibers. The paper maycomprise a HEPA filter. The seal may be permeable to at least one gas,and impermeable to the pre-transformed (e.g., and to the transformed)material. The seal may not allow a pre-transformed (e.g., and to thetransformed) material to pass through.

In some embodiments, a shutter of the build module engages with ashutter of the processing chamber. The engagement may be spatiallycontrolled. For example, when the shutter of the build module is withina certain gap distance from the processing chamber shutter, the buildmodule shutter engages with the processing chamber shutter. The gapdistance may trigger an engagement mechanism. The gap trigger may besufficient to allow sensing of at least one of the shutters. Theengagement mechanism may comprise magnetic, electrostatic, electric,hydraulic, pneumatic, or physical force. The physical force may comprisemanual force. In some embodiments, a build module shutter may beattracted upwards toward the processing chamber shutter and a processingchamber shutter may be attracted upwards toward the build moduleshutter. A single unit may be formed from the processing chamber shutterand the build module shutter, that is transferred away from the energybeam. In the single unit, the processing chamber shutter and the buildmodule shutter may be held together by an engagement mechanism.Subsequent to the engagement, the single unit may transfer (e.g.,relocate, or move) away from the energy beam. For example, theengagement may trigger the transferring (e.g., relocating) of the buildmodule shutter and the processing chamber shutter as a single unit.

In some examples, removal of the shutter (e.g., of the build moduleand/or processing chamber) depends on an atmospheric characteristic(e.g., within the build module or the processing chamber). At times,removal of the shutter (e.g., of the build module and/or processingchamber) may depend on reaching a certain (e.g., predetermined) level ofan atmospheric characteristics comprising a gas content (e.g., relativegas content), gas pressure, oxygen level, humidity, argon level, ornitrogen level. For example, the certain level may be an equilibriumbetween an atmospheric characteristic in the build module and thatatmospheric characteristics in the processing chamber.

In some embodiments, the 3D printing process initiates after merging ofthe build module with the processing chamber. At the beginning of the 3Dprinting process, the build platform may be at an elevated position. Atthe end of the 3D printing process, the build platform may be at avertically reduced position. The building module may translate betweenthree positions during a 3D printing run. The build module may enter tothe enclosure from a position away from the engagement position with theprocessing chamber. The build module may then advance toward theprocessing chamber, and engage with the processing chamber. The layerdispensing mechanism and energy beam will translate and form the 3Dobject within the material bed (e.g., as described herein), while theplatform gradually lowers its vertical position. The layer dispensingmechanism can dispense material at a dispensing rate of at least aboutat 50 grams/second (g/s), 55 g/s, 60 g/s, 70 g/s, 80 g/s, 84 g/s, 90g/s, 100 g/s, 120 g/s, 150 g/s, 200 g/s, or 500 g/s. The dispensing ratecan be between any of the afore-mentioned dispensing rates (e.g., fromabout 50 g/s to about 100 g/s, from about 80 g/s to about 120 g/s, fromabout 84 g/s to about 500 g/s, from about 55 g/s to about 500 g/s orfrom about 60 g/s to about 200 g/s). The layer dispenser mechanism candispense a layer of a height of at least about 100 microns (μm), 150 μm,200 μm, 250 μm, 300 μm, 350 μm, 400 μm, 450 μm, 500 μm, 550 μm, 600 μm,650 μm, 700 μm, 750 μm, 800 μm, 850 μm, 900 μm or 950 μm. The height ofmaterial dispensed in a layer of material can be between any of theafore-mentioned amounts (e.g., from about 100 μm to about 650 μm, fromabout 200 μm to about 950 μm, from about 350 μm to about 800 μm, fromabout 100 μm to about 950 μm). The time taken to dispense a layer ofmaterial can be at least about 0.1 seconds (sec), 0.2 sec, 0.3 sec, 0.5sec, 1 sec, 2 sec, 3 sec, 4 sec, 5 sec, 8 sec, 9 sec, 10 sec, 15 sec or20 sec. The time taken to dispense a layer of material can be betweenany of the afore-mentioned times (e.g., from about 0.1 seconds to about20 seconds, from about 0.2 seconds to about 1 second, from about 3seconds to about 5 seconds, from about 0.5 seconds to about 20 seconds).

In some embodiments, once and/or after the 3D object printing iscomplete, the build module disengages from the processing chamber andtranslate away from the processing chamber engagement position.Disengagement of the build module from the processing chamber mayinclude closing the processing chamber with its shutter, closing thebuild module with its shutter, or both closing the processing chambershutter and closing the build module shutter. Disengagement of the buildmodule from the processing chamber may include maintaining theprocessing chamber atmosphere to be separate from the enclosureatmosphere, maintaining the build module atmosphere to be separate fromthe enclosure atmosphere, or maintaining both the processing chamberatmosphere and the build atmosphere separate from the enclosureatmosphere. Disengagement of the build module from the processingchamber may include maintaining the processing chamber atmosphere to beseparate from the ambient atmosphere, maintaining the build moduleatmosphere to be separate from the ambient atmosphere, or maintainingboth the processing chamber atmosphere and the build atmosphere separatefrom the ambient atmosphere. The building platform that is disposedwithin the build module before engagement with the processing chamber,may be at its top most position, bottom most position, or anywherebetween its top most position and bottom most position within the buildmodule.

At times, the usage of sealable build modules, processing chamber,and/or unpacking chamber allows a small degree of operator intervention,low degree of operator exposure to the pre-transformed material, and/orlow down time of the 3D printer. The 3D printing system may operate mostof the time without an intermission. The 3D printing system may beutilized for 3D printing most of the time. Most of the time may be atleast about 50%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of the time.Most of the time may be between any of the afore-mentioned values (e.g.,from about 50% to about 99%, from about 80% to about 99%, from about 90%to about 99%, or from about 95% to about 99% of the time. The entiretime includes the time during which the 3D printing system prints a 3Dobject, and time during which it does not print a 3D object. Most of thetime may include operation during seven days a week and/or 24 hoursduring a day.

In some embodiments, the 3D printing requires assistance by one or moreoperators. At times, the 3D printing system requires operation ofmaximum a single standard daily work shift. The 3D printing system mayrequire operation by a human operator working at most of about 8 hours(h), 7 h, 6 h, 5 h, 4 h, 3 h, 2 h, 1 h, or 0.5 h a day. The 3D printingsystem may require operation by a human operator working between any ofthe afore-mentioned time frames (e.g., from about 8 h to about 0.5 h,from about 8 h to about 4 h, from about 6 h to about 3 h, from about 3 hto about 0.5 h, or from about 2 h to about 0.5 h a day). The 3D printingsystem may require operation of maximum a single standard work weekshift. The 3D printing system may require operation by a human operatorworking at most of about 50 h, 40 h, 30 h, 20 h, 10 h, 5 h, or 1 h aweek. The 3D printing system may require operation by a human operatorworking between any of the afore-mentioned time frames (e.g., from about40 h to about 1 h, from about 40 h to about 20 h, from about 30 h toabout 10 h, from about 20 h to about 1 h, or from about 10 h to about 1h a week). A single operator may support during his daily and/or weeklyshift at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 3D printers (i.e., 3Dprinting systems).

In some embodiments, the enclosure and/or processing chamber of the 3Dprinting system is opened to the ambient environment sparingly (e.g.,during, before, and/or after the 3D printing). In some embodiments, theenclosure and/or processing chamber of the 3D printing system may beopened by an operator (e.g., human) sparingly. Sparing opening may be atmost once in at most every 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 weeks. The weeks maycomprise weeks of standard operation of the 3D printer.

In some embodiments, the 3D printer has a capacity of 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5full prints in terms of pre-transformed material (e.g., powder)reservoir capacity. The 3D printer may have the capacity to print aplurality of 3D objects in parallel. For example, the 3D printer may beable to print at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 3D objects inparallel.

In some embodiments, the printed 3D object is retrieved soon afterterminating the last transformation operation of at least a portion ofthe material bed. Soon after terminating may be at most about 1 day, 12hours, 6 hours,3 hours, 2 hours, 1 hour, 30 minutes, 15 minutes, 5minutes, 240 seconds (sec), 220 sec, 200 sec, 180 sec, 160 sec, 140 sec,120 sec, 100 sec, 80 sec, 60 sec, 40 sec, 20 sec, 10 sec, 9 sec, 8 sec,7 sec, 6 sec, 5 sec, 4 sec, 3 sec, 2 sec, or 1 sec. Soon afterterminating may be between any of the afore-mentioned time values (e.g.,from about 1 s to about 1 day, from about 1 s to about 1 hour, fromabout 30 minutes to about 1 day, or from about 20 s to about 240 s).

In some embodiments, the 3D printer has a capacity of 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5full prints before requiring human intervention. Human intervention maybe required for refilling the pre-transformed (e.g., powder) material,unloading the build modules, unpacking the 3D object, or any combinationthereof. The 3D printer operator may condition the 3D printer at anytime during operation of the 3D printing system (e.g., during the 3Dprinting process). Conditioning of the 3D printer may comprise refillingthe pre-transformed material that is used by the 3D printer, replacinggas source, or replacing filters. The conditioning may be with orwithout interrupting the 3D printing system. For example, refilling andunloading from the 3D printer can be done at any time during the 3Dprinting process without interrupting the 3D printing process.Conditioning may comprise refreshing the 3D printer.

In some embodiments, the 3D printer comprises at least one filter. Thefilter may be a ventilation filter. The ventilation filter may capturefine powder from the 3D printing system. The filter may comprise a paperfilter such as a high-efficiency particulate arrestance (HEPA) filter(a.k.a., high-efficiency particulate arresting or high-efficiencyparticulate air filter). The ventilation filter may capture spatter. Thespatter may result from the 3D printing process. The ventilator maydirect the spatter in a desired direction (e.g., by using positive ornegative gas pressure). For example, the ventilator may use vacuum. Forexample, the ventilator may use gas blow.

In some embodiments, the time lapse between the end of printing in afirst material bed, and the beginning of printing in a second materialbed is at most about 60 minutes (min), 40 min, 30 min, 20 min, 15 min,10 min, or 5 min. The time lapse between the end of printing in a firstmaterial bed, and the beginning of printing in a second material bed maybe between any of the afore-mentioned times (e.g., from about 60 min toabout 5 min, from about 60 min to about 30 min, from about 30 min toabout 5 min, from about 20 min to about 5 min, from about 20 min toabout 10 min, or from about 15 min to about 5 min). The speed duringwhich the 3D printing process proceeds is disclosed in PatentApplication serial number PCT/US15/36802 that is incorporated herein inits entirety.

In some embodiments, the 3D object is removed from the material bedafter the completion of the 3D printing process. For example, the 3Dobject may be removed from the material bed when the transformedmaterial that formed the 3D object hardens. For example, the 3D objectmay be removed from the material bed when the transformed material thatformed the 3D object is no longer susceptible to deformation understandard handling operation (e.g., human and/or machine handling).

At times, the generated 3D object requires very little or no furtherprocessing after its retrieval. Further processing may be post printingprocessing. Further processing may comprise trimming, as disclosedherein. Further processing may comprise polishing (e.g., sanding). Insome cases, the generated 3D object can be retrieved and finalizedwithout removal of transformed material and/or auxiliary supportfeatures.

In some examples, the generated 3D object adheres (e.g., substantially)to a requested model of the 3D object. The 3D object (e.g., solidifiedmaterial) that is generated can have an average deviation value from theintended dimensions (e.g., of a desired 3D object) of at most about 0.5microns (μm), 1 μm, 3 μm, 10 μm, 30 μm, 100 μm, 300 μm or less from arequested model of the 3D object. The deviation can be any value betweenthe afore-mentioned values. The average deviation can be from about 0.5μm to about 300 μm, from about 10 μm to about 50 μm, from about 15 μm toabout 85 μm, from about 5 μm to about 45 μm, or from about 15 μm toabout 35 μm. The 3D object can have a deviation from the intendeddimensions in a specific direction, according to the formulaDv+L/K_(dv), wherein Dv is a deviation value, L is the length of the 3Dobject in a specific direction, and K_(dv) is a constant. Dv can have avalue of at most about 300 μm, 200 μm, 100 μm, 50 μm, 40 μm, 30 μm, 20μm, 10 μm, 5 μm, 1 μm, or 0.5 μm. Dv can have a value of at least about0.5 μm, 1 μm, 3 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 50 μm, 70 μm, 100 μm, 300μm or less. Dv can have any value between the afore-mentioned values.For example, Dv can have a value that is from about 0.5 μm to about 300μm, from about 10 μm to about 50 μm, from about 15 μm to about 85 μm,from about 5 μm to about 45 μm, or from about 15 μm to about 35 μm.K_(dv) can have a value of at most about 3000, 2500, 2000, 1500, 1000,or 500. K_(dv) can have a value of at least about 500, 1000, 1500, 2000,2500, or 3000. K_(dv) can have any value between the afore-mentionedvalues. For example, K_(dv) can have a value that is from about 3000 toabout 500, from about 1000 to about 2500, from about 500 to about 2000,from about 1000 to about 3000, or from about 1000 to about 2500.

At times, the generated 3D object (i.e., the printed 3D object) does notrequire further processing following its generation by a methoddescribed herein. The printed 3D object may require reduced amount ofprocessing after its generation by a method described herein. Forexample, the printed 3D object may not require removal of auxiliarysupport (e.g., since the printed 3D object was generated as a 3D objectdevoid of auxiliary support). The printed 3D object may not requiresmoothing, flattening, polishing, or leveling. The printed 3D object maynot require further machining. In some examples, the printed 3D objectmay require one or more treatment operations following its generation(e.g., post generation treatment, or post printing treatment). Thefurther treatment step(s) may comprise surface scraping, machining,polishing, grinding, blasting (e.g., sand blasting, bead blasting, shotblasting, or dry ice blasting), annealing, or chemical treatment. Thefurther treatment may comprise physical or chemical treatment. Thefurther treatment step(s) may comprise electrochemical treatment,ablating, polishing (e.g., electro polishing), pickling, grinding,honing, or lapping. In some examples, the printed 3D object may requirea single operation (e.g., of sand blasting) following its formation. Theprinted 3D object may require an operation of sand blasting followingits formation. Polishing may comprise electro polishing (e.g.,electrochemical polishing or electrolytic polishing). The furthertreatment may comprise the use of abrasive(s). The blasting may comprisesand blasting or soda blasting. The chemical treatment may comprise useor an agent. The agent may comprise an acid, a base, or an organiccompound. The further treatment step(s) may comprise adding at least oneadded layer (e.g., cover layer). The added layer may compriselamination. The added layer may be of an organic or inorganic material.The added layer may comprise elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, orelemental carbon. The added layer may comprise at least one materialthat composes the printed 3D object. When the printed 3D objectundergoes further treatment, the bottom most surface layer of thetreated object may be different than the original bottom most surfacelayer that was formed by the 3D printing (e.g., the bottom skin layer).

At times, the methods described herein are performed in the enclosure(e.g., container, processing chamber, and/or build module). One or more3D objects can be formed (e.g., generated, and/or printed) in theenclosure (e.g., simultaneously, and/or sequentially). The enclosure mayhave a predetermined and/or controlled pressure. The enclosure may havea predetermined and/or controlled atmosphere. The control may be manualor via a control system. The atmosphere may comprise at least one gas.

In some examples, the enclosure comprises ambient pressure (e.g., 1atmosphere), negative pressure (i.e., vacuum) or positive pressure.Different portions of the enclosure may have different atmospheres. Thedifferent atmospheres may comprise different gas compositions. Thedifferent atmospheres may comprise different atmosphere temperatures.The different atmospheres may comprise ambient pressure (e.g., 1atmosphere), negative pressure (i.e., vacuum) or positive pressure. Thedifferent portions of the enclosure may comprise the processing chamber,build module, or enclosure volume excluding the processing chamberand/or build module. The vacuum may comprise pressure below 1 bar, orbelow 1 atmosphere. The positively pressurized environment may comprisepressure above 1 bar or above 1 atmosphere. The pressure in theenclosure can be at least about 10⁻⁷ Torr, 10⁻⁶ Torr, 10⁻⁵ Torr, 10⁻⁴Torr, 10⁻³ Torr, 10⁻² Torr, 10⁻¹ Torr, 1 Torr, 10 Torr, 100 Torr, 1 bar,2 bar, 3 bar, 4 bar, 5 bar, 10 bar, 20 bar, 30 bar, 40 bar, 50 bar, 100bar, 200 bar, 300 bar, 400 bar, 500 bar, 1000 bar, or 1100 bar. Thepressure in the enclosure can be at least about 100 Torr, 200 Torr, 300Torr, 400 Torr, 500 Torr, 600 Torr, 700 Torr, 720 Torr, 740 Torr, 750Torr, 760 Torr, 900 Torr, 1000 Torr, 1100 Torr, or 1200 Torr. Thepressure in the enclosure can be between any of the afore-mentionedenclosure pressure values (e.g., from about 10⁻⁷ Torr to about 1200Torr, from about 10⁻⁷ Torr to about 1 Torr, from about 1 Torr to about1200 Torr, or from about 10⁻² Torr to about 10 Torr). The chamber can bepressurized to a pressure of at least 10⁻⁷ Torr, 10⁻⁶ Torr, 10⁻⁵ Torr,10⁻⁴ Torr, 10⁻³ Torr, 10⁻² Torr, 10⁻¹ Torr, 1 Torr, 10 Torr, 100 Torr, 1bar, 2 bar, 3 bar, 4 bar, 5 bar, 10 bar, 20 bar, 30 bar, 40 bar, 50 bar,100 bar, 200 bar, 300 bar, 400 bar, 500 bar, or 1000 bar. The chambercan be pressurized to a pressure of at most 10⁻⁷ Torr, 10⁻⁶ Torr, 10⁻⁵Torr, 10⁻⁴ Torr, 10⁻³ Torr, 10⁻² Torr, 10⁻¹ Torr, 1 Torr, 10 Torr, 100Torr, 1 bar, 2 bar, 3 bar, 4 bar, 5 bar, 10 bar, 20 bar, 30 bar, 40 bar,50 bar, 100 bar, 200 bar, 300 bar, 400 bar, 500 bar, or 1000 bar. Thepressure in the chamber can be at a range between any of theafore-mentioned pressure values (e.g., from about 10⁻⁷ Torr to about1000 bar, from about 10⁻⁷ Torr to about 1 Torr, from about 1 Torr toabout 100 Barr, from about 1 bar to about 10 bar, from about 1 bar toabout 100 bar, or from about 100 bar to about 1000 bar). In some cases,the chamber pressure can be standard atmospheric pressure. The pressuremay be measured at an ambient temperature (e.g., room temperature, 20°C., or 25° C.).

In some embodiments, the enclosure includes an atmosphere. The enclosuremay comprise a (e.g., substantially) inert atmosphere. The atmosphere inthe enclosure may be (e.g., substantially) depleted by one or more gasespresent in the ambient atmosphere. The atmosphere in the enclosure mayinclude a reduced level of one or more gases relative to the ambientatmosphere. For example, the atmosphere may be substantially depleted,or have reduced levels of water (i.e., humidity), oxygen, nitrogen,carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, or any combination thereof. The levelof the depleted or reduced level gas may be at most about 1 ppm, 10 ppm,50 ppm, 100 ppm, 500 ppm, 1000 ppm, 5000 ppm, 10000 ppm, 25000 ppm,50000 ppm, or 70000 ppm volume by volume (v/v). The level of thedepleted or reduced level gas may be at least about 1 ppm, 10 ppm, 50ppm, 100 ppm, 500 ppm, 1000 ppm, 5000 ppm, 10000 ppm, 25000 ppm, 50000ppm, or 70000 ppm (v/v). The level of the oxygen gas may be at mostabout 1 ppm, 10 ppm, 50 ppm, 100 ppm, 500 ppm, 1000 ppm, 5000 ppm, 10000ppm, 25000 ppm, 50000 ppm, or 70000 ppm (v/v). The level of the watervapor may be at most about 1 ppm, 10 ppm, 50 ppm, 100 ppm, 500 ppm, 1000ppm, 5000 ppm, 10000 ppm, 25000 ppm, 50000 ppm, or 70000 ppm (v/v). Thelevel of the gas (e.g., depleted or reduced level gas, oxygen, or water)may be between any of the afore-mentioned levels of gas. The atmospheremay comprise air. The atmosphere may be inert. The atmosphere may benon-reactive. The atmosphere may be non-reactive with the material(e.g., the pre-transformed material deposited in the layer of material(e.g., powder), or the material comprising the 3D object). Theatmosphere may prevent oxidation of the generated 3D object. Theatmosphere may prevent oxidation of the pre-transformed material withinthe layer of pre-transformed material before its transformation, duringits transformation, after its transformation, before its hardening,after its hardening, or any combination thereof. The atmosphere maycomprise argon or nitrogen gas. The atmosphere may comprise a Nobel gas.The atmosphere can comprise a gas selected from the group consisting ofargon, nitrogen, helium, neon, krypton, xenon, hydrogen, carbonmonoxide, and carbon dioxide. The atmosphere may comprise hydrogen gas.The atmosphere may comprise a safe amount of hydrogen gas. Theatmosphere may comprise a v/v percent of hydrogen gas of at least about0.05%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%,4%, or 5%, at ambient pressure (e.g., and ambient temperature). Theatmosphere may comprise a v/v percent of hydrogen gas of at most about0.05%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%,4%, or 5%, at ambient pressure (e.g., and ambient temperature). Theatmosphere may comprise any percent of hydrogen between theafore-mentioned percentages of hydrogen gas. The atmosphere may comprisea v/v hydrogen gas percent that is at least able to react with thematerial (e.g., at ambient temperature and/or at ambient pressure), andat most adhere to the prevalent work-safety standards in thejurisdiction (e.g., hydrogen codes and standards). The material may bethe material within the layer of pre-transformed material (e.g.,powder), the transformed material, the hardened material, or thematerial within the 3D object. Ambient refers to a condition to whichpeople are generally accustomed. For example, ambient pressure may be 1atmosphere. Ambient temperature may be a typical temperature to whichhumans are generally accustomed. For example, from about 15° C. to about30° C., from about −30° C. to about 60° C., from about −20° C. to about50° C., from 16° C. to about 26° C., from about 20° C. to about 25° C.“Room temperature” may be measured in a confined or in a non-confinedspace. For example, “room temperature” can be measured in a room, anoffice, a factory, a vehicle, a container, or outdoors. The vehicle maybe a car, a truck, a bus, an airplane, a space shuttle, a space ship, aship, a boat, or any other vehicle. Room temperature may represent thesmall range of temperatures at which the atmosphere feels neither hotnor cold, for example, approximately 24° C., 20° C., 25° C., or anyvalue from about 20° C. to about 25° C.

At times, the pre-transformed material is deposited in an enclosure(e.g., a container). FIG. 1 shows an example of a 3D printing system 100and apparatuses, a (e.g., first) energy source 122 that emits a (e.g.,first) energy beam 119. In the example of FIG. 1, the energy beamtravels through an optical system 114 (e.g., comprising an aperture,lens, mirror, or deflector). A target surface may be a portion of ahardened material (e.g., 106) that was formed by transforming at least aportion of an exposed surface (e.g.,131) of a material bed (e.g., 104)by a (e.g., scanning) energy beam. In the example of FIG. 1 a (e.g.,second) energy beam 101 is generated by a (e.g., second) energy source121. The generated (e.g., second) energy beam may travel through anoptical mechanism (e.g., 120) and/or an optical window (e.g., 115). FIG.1 shows an example of a container 123. The container can contain thepre-transformed material (e.g., without spillage; FIG. 1, 104). Thematerial may be placed in, or inserted to the container. The materialmay be deposited in, pushed to, sucked into, or lifted to the container.The material may be layered (e.g., spread) in the container. Thecontainer may comprise a substrate (e.g., FIG. 1, 109). The substratemay be situated adjacent to the bottom of the container (e.g., FIG. 1,111). Bottom may be relative to the gravitational field, or relative tothe position of the footprint of the energy beam (e.g., FIG. 1, 101,108) on the layer of pre-transformed material as part of a material bed.The footprint of the energy beam may follow a Gaussian bell shape. Insome embodiments, the footprint of the energy beam does not follow aGaussian bell shape. The container may comprise a platform comprising abase (e.g., FIG. 1, 102). The platform may comprise a substrate. Thebase may reside adjacent to the substrate. The pre-transformed materialmay be layered adjacent to a side of the container (e.g., on the bottomof the container). The pre-transformed material may be layered adjacentto the substrate and/or adjacent to the base. Adjacent to may be above.Adjacent to may be directly above, or directly on. The substrate mayhave one or more seals that enclose the material in a selected areawithin the container (e.g., FIG. 1, 103). FIG. 1 shows an example ofsealants 103 that hinders (e.g., prevent) the pre-transformed materialfrom spilling from the material bed (e.g., 104) to the bottom 111 of anenclosure 107. The platform may translate (e.g., vertically, FIG. 1,112) using a translating mechanism (e.g., an actuator, e.g., an elevator105). The one or more seals may be flexible or non-flexible. The one ormore seals may comprise a polymer or a resin. The one or more seals maycomprise a round edge or a flat edge. The one or more seals may bebendable or non-bendable. The seals may be stiff. The container maycomprise the base. The base may be situated within the container. Thecontainer may comprise the platform, which may be situated within thecontainer. The enclosure, container, processing chamber, and/or buildingmodule may comprise an optical window. An energy beam may travel throughan optical mechanism (e.g., 120). An example of an optical window can beseen in FIG. 1, 115, 135. The optical window may allow the energy beam(e.g., 101, 108) to pass through without (e.g., substantial) energeticloss. A ventilator may prevent spatter from accumulating on the surfaceoptical window that is disposed within the enclosure (e.g., within theprocessing chamber) during the 3D printing. An opening of the ventilatormay be situated within the enclosure 126.

At times, the pre-transformed material is deposited in the enclosure bya layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., FIGS. 1, 116, 117 and 118) to form alayer of pre-transformed material within the enclosure. The depositedmaterial may be leveled by a leveling operation. The leveling operationmay comprise using a material removal mechanism that does not contactthe exposed surface of the material bed (e.g., FIG. 1, 118). Theleveling operation may comprise using a leveling mechanism that contactsthe exposed surface of the material bed (e.g., FIG. 1, 117). Thematerial (e.g., powder) dispensing mechanism may comprise one or moredispensers (e.g., FIG. 1, 116). The material dispensing system maycomprise at least one material (e.g., bulk) reservoir. The material maybe deposited by a layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., recoater). The layerdispensing mechanism may level the dispensed material without contactingthe material bed (e.g., the top surface of the powder bed). The layerdispensing mechanism may include any layer dispensing mechanism and/or amaterial (e.g., powder) dispenser used in 3D printing such as, forexample, the ones disclosed in application number PCT/US15/36802, or inpatent application Ser. No. 15/435,065, both of which are entirelyincorporated herein by references.

In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism includes componentscomprising a material dispensing mechanism, material leveling mechanism,material removal mechanism, or any combination or permutation thereof.In some configurations, the material dispensing mechanism may comprise amaterial dispenser. The material dispenser may be operatively coupled toa mechanism that causes at least a portion of the pre-transformedmaterial within the material dispenser to vibrate (also referred toherein as a “vibration mechanism”). Vibrate may comprise pulsate, throb,resonate, shiver, tremble, flutter or shake. The vibration mechanism mayinclude any vibration mechanism used in 3D printing such as, forexample, the ones disclosed in Patent Application serial numberPCT/US17/57340, filed on Oct. 19, 2017, titled “OPERATION OFTHREE-DIMENSIONAL PRINTER COMPONENTS,” which is entirely incorporatedherein by reference.

In some embodiments, the 3D printer comprises at least one ancillarychamber. The ancillary chamber may be an integral part of the processingchamber. At times, the ancillary chamber may be separate from theprocessing chamber. The ancillary chamber may be mounted to theprocessing chamber (e.g., before, after, or during the 3D printing). Themounting may be reversible mounting. The mounting may be controlled(e.g., manually or by a controller). The atmosphere of the ancillary andprocessing chamber may be (e.g., substantially) the same atmosphere. Attimes, the atmosphere of the ancillary chamber and the processingchamber may differ. The atmosphere of the ancillary chamber may be aninert atmosphere. The atmosphere in the ancillary chamber may bedeficient by one or more reactive species (e.g., water and/or oxygen).The ancillary chamber may be a garage. The garage may be used to parkone or more components of the 3D printer. The component may be a layerdispensing mechanism. The ancillary chamber (e.g., FIG. 2, 240) may becoupled to one of the side walls of the processing chamber (e.g., FIG.2, 226). In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber may be incorporatedin the processing chamber. The processing chamber may be similar to theone described herein (e.g., FIG. 1, having an atmosphere 126, FIG. 2,having an atmosphere 226). At times, the ancillary chamber may be a partof the processing chamber. At times, the ancillary chamber may becoupled to the processing chamber. At times, the ancillary chamber maybe coupled to one of the side walls of the processing chamber. Theancillary chamber may be mounted to the processing chamber. The mountingmay be reversible mounting. The mounting may be controlled (e.g.,manually or by a controller). The atmosphere of the ancillary chamberand processing chamber may be (e.g., substantially) the same atmosphere.At times, the atmosphere of the ancillary chamber and the processingchamber may differ.

In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is coupled to one ormore shafts (e.g., a rod, a pole, a bar, a cylinder, one or morespherical bearings coupled at a predetermined distance) (e.g., FIG. 2,236). The shaft may comprise a vertical (e.g., small) cross section of acircle, triangle, square, pentagon, hexagon, octagon, or any otherpolygon. The vertical cross section may be of an amorphous shape. Theone or more shafts may be movable. For example, the shaft may be movableto and from the ancillary chamber (e.g., before, during, and/or afterthe 3D printing). For example, the shaft may be movable from theancillary chamber to the processing chamber (e.g., for deposition of alayer of material). For example, the shaft may be movable from theprocessing chamber to the ancillary chamber (e.g., in preparation fortransforming at least a portion of the material bed). FIG. 2 shows anexample of a shaft, 236. At times, at least a portion of the shaft mayreside within the ancillary chamber (e.g., 240). At times, at least aportion of the shaft may reside out of the ancillary chamber (e.g., inthe area 254). The atmosphere of the portion of the shaft residingwithin the ancillary chamber may be (e.g., substantially) the sameatmosphere as the atmosphere of the ancillary chamber. The atmosphere ofthe ancillary chamber may be an inert atmosphere. The atmosphere in theancillary chamber may be deficient by one or more reactive species(e.g., water and/or oxygen). The atmosphere of the portion of the shaftresiding out of the ancillary chamber may differ from the atmosphere ofthe ancillary chamber. The atmosphere of the portion of the shaftresiding out of the ancillary chamber may not be an inert atmosphere.The atmosphere of the portion of the shaft residing out of the ancillarychamber may be open to one or more reactive species (e.g., water and/oroxygen). The ancillary chamber may accommodate at least a portion of theshaft. FIG. 2 shows an example of components of an ancillary chamberincluding one or more shafts. The one or more shafts may comprise aconveying system. The one or more shafts may comprise a retractingsystem. The shaft may be (e.g., operatively) coupled to the layerdispensing mechanism (e.g., 234). Coupled may be physically attached toone of the components of the layer dispensing mechanism (also referredto herein as “layer dispensing system”). The attachment may be physical,magnetic, electrical, or any combination thereof. Coupled may comprisepositional (e.g., optical) sensors to one or more components of thelayer dispensing mechanism. The shaft may assist in moving the layerdispensing mechanism from the ancillary chamber to a position adjacentto the material bed. The position adjacent to the material bed may bewithin the processing chamber. The position adjacent to the material bedmay be within the build module. The shaft may comprise an internalcavity. The internal cavity may be a channel. For example, the shaft maycomprise one or more channels (e.g., 740). A portion of the one or moreshaft channels may be enclosed within the shaft (e.g.,710). A portion ofthe one or more shaft channels may be external to the shaft (e.g., 708).The external portion of the shaft may be coupled to a reduced pressure(e.g. vacuum) system (e.g., 755). The reduce pressure system maycomprise a pump (e.g., as disclosed herein). The one or more shaftchannels may comprise a transit system. The vacuum system may insertpositive pressure through the shaft channel to transit pre-transformedmaterial. The vacuum system may insert negative pressure through theshaft channel to remove pre-transformed material from the ancillarychamber. The vacuum system may insert negative pressure through theshaft channel to remove pre-transformed material from the layerdispensing mechanism. The vacuum system may insert negative pressurethrough the shaft channel to remove pre-transformed material from theshaft. The vacuum system may transit the collected pre-transformedmaterial to a recycling system (e.g., 790). The recycling system mayrecycle a collected pre-transformed material back to the layerdispensing mechanism (e.g., the pre-transformed material may betransferred manually to the bulk reservoir (e.g., doser) 725). At times,the transfer of pre-transformed material (e.g., conveying) back to thelayer dispensing mechanism may be automated and/or controlled.Controlling may be performed before, after, and/or during the 3Dprinting. The recycling system may comprise a sieve. The recyclingsystem may comprise a material re-conditioning system. The materialre-conditioning system may recondition (e.g., remove any reactivespecies such as oxygen, water, etc.) the collected pre-transformedmaterial. The reconditioned material may be recycled and used in the 3Dprinting. Recycling may comprise transporting the material to the layerdispensing mechanism. The recycling may be continuous during the 3Dprinting. For example, the recycling may be continuous during the timeat which the layer dispensing mechanism is parked in the garage.

In some embodiments, the 3D printing system comprises a pre-transformedmaterial conveyor system. The pre-transformed material conveyor systemmay be operatively coupled to a processing chamber, a build module, anancillary chamber, a layer dispensing mechanism and/or a recyclingmechanism. The one or more components of the pre-transformed materialconveyor system may be replaceable, exchangeable, and/or modular. FIG. 3shows an example of a pre-transformed material conveyor system coupledto a processing chamber (e.g., 325). The pre-transformed materialconveyor system comprises a pressure container (e.g., 330). The pressurecontainer comprises pre-transformed material. The pre-transformedmaterial may be conveyed (e.g., directly, or indirectly) into thepressure container from (i) an external material source (e.g., a bulkfeed 335) and/or from (ii) a layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., 305). Thelayer dispensing mechanism (also referred to herein as “layerdispenser”) may be coupled to a bulk reservoir (e.g., 310) via a channel(e.g., 315). The bulk reservoir may be optionally coupled to a secondaryseparator (e.g., 320). The pre-transformed material may be conveyed(e.g., in a first loop) from the pressure container to the secondaryseparator (e.g., 310) via a material conveying channel (e.g., 340). Thepre-transformed material conveyor system may comprise one or morematerial conveying channels. In some examples, the pre-transformedmaterial conveyor system may comprise a plurality of material conveyingchannels (e.g., including 340, 355, 370, 372, and/or 374). At least twoof the plurality of material conveying channels may be of the samecharacteristics. The channel characteristic may comprise a material fromwhich the channel is constructed, cross-section, flow capacity, orinternal surface finish. At least two of the plurality of materialconveying channels may be different in at least one of the channelcharacteristic. At least two of the plurality of material conveyingchannels may be (e.g., substantially) the same in at least one of thechannel characteristic. The material conveying channel may conveypre-transformed material to one or more components of thepre-transformed material conveyor system. In some examples, the materialconveying channel may be coupled to the bulk reservoir and/or the layerdispensing mechanism. The pre-transformed material may be conveyed(e.g., in a second loop) from the layer dispensing mechanism to thepressure container. The pre-transformed material conveyance system maycomprise at least one separator. The separator may comprise acyclonic-separator, a sorter, classifier, or a sieve (e.g., filter). Theclassifier may comprise a gas classifier (e.g., air-classifier). Forexample, the second loop may comprise a first separator (e.g., 345)and/or a filter (e.g., 350). The filter may sieve pre-transformedmaterial (e.g., that was not used during the 3D printing, that arrivesfrom the bulk feed (e.g., from a supplier)) prior to conveying it to thepressure container and/or to the processing chamber (e.g., by using thematerial dispenser). In some examples, the filter may be operativelycoupled to the bulk feed (e.g., 335) via a material conveying channel(e.g., 374). The pre-transformed material from an external materialsource (e.g., stored in the bulk feed 335) may be filtered, prior toconveying it to the pressure container and/or to the processing chamber.The pre-transformed material may be conveyed from the layer dispensingmechanism to the first separator via a material conveying channel (e.g.,355). Optionally, the separator may be operatively coupled to a buffercontainer. The pre-transformed material may reside in the buffercontainer while the first loop may be in operation of conveyingpre-transformed material into the secondary separator. On completion ofthe first loop, the pre-transformed material from the buffer containerinto the pressure container. In some examples, the buffer container mayconvey pre-transformed material into the pressure container during thefirst loop. The buffer container may be inserted with pre-transformedmaterial from the external material source (e.g., a bulk feed 335). Thepre-transformed material conveyor system may comprise a gas conveyingchannel. In some examples, the pre-transformed material conveyor systemmay comprise a plurality of gas conveying channels (e.g., that arefluidly coupled, e.g., to allow flow of the pre-transformed material).The gas conveying channel may convey gas to one or more components ofthe pre-transformed material conveyor system. The gas may comprise apressure. The gas conveying channel may equilibrate pressure and/orcontent within one or more components of the pre-transformed materialconveyor system. For example, a gas conveying channel may equilibrate afirst atmosphere of a processing chamber with a second atmosphere of thebulk feed, separator, and/or pressure chamber (in certain instances).The first atmosphere and/or second atmosphere may be a (e.g.,substantially) inert, oxygen depleted, humidity depleted, organicmaterial depleted, or any combination thereof. The gas conveying channel(e.g., 360, 362, 364, 366, and/or 368) may be operatively coupled to thematerial conveying channel, pressure container, processing chamber,external material source, separator, bulk reservoir, layer dispenser(e.g., material dispenser), and/or the buffer container. The channel(e.g., shaft channel, gas channel, and/or material conveyance channelmay be a tube, hose, tunnel, duct, chute, or conduit). Thepre-transformed material conveyor system may comprise one or morevalves. A valve may be coupled to a material conveying channel and/or agas conveying channel. For example, FIG. 3 shows examples of materialconveying channel valves (e.g., denoted by a white circle comprising anX) and gas conveying channel valves (e.g., denoted by a white circle).

In some examples, the pre-transformed material conveyor system comprisesa (e.g., optional) separator. The pre-transformed material conveyorsystem may comprise a plurality of separators. The separator may beexchangeable, replaceable, and/or modular. The separator may separatebetween a gas and a pre-transformed material. The separator may separatebetween various sizes (or size groups) of particulate material. Theseparator may separate between various types of material. The separatormay comprise separation, sorting, and/or reconditioning thepre-transformed material. The separator may comprise a cyclonicseparator, velocity reduction separator (e.g., screen, mesh, and/orbaffle), and/or a separation column. The separator may utilize agravitational force. The separator may utilize an artificially inducedforce (e.g., pneumatic, electronic, magnetic, hydraulic, and/orelectrostatic force). The cyclonic separator may comprise using vortexseparation. The cyclonic separator may comprise using centrifugalseparation. The separator may include any material separator used in 3Dprinting such as, for example, the ones disclosed in patent applicationSer. No. 15/374,318, filed on Dec. 9, 2016, titled “SKILLFULTHREE-DIMENSIONAL PRINTING,” or in Patent Application serial numberPCT/US16/66000, filed on Dec. 9, 2016, titled “SKILLFULTHREE-DIMENSIONAL PRINTING,” each of which is entirely incorporatedherein by reference. The separator may comprise a filter (e.g., sieve,column, and/or membrane). The separation may comprise separating thepre-transformed material from debris and/or gas. The pre-transformedmaterial may be sorted as to material type and/or size. Thepre-transformed material may be sorted using a gas classifier thatclassifies gas-borne material (e.g., liquid, or particulate) material.For example, using an air-classifier. For example, using a powder gasclassifier. The reconditioning may comprise removing of an oxide layerforming on the pre-transformed material. Reconditioning may comprisephysical and/or chemical reconditioning. The physical reconditioning maycomprise ablation, spattering, blasting, or machining. The chemicalreconditioning may comprise reduction. The separator and/or filter maybe controlled. The controlling may be done manually and/or automated.Controlling may be performed before, after, and/or during at least aportion of the 3D printing. Controlling may be performed during, beforeand/or after the operation of the pre-transformed material conveyorsystem. The separator may comprise a sensor. The sensor may detect asystem state of the separator. The sensor may detect the velocity of thepre-transformed material and/or gas during operation. In some examples,a plurality of separators may be operatively coupled to each other. Afirst separator may be connected to a second separator (e.g., in aserial manner). The separator may be optimized to operate with differenttypes of material flow and/or pneumatic flows. For example, theseparator may be optimized to operate with a number of pre-transformedmaterial properties (e.g., particulate material size, material type, FLSof a particulate material, and/or particulate material shape). Thepre-transformed material may comprise a particulate material (e.g.,powder, or vesicles). The pre-transformed material may comprise a solid,semi-solid, or liquid. For examples, the separator may be optimized tooperate with a number of material flow properties (e.g., materialdensity and/or material friction).

In some examples, a portion of a first separator is operatively coupledto the processing chamber, a recycling system, a build module, and/or atleast one component of the layer dispensing mechanism. A portion of theseparator may be operatively coupled to a pressure container. Theseparator may receive pre-transformed material (e.g., spillage, or anexcess amount of material) from the processing chamber, a component ofthe layer dispensing mechanism and/or the build module. The separatormay receive a remainder of the pre-transformed material that did nottransform to form at least a portion of the 3D object. The separator mayreceive recycled pre-transformed material from the recycling system. Insome examples, the separator may be coupled to the processing chamber,recycling system, build module and/or at least one component of thelayer dispensing mechanism, via a channel (e.g., pipe). The channel maycomprise one or more sensors. The sensor may be any sensor describedherein. The channel may comprise one or more valves. The valve may beany valve described herein. The sensor and/or the valve may becontrolled. The controlling may be done manually and/or automated.Controlling may be performed before, after, and/or during at least aportion of the 3D printing. Controlling may be performed during, beforeand/or after the operation of the pre-transformed material conveyorsystem. In some examples, the pre-transformed material conveyor systemmay optionally comprise a secondary separator. For example, thepre-transformed material conveyor system may comprise (i) a gasseparator (e.g., cyclonic separator) and (ii) a particulate materialsize separator (e.g., sieve). A portion of the secondary separator(e.g., sieve) may be coupled to a material conveyor channel. A portionof the secondary separator may be coupled to the at least one componentof the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., material leveler, materialremover, and/or material dispenser). The pre-transformed material fromone or more pressure containers may be conveyed into the secondaryseparator via the material conveyor channel. The pre-transformedmaterial may be sorted, separated and/or reconditioned by the (e.g.,secondary) separator, and conveyed to at least one component of thelayer dispensing mechanism.

In some examples, the pre-transformed material conveyor system comprisesa pressure container. In some examples, the pre-transformed conveyorsystem may comprise multiple pressure containers (e.g., at least two,three, or four pressure containers). FIG. 4 shows an example of apre-transformed material conveyor system with two pressure containers(e.g., 405, 410). At least one pressure container may containpre-transformed material (e.g., during operation of the materialconveyor). At least one pressure container may contain a low amount(e.g., no pre-transformed material) of pre-transformed material (e.g.,during operation of the material conveyor). The pre-transformed materialmay be inserted into the two pressure containers from an externalmaterial source (e.g., a bulk feed 420) and/or from at least oneseparator. The pre-transformed material may be inserted into the twopressure containers (e.g., substantially) simultaneously. Thepre-transformed material may be inserted into the two pressurecontainers alternatingly. The pre-transformed material may be insertedinto the two pressure containers in a (e.g., predetermined) sequence.The insertion of the pre-transformed material into the pressurecontainer may be controlled. Control may comprise using one or morevalves (e.g., 422, and/or 424). The valves may be any valve describedherein. In some examples, the pre-transformed material may be insertedfrom at least one component of the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g.,425). The layer dispensing mechanism may be coupled to a bulk reservoir(e.g., 430) via an optional conveyor (e.g., 428, e.g., pipe). Theconveyor may facilitate coupling and/or fluid connection of the bulkreservoir with the material dispenser. The bulk reservoir may beoptionally coupled to a secondary separator (e.g., 435). Thepre-transformed material may be conveyed (e.g., in a first loop) fromthe pressure container to the secondary separator via one or morematerial conveying channels (e.g., 440, and/or 445). In some examples, afirst pressure container (e.g., 405) may be operatively coupled to afirst material conveying channel (e.g., 445), and a second pressurecontainer (e.g., 410) may be operatively coupled to a second materialconveying channel (e.g., 440). In some examples, the first materialconveying channel and the second material conveying channel may be thesame. In some examples, the first material conveying channel and thesecond material conveying channel may be different. In some examples, aportion of the first material conveying channel may be connected to aportion of the second material channel (e.g., 448). The materialconveying channel may convey pre-transformed material to one or morecomponents of the pre-transformed material conveyor system (e.g., withor against gravity). In some examples, the material conveying channelmay be coupled to the bulk reservoir and/or at least one component ofthe layer dispensing mechanism. The pre-transformed material may beconveyed (e.g., in a second loop) from at least one component of thelayer dispensing mechanism to at least one of the pressure containers.In some examples, the pre-transformed material may be conveyed into thetwo pressure containers (e.g., concurrently, and/or sequentially). Thepre-transformed material may be conveyed into the two pressurecontainers simultaneously. The pre-transformed material may be conveyedinto the two pressure containers alternatingly. The pre-transformedmaterial may be conveyed into the two pressure containers in a sequence.The second loop may optionally comprise a first separator (e.g., 450)and/or a second separator (e.g., 455). The first and second separatorsmay be of the same, or of different types. The pre-transformed materialmay be conveyed from the layer dispensing mechanism to the firstseparator via a third material conveying channel (e.g., 458). Thepre-transformed material from the first separator may be filtered (e.g.,sieved, separated from debris, and/or sorted). The pre-transformedmaterial may be filtered and/or re-conditioned prior to conveying it tothe pressure container. Optionally, the first separator and/or thefilter may be operatively coupled to a buffer container. Thepre-transformed material may reside in the buffer container while thefirst loop may be in operation of conveying pre-transformed materialinto the secondary separator. On completion of the first loop, thepre-transformed material from the buffer container into the pressurecontainer. In some examples, the buffer container may conveypre-transformed material into the pressure container during the firstloop. The pre-transformed material conveyor system may comprise a gasconveying channel. In some examples, the pre-transformed materialconveyor system may comprise a plurality of gas conveying channels(e.g., 460, 455, 468, 464, and 462). At least two of the plurality ofgas conveying channels may have at least one channel characteristic thatis (e.g., substantially) the same. At least two of the plurality of gasconveying channels may have at least one channel characteristic that isdifferent. The gas conveying channel may convey gas to one or morecomponents of the pre-transformed material conveyor system. The gas maycomprise a pressure. The gas conveying channel may equilibrate pressureand/or content within one or more components of the pre-transformedmaterial conveyor system. For example, a gas conveying channel mayequilibrate a first atmosphere within a processing chamber with a secondatmosphere with the external material source. The first atmosphereand/or second atmosphere may be a (e.g., substantially) inertatmosphere. The gas conveying channel (e.g., 460, 462, 464, 466, and/or468) may be operatively coupled (e.g., fluidly connected) to at leastone of the material conveying channel, the pressure containers, theprocessing chamber (e.g., 470), the external material source, the firstseparator, the secondary separator, the bulk reservoir, and/or thebuffer container. The pre-transformed material conveyor system withmultiple pressure containers, may comprise one or more valves. A valvemay be coupled to a material conveying channel and/or a gas conveyingchannel. For example, FIG. 4 shows examples of material conveyingchannel valves (e.g., denoted by a white circle comprising an X) and gasconveying channel valves (e.g., denoted by a white circle).

In some embodiments, the pressure container can withstand a pressuredifferent from an ambient pressure (e.g., positive, or negative pressurerelative to the ambient pressure). For example, the pressure containermay be a container that can withstand elevated pressure and/or vacuum.The pressure container may withstand an ambient pressure, a positivepressure (e.g., above the ambient pressure) and/or a negative pressure(e.g., below the ambient pressure). In some instances, the pressure inthe container and the pressure in the processing chamber may be thesame. In some instances, the pressure in the container and the pressurein the processing chamber may be different. In some examples, thepressure in the pressure container may be greater than the pressure inthe processing chamber by at least 1.1 times, 5 times, 10 times, 25times, 30 times, 50 times, 75 times, 100 times, 200 times, 300 times,500 times, 700 times, 900 times or, 1000 times. In some examples, thepressure in the container may be smaller than the pressure in theprocessing chamber by at least 1.1 times, 5 times, 10 times, 25 times,30 times, 50 times, 75 times, 100 times, 200 times, 300 times, 500times, 700 times, 900 times, or 1000 times.

The pressure container may have an internal 3D shape. The internal shapemay be the same or different as the external 3D shape of the pressurecontainer. The pressure container may have a uniform or a non-uniforminternal 3D shape. The 3D shape may comprise a cuboid (e.g., cube), atetrahedron, a polyhedron (e.g., primary parallelohedron), at least aportion of an ellipse (e.g., circle), a cone, a triangular prism,hexagonal prism, cube, truncated octahedron, or gyrobifastigium, apentagonal pyramid, or a cylinder. The polyhedron may be a prism (e.g.,hexagonal prism), or octahedron (e.g., truncated octahedron). A verticalcross section (e.g., side cross section) of the 3D shape may comprise acircle, triangle (e.g., FIG. 6, 625), rectangle (e.g., square, e.g.,630), pentagon, hexagon, octagon, or any other polygon. The verticalcross section may be of an amorphous shape. The polygon may comprise atleast 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 faces. The polygon may comprise atleast 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 vertices. The cross-section maycomprise a convex polygon. The polygon may be a closed polygon. Thepolygon may be equilateral, equiangular, regular convex, cyclic,tangential, edge-transitive, rectilinear, or any combination thereof.For example, the (e.g., vertical) cross-section of the 3D shape maycomprise a square, rectangle, triangle, pentagon, hexagon, heptagon,octagon, nonagon, octagon, circle, or icosahedron. The container maycomprise an internal 3D shape that may facilitates a maximum amount ofpre-transformed material evacuation. The internal 3D shape of thepressure container may facilitate concentration of the pre-transformedmaterial to be conveyed. FIG. 6 shows examples of various vertical crosssections of internal 3D shapes of a pressure container. The containermay comprise one or more internal surfaces (e.g., walls). At least oneinternal surface may be (e.g., partially) slanted (e.g., FIG.6, 605,610, 615, 620, and/or 625) with respect to the horizon. The slanting maycomprise a curvature (e.g., FIG. 6, 610). The slanting may be in a(e.g., substantially) uniform direction (e.g., straight, FIG. 6, 620,625, or 675). The internal surface may comprise a (e.g., substantially)vertical portion (e.g., FIG. 6, 652) and a slanting portion (FIG. 6,615). The top surface of the container may be (e.g., controllably)sealed. The top surface of the container (FIG. 6, 665) may comprise amaterial port (e.g., 635) and/or a gas port (e.g. vent). The materialport may be coupled to a portion of the material conveying channel(e.g., 645, 660), and may facilitate conveying the pre-transformedmaterial to and from the pressure container. The material conveyingchannel may extend into the pressure container interior (e.g., 640). Insome examples, the bottom portion of the pressure container may comprisean outlet port (e.g., 650). The container may comprise pre-transformedmaterial. The pre-transformed material may be filled, inserted, orsucked out of the pressure container. The channel (e.g., pre-transformedmaterial and/or gas) may be a closed channel, e.g., across is elongatedcross section. The material conveyor channel (e.g., 621) may be disposedclose to (e.g., 622) a bottom surface of the container (e.g., 623) to(i) allow a flow of pre-transformed material through the channel (e.g.,at an acceptable rate), and/or (ii) a maximal amount of thepre-transformed material to be evacuated from the internal volume of thepressure container.

In some embodiments, the pressure container comprises a gas port. Insome embodiments, the pressure container is operatively (e.g.,physically) coupled to a gas source and/or to achamber/enclosure/channel that facilitates pressure equilibration. Thepressure container may comprise a gas port. The gas port may beoperatively coupled to a surface (e.g., top, side or a bottom) of thepressure container. The gas port may comprise an (e.g., controlled)opening. The gas port opening may be operatively coupled to a gassource. The gas source may be an external gas source. The gas source maybe exchangeable (e.g., before, during, and/or after at least a portionof the 3D printing). The gas source may be replaceable. The gas port mayallow insertion of gas into the container. The vent port may allowremoval of gas from the container. Optionally, the vent port may beconnected to a gas conveyor channel (e.g., a tube, pipe, duct, or acarrier). The gas may be conveyor channel may be inserted into thecontainer. The gas channel (e.g., 360, and 362) may allow transporting(e.g., conveying and/or extracting) gas to and/or from the pressurecontainer. The gas may flow through the pressure container. The gas maybe at an ambient, positive, or a negative pressure. The gas pressure maybe controlled (e.g., by a controller). Controlling may comprise using a(e.g., controllable) valve. The controlling may be done manually and/orautomated. Controlling may be performed before, after, and/or during the3D printing. Controlling may be performed during, before and/or afterthe operation of the pre-transformed material conveyor system. The ventport may be operatively coupled to a valve. The valve may facilitatecontrol of gas pressure. The valve may facilitate control of gasinsertion and/or removal. The valve may be controlled manually and/orautomated. The valve may be in operation during, before, and/or after 3Dprinting. The valve may be in operation during, before, and/or afteroperation of the pre-transformed material conveyor system. The valve maycomprise a pressure relief, pressure release, pressure safety, safetyrelief, pilot-operated relief, low pressure safety, vacuum pressuresafety, low and vacuum pressure safety, pressure vacuum release, snapacting, pinch, metering, flapper, needle, check, control, solenoid, flowcontrol, butterfly, bellows, ball, piston, plug, popping, rotary,manual, or modulating valve. The valve may comply with the legalindustry standards presiding the jurisdiction. The pressure within thecontainer may cause the pre-transformed material to flow (e.g., throughthe material conveyor channel). The flow of the pre-transformed materialmay be with or against gravity. The flow of the pre-transformed materialmay be from a high-pressure area (e.g., the area within the pressurecontainer) to a low-pressure area (e.g., the area external to thepressure container, and/or the area within the material conveyor channeloutside of the pressure container). The flow of the pre-transformedmaterial may be to a (e.g., secondary) separator. The flow of thepre-transformed material may be to a material conveyor channel. Thepressure may create a suction of the pre-transformed material to thelow-pressure area (e.g., bulk reservoir, and/or material dispenser).

In some examples, the pressure container comprises a material port(e.g., through which pre-transformed material travels). The materialport may be operatively coupled to a surface (e.g., top, side, orbottom) of the pressure container. The material port may comprise anopening. The opening may be operatively coupled to a pre-transformedmaterial source. The pre-transformed material source may be an externalmaterial source (e.g., a bulk feed). The material source may beexchangeable (e.g., before, after, and/or during at least a portion ofthe 3D printing). The material source may be replaceable (e.g., before,after, and/or during at least a portion of the 3D printing). Thematerial source may be operatively coupled to a controller. Thecontroller may control insertion and/or removal of the pre-transformedmaterial to/from the container. The insertion and/or removal of thepre-transformed material may be manual and/or automated. The materialport may allow insertion of pre-transformed material into the container.The material port may allow removal of pre-transformed material from thecontainer. The material port may be operatively coupled to a valve. Thevalve may facilitate insertion and/or removal of material. The valve mayfacilitate (e.g., control) a flow of material. The valve may becontrolled manually and/or automated. The valve may be in operationduring, before, and/or after 3D printing. The valve may be in operationduring, before, and/or after operation of the pre-transformed materialconveyor system. The valve may be any valve described herein.

In some examples, the material port may be connected to a materialconveyor channel (e.g., tube, pipe, duct, or a carrier). The materialconveyor channel may facilitate insertion and/or removal ofpre-transformed material to/from the pressure container. At least aportion of the material conveyor channel may be inserted within thepressure container. The material conveyor channel may have an extensionthat extends into the container (e.g., close to a bottom surface of thecontainer). In some examples, the material conveyor channel may not havean extension. In some examples, the material conveyor channel may not beinserted into the container (e.g., when the material port is at a sideor bottom surface of the container). In some examples, thepre-transformed material is conveyed to the material conveyor channelthrough a bottom or side opening in the pressure container. In someexample, the pressure conveyor does not have a material port at an upperportion of the pressure container (e.g., relative to the gravitationalcenter). The upper portion of the container may comprise the top of thecontainer (e.g., 651), or a portion of the container close to the top ofthe container (e.g., 651). In some embodiments, the container isrotatable upon an axis (e.g., that is different from a vertical axis).The rotational axis may allow rotation of the pressure container toallow pre-transformed material to concentrate at the material port(e.g., to be evacuated from the pressure container). The rotation may bemanual and/or automatically controlled (e.g., by a controller); before,after, and/or during at least a portion of the 3D printing. In someembodiments, the pressure container is stationary (e.g., before, after,and/or during at least a portion of the 3D printing). In some examples,the material conveyor channel may be (e.g., externally) connected to asurface of the pressure container (e.g., to an opening at the bottomsurface of the pressure container, or to an opening at the side surfaceof the pressure container). In some examples, the pressure container maycomprise a plurality of material ports, for example, at the top (e.g.,651) and at the bottom (e.g., 650) of the pressure container. A portionof the material conveyor channel may be connected to a recycling system.The pre-transformed material from the recycling system may be conveyedinto the container from the recycling system. A portion of the materialconveyor channel may be connected to at least one component of the layerdispensing mechanism (e.g., to a material dispenser and/or materialremover). The pre-transformed material (e.g., an excess amount ofpre-transformed material) from the component of the layer dispensingmechanism (e.g., material dispenser, and/or the material leveler) may beconveyed into the pressure container from the layer dispensingmechanism. The pre-transformed material from the at least one componentof the layer dispensing mechanism may be an excess amount of material(e.g., spillage, unused portions and/or overflow portions ofpre-transformed material). A portion of the material conveyor channelmay be connected to a (e.g., secondary) separator. The one or moreboundaries (e.g., walls) of the material conveyor channel may comprise asmooth (e.g., polished) internal surface (e.g., that comes in contactwith at least a portion of the pre-transformed material during itsconveyance through the material conveyor channel). Smooth surface may beof an Ra value of at most about 3 μm, 4 μm, 5 μm, 6 μm, 7 μm, 8 μm, 9μm, 10 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 75 μm, or 100 μm. Smooth surface may beof an Ra value that is between any of the afore-mentioned values (e.g.,from about 3 μm to about 100 μm, from about 3 μm to about 40 μm, or fromabout 3 μm to about 10 μm). The smooth internal surface may exhibit asmall, negligible, and/or insubstantial amount of friction with thepre-transformed material (e.g., relative to the intended purpose ofconveying the pre-transformed material through the material conveyorchannel, for example, from the pressure container to the processingchamber and/or vice versa). The small, negligible, and/or insubstantialamount of friction may facilitate (e.g., easy, uninterrupted, and/orcontinuous) conveying of the pre-transformed material in a desiredmanner. The one or more smooth walls of the material conveyor channelmay be formed by a polishing process (e.g., soda-blasting, vaporpolishing, flame polishing, paste polishing, or chemical-mechanicalpolishing). The one or more smooth walls of the material conveyorchannel may be formed by coating a wall with a coating. Examples ofpolished material include mirror, or, polished stainless steel. Thecoating may alter the surface properties of the channel boundary. Forexample, the coating may alter the adhesion, attraction and/or repulsionof the pre-transformed material to the internal surface of the channel.For example, the coating may reduce the adhesion and/or attraction ofthe pre-transformed material to the internal surface. For example, thecoating may cause the pre-transformed material to repel from theinternal surface. The surface structure of the internal surface maycomprise a low attachment surface (e.g., a Lilly pad, or shark skin typesurfaces). The surface structure of the internal surface may be a staticdissipative surface. The static dissipative surface may dissipate (e.g.,repel) the pre-transformed material that may be statically charged. Thestatic dissipative surface may facilitate conveying of thepre-transformed material, by reducing adhering of the pre-transformedmaterial to the internal surface. The one or more boundaries of thematerial conveyor channel may be configured to withstand pressure (e.g.,ambient, positive, and/or negative pressure). The amount of pressureinserted and/or released within the material conveyor channel may beadjustable (e.g., manually, and/or automatically, e.g., controlled by acontroller). Adjustment may be performed to facilitate conveying of thepre-transformed material. The amount of adjustment may depend on thematerial type of the material conveyor channel and/or thepre-transformed material. The material type from which the materialconveyor channel is constructed may comprise an elemental metal, metalalloy, glass, ceramic, elemental carbon, polymer, or resin. The polymermay comprise polyurethane. The material may be a composite material. Thematerial type may be any material disclosed herein. In some examples,the charge (e.g., magnetic, electric, and/or electrostatic) on one ormore walls of the material conveyor channel may be altered. Altering maycomprise charging with gas. Altering may comprising grounding and/orconnecting to a voltage. Altering may comprise facilitating ease ofconveying (e.g., by dissipating, repelling, reducing adherence, and/ornot attracting) the pre-transformed material to the internal surface ofthe material conveyor channel. In some examples, the material conveyorchannel (also herein “material conveying channel”) may comprise aflexible material. The material conveying channel may comprise aflexible (e.g., bendable, malleable, and/or pliable) portion. Thematerial conveying channel may comprise a non-flexible (e.g., bendable,malleable, and/or pliable) portion. The non-flexible portion may resiststructural alteration of the channel during conveying of thepre-transformed material through the material conveyor channel. Thepre-transformed material may be conveyed through the material conveyorchannel at a velocity of at least about 1 cm (centimeter)/sec(second), 2cm/sec, 3 cm/sec, 5 cm/sec, 6 cm/sec, 7 cm/sec, 8 cm/sec, 9 cm/sec, 10cm/sec, 30 cm/sec, 40 cm/sec, 50 cm/sec, 75 cm/sec, 80 cm/sec, 90cm/sec, 95 cm/sec, 1 m(meter)/sec, 2 m/sec, 3 m/sec, 4 m/sec, 5 m/sec,10 m/sec, 15 m/sec, 20 m/sec, 25 m/sec, 30 m/sec, 35 m/sec, 40 m/sec, 45m/sec, 50 m/sec, 55 m/sec, 60 m/sec, 70 m/sec, 80 m/sec, or 90 m/sec.The pre-transformed material may be conveyed through the materialconveyor channel at a velocity of at most about 2 cm/sec, 3 cm/sec, 5cm/sec, 6 cm/sec, 7 cm/sec, 8 cm/sec, 9 cm/sec, 10 cm/sec, 30 cm/sec, 40cm/sec, 50 cm/sec, 75 cm/sec, 80 cm/sec, 90 cm/sec, 95 cm/sec, 1m(meter)/sec, 2 m/sec, 3 m/sec, 4 m/sec, 5 m/sec, 10 m/sec, 15 m/sec, 20m/sec, 25 m/sec, 30 m/sec, 35 m/sec, 40 m/sec, 45 m/sec, 50 m/sec, 55m/sec, 60 m/sec, 70 m/sec, 80 m/sec, 90 m/sec, or 100 m/sec. Thevelocity of conveying the pre-transformed material through the materialconveyor channel may be between any of the afore-mentioned values (e.g.,from about 1 cm/sec to about 100 m/sec, from about 1 cm/sec to about 30cm/sec, from about 30 cm/sec to about 95 cm/sec, from about 1 m/sec toabout 30 m/sec, or from about 30 m/sec to about 100 m/sec).

In some embodiments, the temperature of the pre-transformed material isaltered and/or maintained before, after, and/or during at least aportion of the 3D printing. The material conveyed through the channelmay be at a temperature below, above, or at ambient temperature. Forexample, the material in the bulk feed, separator, and/or pressurecontainer may be cooled, heated, and/or maintained at a temperature. Thebulk feed, separator, pressure container, and/or at least one componentof the layer dispensing mechanism may be operatively coupled to atemperature alteration and/or maintenance source (e.g., heat transferdevice, e.g., a cooling member). In some configurations, the channel(e.g., gas channel and/or material conveyor channel) may be coupled tothe temperature alteration and/or maintenance source (e.g., comprising athermostat). The temperature alteration and/or maintenance source maycomprise a heat exchanger (e.g., active, or passive heat exchanger). Thecooling member may comprise an energy conductive material. The coolingmember may comprise an active energy transfer, or a passive energytransfer. The cooling member may comprise a cooling liquid (e.g.,aqueous or oil), cooling gas or cooling solid. The cooling member may befurther connected to a cooler or a thermostat. The gas or liquidcomprising the cooling member may be stationary or circulating. The heatexchanger can circulate a cooling/heating fluid through a plumbingsystem. The plumbing system may comprise one or more channels (e.g.,pipe, or coil). The cooling/heating fluid (e.g., coolant, or oil) can beconfigured to absorb/release heat from the heat exchanger through anyone or combination of heat transfer mechanisms (e.g., conduction,natural convection, forced convection, and radiation).

In some examples, the pressure container comprises an outlet port. Theoutlet port may be operatively coupled to a surface (e.g., top, side, orbottom) of the container. The outlet port may comprise an opening. Theoutlet port may be coupled to the material conveyor channel. In someexamples, the material port and the outlet port may be the same opening.The outlet port may be located adjacent to the material port (e.g., neara bottom surface of the container). The outlet port may facilitateremoval (e.g., evacuation) of a portion pre-transformed material. Insome examples, the outlet port may facilitate removal of gas and/orpressure from the container. A portion of the outlet port (e.g., theopening) may be controlled manually and/or automated. The outlet portmay be in operation during, before, and/or after 3D printing (e.g., byusing a valve). The outlet port may be in operation during, before,and/or after operation of the pre-transformed material conveyor system.

In some examples, the bulk feed is an external material source (e.g.,comprising large quantity of pre-transformed material). For example, thequantity of material in the bulk feed may be larger than the quantity ofmaterial in the bulk reservoir, that is larger than the quantity ofmaterial in the material dispenser. For example, the bulk feed maycontain pre-transformed material sufficient for to print tens, hundreds,or thousands of layers (e.g., an entire build), the bulk reservoir maycontain material sufficient to print a plurality of layers (e.g., atmost about 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 layers), and the materialdispenser may comprise one or a few layers (e.g., at most 1, 2, or 3layers). The bulk feed may comprise pre-transformed material sufficientto print at least about 10, 11, 15, 20, 50, 80, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, or10000 layers. The bulk feed may be connected (e.g., operatively coupledto, and/or physically coupled) to one or more pressure container. Thebulk feed may be located above, below or to the side of a pressurecontainer. In some embodiments, the bulk feed is located below the bulkreservoir, and/or the material dispenser. The bulk feed may be under anambient atmosphere. The bulk feed may be under oxygen depleted, humiditydepleted, and/or inert atmosphere. Pre-transformed material can bestored in the bulk feed. Pre-transformed material from the bulk feed cantravel to the pressure container via a conveyor mechanism (e.g.,material conveyor channel). The material from the bulk feed may beinserted into the pressure container before, after, and/or during atleast a portion of the 3D printing. The pre-transformed material fromthe bulk feed may be inserted into the pressure container before, after,and/or during operation of the pre-transformed material conveyor system.The pre-transformed material may be re-conditioned prior to its entryinto the bulk feed. Re conditioning may comprise physical and/orchemical re-conditioning. For example, removal of oxide surfacelayer(s), and/or size sorting (e.g., sieving). Pre-transformed materialfrom the recycling system and/or from at least one component of thelayer dispensing mechanism (e.g., leveler and/or material remover) mayenter the bulk feed. At least one component of the material conveyingsystem (e.g., FIG. 4) is under oxygen depleted, humidity depleted,and/or inert atmosphere (e.g., during operation of the materialconveyance system). In some examples, the (e.g., entire) materialconveying system is under oxygen depleted, humidity depleted, and/orinert atmosphere (e.g., during operation of the material conveyancesystem).

In some examples, the pre-transformed material conveying system (alsoherein “material conveyance system”) comprises pneumatic conveyance ofthe pre-transformed material. The pre-transformed material may beconveyed from the pressure containers to the processing chamber. Theconveying may include using dense phase conveying. In some examples, thedense phase conveying includes (i) inserting pre-transformed materialinto one or more pressure containers, (ii) inserting a (e.g., inert)gas, which gas comprises a pressure, which pressure forms a pressuregradient between the one or more containers and a target (e.g., anapparatus in the processing chamber), and (iii) as a result of thepressure gradient, the pre-transformed material from the pressurecontainer to an apparatus in the processing chamber (e.g., materialdispenser) is being conveyed across the pressure gradient. The pressureof gas (e.g., in the pressure container) can be at least about 5pound-force per square inch (psi), 6 psi, 7 psi, 8 psi, 9 psi, 10 psi,12 psi, 15 psi, 20 psi, 25 psi, 30 psi, 35 psi, 40 psi, 45 psi, 50 psi,55 psi, 60 psi, 70 psi, 80 psi, 90 psi, or 100 psi. The pressure of gas(e.g. in the pressure container) can be between any of theafore-mentioned pressure values (e.g., from about 5 psi to about 100psi, from about 5 psi to about 15 psi, from about 15 psi to about 25psi, from about 25 psi to about 70 psi, or from about 70 psi to about100 psi). The pressure in the processing chamber (e.g., in an apparatusin the processing chamber) may be ambient pressure.

In some embodiments, the conveyed pre-transformed material may beinserted into at least one (e.g., secondary) separator prior to beinginserted to the bulk reservoir and/or material dispenser. The secondaryseparator may be a part of the processing chamber. The secondaryseparator may be operatively coupled to the processing chamber. Thesecondary separator may facilitate separation of the pre-transformedmaterial from the (e.g., carrying) gas. The separator may recycle, sortand/or recondition the pre-transformed material. The conveyedpre-transformed material may be dispensed from a position above aplatform (e.g., from the secondary separator) via at least one componentof the layer dispenser (e.g., material dispenser), to form a materialbed. In some examples, the pre-transformed material may be conveyed fromthe pressure containers to the bulk reservoir (e.g., a doser). The dosermay be a part of the ancillary chamber. The doser may be a part of theprocessing chamber. In some examples, the doser may be operativelycoupled to the ancillary chamber, the processing chamber, and/or atleast one component of the layer dispensing mechanism. The doser mayconvey the pre-transformed material to the layer dispensing mechanism,e.g., via a channel (e.g., that fluidly couples the doser with the layerdispenser). The channel may be stationary or translating (e.g., duringat least a portion of the 3D printing). Examples of this channel can befound in Patent Application Serial Number PCT/US17/57340 that isincorporated herein it its entirety. For example, this channel may be aperforation in a translatable plate, or be a lateral gap between twoadjacent plates. Translation of this channel (e.g., FIG. 7, 764) mayfacilitate closing and/or opening an exit opening of the doser, throughwhich pre-transformed material flows to the material dispenser.Translation of this channel may facilitate closer and/or opening anentrance opening of the material dispenser, through whichpre-transformed material flows from the doser. In some embodiments, thepre-transformed material flows from the pressure container to thematerial dispenser (e.g., without passing through one or moreseparators, and/or without passing through a bulk reservoir). In someembodiments, the material conveyance system excludes one or moreseparators, and/or a bulk reservoir. The layer dispensing mechanism maydispense the pre-transformed material above the platform to form thematerial bed. The conveyed pre-transformed material may be used forbuilding at least a portion of the 3D object.

In some embodiments, conveying the pre-transformed material is donethrough the material conveying channel. Conveying may comprise forcingout (e.g., ejecting, extruding, thrusting, expelling, evicting, and/orthrowing out) the material from the pressure container. Conveying maycomprise flow (e.g., at a low velocity) of the pre-transformed material.Low velocity may be a velocity value of at least about 1 cm(centimeter)/sec(second), 2 cm/sec, 3 cm/sec, 5 cm/sec, 6 cm/sec, 7cm/sec, 8 cm/sec, 9 cm/sec, 10 cm/sec, 30 cm/sec, 40 cm/sec, 50 cm/sec,75 cm/sec or 100 cm/sec. Low velocity may be of a velocity value that isbetween any of the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 1 cm/sec toabout 100 cm/sec, from about 5 cm/sec to about 25 cm/sec, or from about25 cm/sec to about 100 cm/sec). Conveying may comprise suction of thepre-transformed material into the material conveying channel. Theprocessing chamber, the layer dispensing mechanism, the ancillarychamber, the bulk reservoir (e.g., doser), and/or the (e.g., secondary)separator may comprise an ambient atmosphere. In some instances (e.g.,during operation of the powder conveyance system) the material conveyingchannel and/or the pressure containers may comprise an ambientatmosphere. At times, the processing chamber, the layer dispensingmechanism, the ancillary chamber, the doser, the secondary separator,the material conveying channel and/or the pressure containers comprisean inert atmosphere (e.g., during operation of the powder conveyancesystem). At least two of the processing chamber, the layer dispensingmechanism, the ancillary chamber, the doser, the secondary separator,the material conveying channel and/or the pressure containers may havethe same atmosphere (e.g., during at least a portion of the operation ofthe powder conveyance system). At least two of the processing chamber,the layer dispensing mechanism, the ancillary chamber, the doser, thesecondary separator, the material conveying channel and/or the pressurecontainers may have a different atmosphere (e.g., during at least aportion of the operation of the powder conveyance system). At least twoof the processing chamber, the layer dispensing mechanism, the ancillarychamber, the doser, the secondary separator, the material conveyingchannel and/or the pressure containers may have the same pressure (e.g.,during at least a portion of the operation of the powder conveyancesystem). At least two of the processing chamber, the layer dispensingmechanism, the ancillary chamber, the doser, the secondary separator,the material conveying channel and/or the pressure containers may have adifferent pressure (e.g., during at least a portion of the operation ofthe powder conveyance system).

In some examples, the pre-transformed material is inserted into the oneor more pressure containers from an external material source (e.g., abulk feed). In some examples, the pre-transformed material may beconveyed from the processing chamber, build module, and/or layerdispensing mechanism to the one or more pressure containers. Theconveying may include using dilute phase conveying. In some examples,the dilute phase conveying includes (i) inserting pre-transformedmaterial into the material conveying channel from a portion of theprocessing chamber, (ii) inserting a (e.g., inert) gas, which gascomprises a conveying velocity, which conveying velocity is high enoughto suspend at least a portion of pre-transformed material, and (iii)conveying the suspended pre-transformed material from the portion of theprocessing chamber to a pressure container. The pre-transformed materialmay be suspended in the gas during conveyance (e.g., from the processingchamber to the separator and/or the pressure container). For example,the pre-transformed material may be suspended in the gas (e.g., in adilute conveying phase) during conveyance from the processing chamber tothe cyclonic separator. Conveying may comprise continuous conveying.Conveying may comprise flowing of the pre-transformed material into thematerial conveying channel. Conveying may comprise maintaining theconveying velocity within the material conveying channel. Conveying mayinclude maintaining suspension of the pre-transformed material withinthe material conveying channel. In some examples, a centrifugal force(e.g., a blower, fan, or a vacuum) may be used (e.g., to maintainconveyance and/or suspension of the pre-transformed material in thematerial conveying channel). At least one gas may be blown to thematerial conveying channel (e.g., to maintain suspension and/or flow ofthe pre-transformed material in the material conveying channel). Theinserted gas to the material conveying channel may comprise a pressure.The pressure may be lower than a pressure used for dense phase conveying(e.g., used to convey pre-transformed material from the pressurecontainer to the material dispenser and/or bulk reservoir). An excessamount of pre-transformed material from a portion of the processingchamber (e.g., FIG. 2, 226) and/or ancillary chamber (e.g., 240) may becollected into an overflow container and/or a recycling mechanism. Theexcess amount of pre-transformed material may be optionally conveyed toat least one (e.g., a first) separator. The first separator (e.g., FIG.3, 345) may be operatively coupled between the processing chamber (e.g.,325) and the one or more pressure containers (e.g. 330). The firstseparator may separate the pre-transformed material from gas. The firstseparator may separate, sort, and/or recondition the pre-transformedmaterial. The first separator may convey the pre-transformed material toa pressure container. In some examples, the pre-transformed material maybe conveyed directly into the pressure container from the portion of theprocessing chamber, the overflow container, and/or the recyclingmechanism. Conveying directly may include conveying via the materialconveying channel.

In some examples, the pre-transformed material conveying systemmaintains a continuous (e.g., uninterrupted, looped, stable, or steady)flow of material. The continuous flow of material facilitatesuninterrupted availability of pre-transformed material when building a3D object. Continuous flow may include (e.g., simultaneously) conveying(i) pre-transformed material from one or more pressure containers to aportion of the processing chamber and (ii) pre-transformed material fromthe processing chamber into the one or more pressure containers.Simultaneously conveying may include alternating between a dense phaseconveying and a dilute phase conveying. In some embodiments, a singlepressure container is used in the material conveyance system.Simultaneously conveying with a single pressure container may include(i) performing a dense phase conveying to convey pre-transformedmaterial from a pressure container to a portion of the processingchamber, (ii) optionally inserting the pre-transformed material from theprocessing chamber, into a buffer container, and (iii) on completion ofthe dense phase conveyance to the processing chamber, performing adilute phase conveyance to convey the pre-transformed material from theprocessing chamber (or from the optional buffer container) to thepressure container. Simultaneous conveying may include performingoperation (i) and optional operation (ii) in parallel. In some examples,the layer dispensing mechanism may not be dispensing pre-transformedmaterial during operation (i) and/or operation (ii). In some examples,the layer dispensing mechanism may be dispensing pre-transformedmaterial during operation (ii) and/or operation (iii). Operation (iii)may be performed in parallel with dispensing of material from the layerdispensing mechanism. At least two of operation (i), operation (ii), andoperation (iii) may be performed simultaneously during printing of the3D object. At least two of operation (i), operation (ii), and operation(iii) may be performed simultaneously before and/or after printing the3D object. Simultaneously conveying may comprise using one or moresensors. The one or more sensors may detect a state of thepre-transformed material conveying system (e.g., material quantityand/or level within the container, state of a valve within the system,presence of a component within the system, and/or conveying state of amaterial conveying channel). Simultaneously conveying may comprise usingone or more valves. The valves may be any valves described herein. Thevalves may be used to control one or more operations of alternatingconveying.

In some embodiments, maintaining (e.g., continuous) flow ofpre-transformed material comprises alternating pre-transformed materialconveying between multiple (e.g., two) pressure containers. The flow ofpre-transformed material in the material conveying system may include(e.g., simultaneously) conveying (i) pre-transformed material from afirst (e.g., set of) pressure container(s) to a portion of theprocessing chamber and (ii) pre-transformed material from the processingchamber into a second (e.g., set of) pressure container(s). The flow ofpre-transformed material in the material conveying system may include(e.g., simultaneously) (i) evacuating pre-transformed material from afirst (e.g., set of) pressure container(s) to a portion of theprocessing chamber and (ii) filling pre-transformed material from theprocessing chamber into a second (e.g., set of) pressure container(s).The flow of pre-transformed material in the material conveying systemmay be continuous or discontinuous. For example, the flow may be inpackets of pre-transformed material. The continuity of the flow may becontrolled and/or pre-determined. For example, the continuity of theflow may be altered during the 3D printing. The flow of pre-transformedmaterial may allow continuous operation of the material dispenser. Theflow may ensure that the powder dispenser does not wait for a supply ofpre-transformed material to perform the material dispensing operation.The flow may ensure that the powder dispenser is not idle due to lack ofpre-transformed material. Alternating conveyance may comprise (i)conveying pre-transformed material from a first pressure container intothe portion of the processing chamber (e.g., doser), (ii) conveyingpre-transformed material (e.g., excess amount of material) from therecycling mechanism and/or the portion of the processing chamber to asecond pressure container, and (iii) alternatingly switch conveying fromthe first pressure container to the second pressure container and/orvice-versa (e.g., when the first pressure container and/or the secondpressure container is depleted of pre-transformed material; and/or whenthe second pressure container and/or the first pressure container isfilled with the pre-transformed material respectively). The alternatingswitch may be coupled to (e.g., coordinated with) the emptying of thefirst container and the filling of the second container. The alternatingswitch may be coupled to (e.g., coordinated with) the emptying of thesecond container and the filling of the first container. Conveying mayinclude a dense phase conveying and/or a dilute phase conveying. Forexample, when performing operation (i), dense phase conveying may beperformed. For example, when performing operation (ii) and/or operation(iii), dilute phase conveying may be performed. Operation (ii) maycomprise filling up the second container with pre-transformed material.In some examples, the alternating conveying may additionally comprise(alternatively) filling the first and/or second pressure container withpre-transformed material from an external material source (e.g., a bulkfeed). Filling from the external material source may be (e.g.,controllably) performed before, during, and/or after at least one ofoperation (i), operation (ii) or operation (iii). The control may bemanual and/or automatic (e.g., using a controller). The continuous flowof material into the portion of the processing chamber may befacilitated by alternatingly conveying from the first container and thesecond container. The first container may be refilled when the secondcontainer performs the conveying. The second container may be refilledwhen the first container performs conveying. Filling and/or refilling ofthe container may be during, before, and/or after the material conveyingoperation. Filling and/or refilling of the container may be during,before, and/or after at least a portion of 3D printing. Alternatingconveying may comprise using one or more sensors. The one or moresensors may detect a state of the pre-transformed material conveyingsystem (e.g., pressure within the pressure container, material quantityand/or level within the pressure container, state of a valve within thesystem (e.g., coupled to the pressure container), presence of acomponent within the system, and/or conveying state of a materialconveying channel). The conveying state of a material conveying channelmay comprise the (1) amount of material per unit time that is conveyed,(2) velocity of the material conveyed, density of the material conveyed,(3) pressure within the channel, (4) state of internal channel surface,or (5) a charge (e.g., electric, and/or magnetic) within the channeland/or internal channel surface. The alternating conveying operationsmay be manual and/or automated (e.g., controlled). Controlling may beusing a processor. Controlling may include using one or more (e.g.,controllable) valves. The valves may be any valves described herein.FIGS. 5A-5B show examples of alternating conveying operations. FIG. 5Ashows an example of conveying pre-transformed material from a firstpressure container (e.g., 505) to a destination outside of the pressurecontainer (e.g., 550) via a first material conveying channel (e.g.,515), and (e.g., simultaneously) conveying pre-transformed material froman external material source (e.g., 525) into a second pressure container(e.g., 510) via a second material conveying channel (e.g., 538). Thedestination outside of the pressure chamber may be portion of theprocessing chamber. The external material source may be a bulk feed. Theexternal material source may be adjacent to the pressure container(s).Adjacent may comprise beneath, above, or to the side of the pressurecontainer(s). At times, the excess pre-transformed material from theprocessing chamber may be conveyed into (e.g., 555) the (e.g., second)pressure container (e.g., 510), (e.g., simultaneously) to removal ofpre-transformed martial from the first pressure container (e.g., 505),via a third material conveying channel (e.g., 542). The pre-transformedmaterial may be conveyed into the (e.g., second) pressure containerusing dilute phase conveying. Dilute phase conveying may comprisesuspending the pre-transformed material within the second materialconveying channel and/or the third material conveying channel. A valve(e.g., 535) may be opened to facilitate conveying pre-transformedmaterial from the external material source to the (e.g., second)pressure container (e.g., 510). A valve (e.g., 544) may be opened tofacilitate conveying (e.g., excess of) pre-transformed material from theprocessing chamber to the (e.g., second) pressure container. The valvemay be closed when the (e.g., second) pressure container may be filledand/or reach a pre-determined level of pre-transformed material withinthe pressure container. The (e.g., second) pressure container may notcomprise gas pressure insertion/extraction through the gas channel(e.g., since the valve 545 is shut). Example of an open valve may bedenoted in FIG. 5A by a set of concentric circles (e.g., 544) or a whitecircle (e.g., 540). Example of a shut valve may be denoted in FIG. 5A bya black circle (e.g., 552). A shut valve may reduce and/or preventconveying pre-transformed material (e.g., FIG. 5A, 554). The (e.g.,second) pressure container may comprise a gas pressure insertion openingport comprising a valve. The gas pressure valve (e.g., 545) may beclosed when conveying the pre-transformed material into the pressurecontainer, for example, from the processing chamber and/or the externalmaterial source. The pre-transformed material may be conveyed from the(e.g., first) pressure container. The pre-transformed materialconveyance may be using dense phase conveyance. Dense phase conveyingmay comprise inserting a pressurized gas into the first pressurecontainer. The pressurized gas may be inserted from an external gassource (e.g., gas cylinder and/or compressor) via a first gas conveyingchannel (e.g., 532). The gas conveyance channel may be coupled to apump. A gas conveying valve (e.g., 540) may be opened for conveying gasinto the (e.g., first) pressure container. The material conveying valves(e.g., 552, 530) connected to the first pressure container may beclosed. The insertion of pressurized gas into the first pressurecontainer may create a pressure gradient between the pressure containerand the target destination of the pre-transformed material, for example,between the pressure in the pressure container and the pressure in theprocessing chamber. The pressure gradient may facilitate conveying(e.g., by way of suction and/or pressure equilibration) of thepre-transformed material into the first material conveying channel(e.g., 515) and further to the portion of the target (e.g., processingchamber). The target may include the bulk reservoir, the materialdispenser, the processing chamber, or any combination thereof. FIG. 5Bshows an example of switching pressure containers for conveyingpre-transformed material, and may follow FIG. 5A in operating sequencerespectively. The switching may be performed (i) when at least a portionof the first pressure container may be depleted of pre-transformedmaterial (e.g., according to a sensor), (ii) when at least a portion ofthe second container may be filled with pre-transformed material (e.g.,according to a sensor), and/or (iii) after a predetermined amount oftime. The pre-transformed material from the second pressure container(e.g., 560) may be conveyed to a target destination (e.g., 562) via thesecond material conveying channel (e.g., 564). The pre-transformedmaterial from an external material source (e.g., 566) may be conveyed(e.g., simultaneously) into the first pressure container (e.g., 565) viathird material conveying channel (e.g., 568). At times, the excesspre-transformed material from the processing chamber may be conveyedinto (e.g., 570) the first pressure container simultaneously, via afirst material conveying channel (e.g., 572). The pre-transformedmaterial may be conveyed into the first pressure container using dilutephase conveying. Dilute phase conveying may comprise suspending thepre-transformed material within the first material conveying channeland/or the third material conveying channel, e.g., using at least onegas. A valve (e.g., 574) may be opened to facilitate conveyingpre-transformed material from the external material source to the firstpressure container (e.g., 565). A valve (e.g., 576) may be opened tofacilitate conveying excess pre-transformed material from the processingchamber to the first pressure container. The valve may be closed whenthe first pressure container may be filled and/or reach a pre-determinedlevel of pre-transformed material within the container. The firstpressure container may not comprise gas pressure insertion/extractionthrough the gas channel (e.g., since the gas channel valve 578 is shut).The gas pressure valve (e.g., 578) may be closed when performing thepre-transformed material conveying from the processing chamber and/orthe external material source. The pre-transformed material may beconveyed from the second pressure container to the target destinationusing dense phase conveying. The pressurized gas may be inserted from anexternal gas source via a second gas conveying channel (e.g., 582). Agas conveying valve (e.g., 580) may be opened for conveying gas into thesecond pressure container. Example of an open valve may be denoted inFIG. 5B by a set of concentric circles (e.g., 576) or a white circle(e.g., 580). Example of a shut valve may be denoted in FIG. 5B by ablack circle (e.g., 584). The material conveying valves (e.g., 586, 584)connected to the second pressure container may be closed during thepressurizing process. The insertion of pressurized gas into the secondpressure container may create a pressure gradient between the pressurecontainer and the target destination. The pressure gradient mayfacilitate conveying (e.g., by way of suction and/or pressure) of thepre-transformed material into the second material conveying channel(e.g., 564) and further to the portion of the target destination (e.g.,in the processing chamber).

In some embodiments, the material conveyance system comprises pneumaticconveyance. The conveyance system may convey pre-transformed materialfrom a material source to a destination (e.g., target location). Theconveyance may comprise conveying against gravity. The conveyance maycomprise conveyance using one or more gasses. The gas may bepressurized. The conveyance may comprise conveying in the process ofequilibrating a pressure gradient. The conveyance may comprise (e.g.,artificially) forming a pressure gradient (e.g., between a position inthe material conveyance system and the target destination) The positionin the material conveyance system may comprise a pressurized container.The artificially induced pressure gradient comprises pressurizing a gasand/or reducing the pressure of a gas. The material conveyance systemmay transfer a pre-transformed material comprising powders, granules, ordry material. The material conveyance system may transfer apre-transformed material comprising a liquid. The conveyance may bethrough conveying lines (e.g., channels). The channels may be vertical,horizontal, or at an angle with respect to the horizon. The materialconveyance system may comprise a gas supplier and/or gas mover (e.g.,gas pump, blower, or fan). The gas supplier and/or mover may becontrolled (e.g., manually and/or automatically). The materialconveyance system may environmentally exclude the pre-transformedmaterial from the ambient environment (e.g., at least during thematerial conveying process). The material conveyance system may form anenvironment that is protected and/or excluded from the ambientenvironment (e.g., at least during the material conveying process). Thematerial conveyance system may separate the pre-transformed materialfrom the ambient environment (e.g., at least during the materialconveying process). The material conveyance system may comprisemechanical conveyance (e.g., screw, chute, belt (e.g., magnetic belt),troughed, stepper, or bucket conveyor. The conveyor (e.g., channel) mayvibrate (e.g., during the conveyance). The conveyor (e.g., channel) maybe operatively coupled to one or more vibrators.

The material conveyance system may comprise dilute phase conveying ordense phase conveying. The conveying may comprise dense/dilute pressureconveying, or dense/dilute vacuum conveying. The dilute phase conveying(e.g., from the layer dispenser to the pressure container) may comprisepre-transformed material that is mostly (e.g., fully) suspended in theconveying gas. The dilute phase conveyance may include low pressure (ascompared to the dense phase), small pressure gradient (as compared tothe dense phase), low material density, and/or high velocity conveyanceof the pre-transformed material through a channel (as compared to thedense phase). For example, the material density in the channel duringthe dilute phase conveying may be at most about 50 pounds per cubic feet(lb/ft³), 55 lb/ft³, 60 lb/ft³, 65 lb/ft³, 70 lb/ft³, or 75 lb/ft³. Thematerial density in the channel may be any value within a range of theaforementioned values (e.g., at most about 50 lb/ft³ to about 75 lb/ft³,about 50 lb/ft³ to about 65 lb/ft³, or about 65 lb/ft³ to about 75lb/ft³).The dense phase conveying may comprise pre-transformed materialthat is not suspended in the conveying gas, is transported at highpressure (as compared to the dilute phase), is transported along largerpressure gradient (as compared to the dilute phase), and/or low velocityconveyance (as compared to the dilute phase) through the materialconveying channel. Material conveyed by this method is loaded into apressure vessel (also called a blow pot or transporter), as shown inFIG. 1 b. When the vessel is full, its material inlet valve and ventvalve are closed and compressed air is metered into the vessel. Thecompressed air extrudes the material from the pressure vessel into theconveying line and to the destination. Once the vessel and conveyingline are empty, the compressed air is turned off and the vessel isreloaded. This cycle continues until all of the materials required forthe process have been transferred.

In some instances, resistance to the flow is formed in the materialconveyance system. At times, the material conveyance channel comprisesone or more gas inlets, through which gas is injected and/or removed tofacilitate flow of the pre-transformed material to the targetdestination. The gas inlets may be gas boosters, or gas assists. The gasinlets along the channel may control (e.g., maintain) a materialconveying velocity, and reduce plugging of the material conveyancechannel. The gas inlets may facilitate removing pre-transformed materialfrom the channel (e.g., after 3D printing), and/or maintenance of thematerial conveyance channel.

In some examples, the pre-transformed material conveyor system comprisesone or more sensors. The sensors may be operatively coupled to one ormore components of the pre-transformed material conveyor system. Forexample, the sensor may be coupled to at least one of a materialconveying channel, the pressure containers, the processing chamber, theexternal material source, the separator (e.g., the first separator, thesecondary separator), the bulk reservoir, the layer dispensingmechanism, the channel between the bulk reservoir and the layerdispensing mechanism, gas channel, and/or the buffer container. At leastone sensor may be operatively coupled to at least one position betweenone or more components. At least one sensor may be disposed between oneor more components. For example, a sensor may be coupled between a layerdispensing mechanism and a first separator. Examples of sensors includea level (guided, wave, and/or radar), pressure, flow, gas, pneumatic,physical, optical, and/or sound sensor.

In some examples, the pre-transformed material conveyor system comprisesone or more valves (e.g., flow, pressure, stopper, and/or controlvalve). The valve may be operated manually and/or automated. The valvesmay be operatively coupled to one or more components of thepre-transformed material conveyor system. For example, the valve may becoupled to a material conveying channel, gas channel, pressurecontainer, processing chamber, external material source (e.g., bulkfeed), separator (e.g., first separator, and/or secondary separator),bulk reservoir, at least one component of the layer dispensingmechanism, channel between the bulk reservoir and the layer dispensingmechanism, buffer container, or any combination thereof. The valve maybe operatively coupled to a position between one or more components. Thevalve may be disposed between one or more components. For example, avalve may be operatively coupled (e.g., physically coupled) between apressure container and an external material source. Examples of valvesinclude a pressure relief, pressure release, pressure safety, safetyrelief, pilot-operated relief, low pressure safety, vacuum pressuresafety, low and vacuum pressure safety, pressure vacuum release, snapacting, pinch, metering, flapper, needle, check, control, solenoid, flowcontrol, butterfly, ball, piston, plug, popping, rotary, manual, ormodulating valve.

In some examples, the shaft is coupled to an actuator (e.g., FIG. 2,252). The actuator may move the shaft. The actuator may move the shaftto convey the coupled layer dispensing mechanism adjacent to the buildmodule. The actuator may move the shaft to retract the coupled layerdispensing mechanism into the ancillary chamber. Examples of an actuatorinclude a linear motor, pneumatic motors, electric motors, solar motors,hydraulic motors, thermal motors, magnetic motors, or mechanical motors.The actuator may reside on a stage (e.g., FIG. 2, 258). The stage may bestationary. The stage may be movable (e.g., before, after, and/or duringthe 3D printing). The stage may comprise a rail system. The stage mayallow smooth movement of the shaft. The shaft may be coupled to one ormore bearings. The bearing may be a machine element that constrainsrelative motion to a desired motion. The bearing may be a machineelement that reduces friction between moving components. For example,the bearing may allow a smooth movement of the shaft. The bearing maycomprise elements that physically contact the shaft. For example, thebearing (e.g., ball bearing) may comprise balls that contact the shaftin one or more points. The bearing may not contact the shaft (e.g., gasbearing, or magnetic bearing). The bearings may facilitate a directionalpath for the shaft. The movable rear bearings may facilitate (e.g., adirectional) movement of the shaft.

In some embodiments, the stage optionally comprises a stopper. Thestopper may be a bearing, a valve, a plug, a pop-up stopper, a triplever, or a plunger style stopper. The stopper may control the movabledistance of the shaft (e.g., maximum, and/or minimum movement span).

In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber comprises a vibrationmechanism. The vibration mechanism may include a motor. The motor may beany motor described herein. The motor may be a motor that exhibitslinear motion. The motor exhibiting the linear motion may comprise alinear motor, a rotary motor (e.g., coupled to a conveyor or anescalator), an absolute encoder with motor, an incremental encoder withmotor, or a stepper motor. The motor may comprise an electric motor, ora pneumatic motor. The motor may comprise an electro-mechanical motor.The vibration mechanism may include a mechanism that exhibits linearmotion (e.g., a drive mechanism). The vibration mechanism may includeany vibration mechanism used in 3D printing such as, for example, theones disclosed in Patent Application serial number PCT/US17/57340, whichis entirely incorporated herein by reference.

In some embodiments, the vibration mechanism is operatively coupled to afirst controller. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanismmay be operatively coupled to a second controller. At times, a componentof the layer dispensing mechanism may be operatively coupled to a thirdcontroller. At times, the first controller, second controller and thethird controller may be the same controller. At times, the firstcontroller, second controller and the third controller may be differentcontrollers. At times, at least two of the (i) vibration mechanism, (ii)shaft, and (iii) at least one component of the layer dispensingmechanism, may be controlled by the same controller. At times, at leasttwo of the (i) vibration mechanism, (ii) shaft, and (iii) at least onecomponent of the layer dispensing mechanism, may be controlled by adifferent controller. The controller may control the operation of one ormore components of the layer dispensing mechanism. For example, thecontroller may turn on a component of the layer dispensing mechanism(e.g., the material dispensing mechanism), for example, when theancillary chamber is open. The controller may control the operation ofthe vibration mechanism. For example, the vibration mechanism may beturned on when the material dispensing system may be in operation, orwhen the material levelling system may be in operation. In someembodiments, the vibration mechanism is turned off when the materialremoval system may be in operation.

In some embodiments, the actuator is coupled to at least one controller(herein collectively “controller”). The controller may be coupled to asensor (e.g., positional, optical, weight). The controller may controlthe starting of the actuator. The controller may control the stopping ofthe actuator. The controller may detect a position of the layerdispensing mechanism. The controller may dynamically (e.g. in real-timeduring the 3D printing) control the actuator to adjust the position ofthe layer dispensing mechanism. The controller may control the amount ofmovable distance of the shaft (e.g., by controlling the actuator). Thecontroller may detect the need to perform dispensing and/orplanarization of a pre-transformed material. The controller may activatethe actuator to move the shaft and the coupled layer dispensingmechanism to a position adjacent to the platform. The controller maydetect the completion of dispensing a layer adjacent to the platform(e.g., comprising a base FIG. 1, 102 and a substrate FIG. 1, 109). Thecontroller may activate the actuator to move the shaft to retract thelayer dispensing mechanism into the ancillary chamber.

In some embodiments, the material dispensing mechanism is operativelycoupled to one or more shafts. FIG. 9 shows an example of two shafts(e.g., 935, 945) coupled to the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., 950).Each shaft may be coupled to an actuator. In some examples, at least twoof the shafts have a common actuator. In some examples, at least two ofthe shafts each have their own (different) actuator. The actuator mayreside on a stage. The shaft may be hollow (e.g., comprise one or morecavities). The shaft may facilitate suction of debris and/orpre-transformed material from the layer dispensing mechanism. The layerdispensing mechanism may include a material dispensing mechanism 916, alevelling mechanism 917 and a material removal mechanism 918. FIG. 8Ashows an example of a vertical cross section of a shaft (e.g., 830). Theshaft may comprise one or more channels (e.g., FIG. 8B, 835, 840, 845).FIG. 8B shows an example of a side view of the shaft. The shaft channelmay include a valve. The valve may be located outside or inside theshaft. FIG. 8B shows an example of a valve 825 located in the shaft 850.The valve may control (e.g., regulate and/or direct) the flow of contentincluded within the shaft channel. The valve may be a pneumatic, manual,solenoid, motor, hydraulic, a two-port, a three-port, or a four-portvalve. The content of the channel may comprise debris, pre-transformedmaterial, or gas. FIG. 8A shows an example of a vertical cross sectionof a shaft 800 comprising three shaft channels 810 (that transport amaterial, such as gas, inwards), 815 (that transport a material, such asgas, outwards), and 820 (that transport pre-transformed material). Theone or more shaft channels may be operatively coupled (e.g., fluidlyconnected) to one or more material conveying channels within thepre-transformed material conveying system. For example, thepre-transformed material from one or more pressure containers may beconveyed into the layer dispensing mechanism via the one or morechannels within the shaft. In some examples, the material conveyingchannel within the pre-transformed material and the channel within theshaft may be the same. In some examples, the material conveying channelwithin the pre-transformed material and the channel within the shaft maybe different. The one or more shaft channels may be operatively coupled(e.g., fluidly connected) to one or more gas conveying channels withinthe pre-transformed material conveying system. For example, the gas fromone or more components of the pre-transformed material conveyor system(e.g., separator, external gas source, and/or gas conveying channel) maybe conveyed into the layer dispensing mechanism via the one or morechannels within the shaft. In some examples, the gas conveying channeland the pre-transformed material conveying channel within the shaft maybe the same. In some examples, the gas conveying channel and the channelconveying the pre-transformed material within the shaft may bedifferent.

In some embodiments, a shaft comprises at least one transit system(e.g., a channel within the shaft). A portion of the shaft channel(e.g., FIG. 9, 933, 934, or 944) may reside within the shaft. A portionof the shaft channel (e.g., 936, 938, or 948) may be external to theshaft. The shaft channel may transport pre-transformed material (e.g.,952) into the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., from the pressurecontainer, e.g., through the material conveying channel). The shaftchannel may transport (e.g., compressed) gas (e.g., 954) into the layerdispensing mechanism and/or material removal mechanism. The shaftchannel may assist in removing pre-transformed material (e.g., 956) fromthe layer dispensing mechanism and/or material removal mechanism.Positive and/or negative pressure may be used to facilitate transport(e.g., of the pre-transformed material) in the shaft channel. The shaftchannel (e.g., an external end thereof) may be (e.g., fluidly) connectedto recycling system (e.g., 920), a reconditioning system, a bulkreservoir of pre-transformed material (e.g., 915), a pressure pump(e.g., 910), (e.g., a vacuum or gas pump). The shaft channel thattransports pre-transformed material may be (e.g., fluidly) connected tothe material dispensing mechanism (e.g., 916) of the layer dispensingmechanism (e.g., 950). The shaft channel that transports gas (e.g., air)may be connected to the material levelling mechanism (e.g., 917) or thematerial removal mechanism (e.g., 918) of the layer dispensingmechanism. The shaft channel that transports negative pressure (e.g.,gas or air) may be connected to the material removal mechanism (e.g.,918) of the layer dispensing mechanism. Fluid connection as understoodherein is a connection that allows material to be flowingly transferred.The material that is transferred can comprise solid, liquid or gas.

In some embodiments, the 3D printer comprises an ancillary chamber. FIG.2 shows an example of an ancillary chamber 240 coupled to the processingchamber 226. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g.,234) is parked within the ancillary chamber, when the layer dispensingmechanism does not perform dispensing adjacent to a platform, whichplatform comprises a substrate 261 and a base 260. The layer dispensingmechanism may be conveyed to the processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 2, 226).When conveyed, the layer dispensing mechanism may move from a firstposition (e.g., a position within the ancillary chamber to a positionadjacent to the build module). When conveyed, the one or more shafts maymove from a first position (e.g., a position within the ancillarychamber) to a position adjacent to the processing chamber. Whenconveyed, the actuator may move from a first position (e.g., a positionwithin the ancillary chamber) to a position adjacent to the buildmodule. When conveyed, the layer dispensing mechanism may dispense alayer of pre-transformed material adjacent to the platform (e.g., FIG.2, 204). The layer dispensing mechanism may park within the ancillarychamber. For example, the layer dispensing mechanism may part in theancillary chamber when the layer dispensing mechanism is not performinga dispersion of a layer of pre-transformed material. For example, thelayer dispensing mechanism may part in the ancillary chamber when thematerial dispenser does not dispense pre-transformed material. Forexample, the layer dispensing mechanism may part in the ancillarychamber when the leveling mechanism does not level (e.g., planarize) thematerial bed. For example, the layer dispensing mechanism may part inthe ancillary chamber when the material removal mechanism does planarizethe material bed. For example, the layer dispensing mechanism may partin the ancillary chamber when the material bed is exposed to an energybeam (e.g., FIG. 2, 201).

In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber (e.g., also referred toherein as “ancillary enclosure,” e.g., 254) is dimensioned toaccommodate the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., FIG. 2, 240). Theancillary chamber may be dimensioned to enclose the layer dispensingmechanism, one or more bearings and at least a portion of the one ormore shafts (e.g., FIG. 2, 236). The layer dispensing mechanism maycomprise at least one of a material dispensing mechanism (e.g., FIG. 1,116), leveling mechanism (e.g., FIG. 1, 117), and a material removalmechanism (e.g., FIG. 1, 118). The ancillary chamber may be separatedfrom the processing chamber through a closable opening that comprises aclosure (e.g., a shield, door, or window). The opening may comprise aclosure (e.g., FIG. 2, 256). The closure may relocate to allow the layerdispensing mechanism to travel from the ancillary chamber to a positionadjacent to (e.g., above) the material bed. The closure may open toallow the atmosphere of the ancillary chamber and the processing chamberto merge. The closure may open to allow debris from the processingchamber to enter the ancillary chamber. The closure may be (e.g.,physically, and/or operatively) coupled to the layer dispensingmechanism. The closure may be coupled via a mechanical connector, acontrolled sensor, a magnetic connector, an electro-magnetic connector,or an electrical connector. The layer dispensing mechanism may push theclosure open when conveyed adjacent to the material bed. The closure mayslide, tilt, flap, roll, or be pushed to allow the layer dispensingmechanism to travel to and from the ancillary chamber. The closure mayrelocate to a position adjacent to the opening. Adjacent may be below,above, to the side, or distant from the opening. Distant from theopening may comprise in a position more distant from the ancillarychamber. The closure may at least partially (e.g., fully) open theopening (e.g., before, after, and/or during the 3D printing).

In some examples, the 3D printer comprises a layer dispensing mechanism.FIG. 2 shows an example of a layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., FIG. 2,234) that can travel from a position in the ancillary chamber (e.g.,FIG. 2, 240) to a position adjacent to the material bed (e.g., FIG. 2,232). The separator (e.g., closure) may change its position to allow themovement of the layer dispensing mechanism to and/or from the ancillarychamber. The change of position may be by sliding, flapping, pushing,magnetic opening or rolling. For example, the separator may be asliding, flapping, or rolling door. The separator may be operativelycoupled to an actuator. The actuator may cause the separator to alterits position (e.g., as described herein). The actuator may cause theseparator to slide, flap, or roll (e.g., in a direction). The directionmay be up/down or sideways with respect to a prior position of theseparator. The actuator may be controlled (e.g., by a controller and/ormanually). Altering the position may be laterally, horizontally, or atan angle with respect to an exposed surface of the material bed and/orbuild platform. For example, the actuator may be controlled via at leastone sensor (e.g., as disclosed herein). The sensor may comprise aposition or motion sensor. The sensor may comprise an optical sensor.For example, the separator may be coupled to the layer dispensingmechanism. Coupling may be using mechanical, electrical,electro-magnetic, electrical, or magnetic connectors. The separator mayslide, open or roll when pushed by the layer dispensing mechanism. Theseparator may slide, close or roll in place when the layer dispensingmechanism retracts into the ancillary chamber.

At times, the layer dispensing mechanism causes (e.g., directly, orindirectly) the closure to open and/or close the opening. Indirectly canbe via at least one controller (e.g., comprising a sensor and/oractuator). Directly may comprise directly attached to the layerdispensing mechanism. FIG. 2 shows an example of an opening bordered bystoppers 267, which opening is closed by a shield type closure that isconnected to the layer dispensing mechanism 234. In the example of FIG.2, the layer dispensing opening causes the shield type closure to openthe opening as the layer dispensing mechanism travels away from theancillary chamber 240 toward a position adjacent to the platform (e.g.,comprising the base 260). In the example of FIG. 2, the layer dispensingopening causes the shield type closure to close the opening as the layerdispensing mechanism travels into the ancillary chamber 240 (e.g., topark).

At times, a physical property (e.g., comprising velocity, speed,direction of movement, or acceleration) of one or more components of thelayer dispensing mechanism is controlled. Controlling may include usingat least one controller. Controlling may include modulation of thephysical property (e.g., within a predetermined time frame). Controllingmay include modulation of the physical property within a translationcycle of the layer dispensing mechanism. The translation cycle maycomprise moving from one side of the material bed to the opposing side.The translation cycle may comprise moving from one side of the materialbed, to the opposing side, and back to the one side. At times, one ormore components (e.g., the material dispensing mechanism, the materialleveling mechanism, and/or the material removal mechanism) of the layerdispensing mechanism may be controlled to operate at a (e.g.,substantially) constant velocity (e.g., throughout the translationcycle, throughout a material dispensing cycle, throughout a materialleveling cycle and/or throughout a material removal cycle). At times,one or more components may be controlled to operate at a variablevelocity. At times, one or more components may be controlled to operateat variable velocity within a portion of time of the translation cycle.At times, the velocity of one or more components of the layer dispensingmechanism, within a first time portion of the translation cycle and asecond time portion of the translation cycle may be same. At times, thevelocity of one or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism,within a first time portion of the translation cycle and a second timeportion of the translation cycle may be different. At times, within thetranslation cycle, the velocity of one or more components of the layerdispensing mechanism at a first position may be different than thevelocity of the one or more components at a second position. At times,within the translation cycle, the velocity of one or more components ofthe layer dispensing mechanism at a first position may be the same asthe velocity of the one or more components at a second position. Attimes, a component of the layer dispensing mechanism may be individuallycontrolled. At times, at least two or more components of the layerdispensing mechanism may be collectively controlled. At times, at leasttwo components of the layer dispensing mechanism may be controlled bythe same controller. At times, at least two components of the layerdispensing mechanism may be controlled by a different controller.

In some configurations, the 3D printer comprises a bulk reservoir (e.g.,FIG. 7, 725; FIG. 3, 310) (e.g., a tank, a pool, a tub, or a basin). Thebulk reservoir may comprise pre-transformed material. The bulk reservoirmay comprise a mechanism configured to deliver the pre-transformedmaterial from the bulk reservoir to at least one component of the layerdispensing mechanism (e.g., material dispenser). The bulk reservoir canbe connected or disconnected from the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g.,from the material dispenser). FIG. 7 shows an example of a bulkreservoir 725, which is disconnected from the layer dispensing mechanism740. The disconnected pre-transformed material dispenser can be locatedabove, below or to the side of the material bed. The disconnectedpre-transformed material dispenser can be located above the materialbed, for example above the material entrance opening to the materialdispenser within the layer dispensing mechanism. Above may be in aposition away from the gravitational center.

The bulk reservoir may be connected to the material dispensing mechanism(e.g., FIG. 3, 310) that is a component of the layer dispensingmechanism. The bulk reservoir may be located above, below or to the sideof the layer dispensing mechanism. The bulk reservoir may be connectedto the material dispensing mechanism via a channel (e.g., FIG. 3, 315)The layer dispensing mechanism and/or the bulk reservoir have at leastone opening port (e.g., for the pre-transformed material to move toand/or from). Pre-transformed material can be stored in the bulkreservoir. The bulk reservoir may hold at least an amount of materialsufficient for one layer, or sufficient to build the entire 3D object.The bulk reservoir may hold at least about 200 grams (gr), 400 gr, 500gr, 600 gr, 800 gr, 1 Kilogram (Kg), or 1.5 Kg of pre-transformedmaterial. The bulk reservoir may hold at most 200 gr, 400 gr, 500 gr,600 gr, 800 gr, 1 Kg, or 1.5 Kg of pre-transformed material. The bulkreservoir may hold an amount of material between any of theafore-mentioned amounts of bulk reservoir material (e.g., from about 200gr to about 1.5 Kg, from about 200 gr to about 800 gr, or from about 700gr to about 1.5 kg). Material from the bulk reservoir can travel to thelayer dispensing mechanism via a force. The force can be natural (e.g.,gravity), or artificial (e.g., using an actuator such as, for example, apump). The force may comprise friction. The bulk reservoir may be anybulk reservoir disclosed in Patent Application Serial NumberPCT/US15/36802 that is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

In some embodiments, the pre-transformed material dispenser (e.g., FIG.3, 305) resides within the layer dispensing mechanism. Thepre-transformed material dispenser may hold at least an amount of powdermaterial sufficient for at least one, two, three, four or five layers.The pre-transformed material dispenser (e.g., an internal reservoir) mayhold at least an amount of material sufficient for at most one, two,three, four or five layers. The pre-transformed material dispenser mayhold an amount of material between any of the afore-mentioned amounts ofmaterial (e.g., sufficient to a number of layers from about one layer toabout five layers). The pre-transformed material dispenser may hold atleast about 20 grams (gr), 40 gr, 50 gr, 60 gr, 80 gr, 100 gr, 200 gr,400 gr, 500 gr, or 600 gr of pre-transformed material. Thepre-transformed material may hold at most about 20 gr, 40 gr, 50 gr, 60gr, 80 gr, 100 gr, 200 gr, 400 gr, 500 gr, or 600 gr of pre-transformedmaterial. The pre-transformed material dispenser may hold an amount ofmaterial between any of the afore-mentioned amounts of pre-transformedmaterial dispenser reservoir material (e.g., from about 20 gr to about600 gr, from about 20 gr to about 300 gr, or from about 200 gr to about600 gr.). Pre-transformed material may be transferred from the bulkreservoir to the material dispenser by any analogous method describedherein for exiting of pre-transformed material from the materialdispenser. At times, the exit opening ports (e.g., holes) in the bulkreservoir exit opening may have a larger FLS relative to those of thepre-transformed material dispenser exit opening port. For example, thebulk reservoir may comprise an exit opening comprising a mesh or asurface comprising at least one hole. The mesh (or a surface comprisingat least one hole) may comprise a hole with a fundamental length scaleof at least about 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm. 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 7mm, 8 mm, 9 mm or 1 centimeter. The mesh (or a surface comprising atleast one hole) may comprise a hole with a fundamental length scale ofat most about 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm. 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm,8 mm, 9 mm or 1 centimeter. The mesh (or a surface comprising at leastone hole) may comprise a hole with a fundamental length scale of anyvalue between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 0.25 mm toabout 1 cm, from about 0.25 mm to about 5 mm, or from about 5 mm toabout 1 cm). The bulk reservoir may comprise a plane that may have atleast one edge that is translatable into or out of the bulk reservoir.The bulk reservoir may comprise a plane that may pivot into or out ofthe bulk reservoir (e.g., a flap door). Such translation may create anopening, which may allow pre-transformed material in the reservoir toflow out of the reservoir (e.g., using gravity).

At times, a controller is operatively coupled to the bulk reservoir. Thecontroller may control the time (e.g., time period, duration, and/or anindication/signal received from a sensor) for filling the bulkreservoir. The controller may control the amount of pre-transformedmaterial released from the bulk reservoir by controlling, for example,the amount of time the conditions for allowing pre-transformed materialto exit the bulk reservoir are in effect. In some examples, thepre-transformed material dispenser dispenses an excess amount of powderthat is retained within the pre-transformed material dispenserreservoir, prior to the loading of pre-transformed material from thebulk reservoir to the pre-transformed material dispenser reservoir. Insome examples, the pre-transformed material dispenser does not dispenseof any excess amount of pre-transformed material that is retained withinthe pre-transformed material dispenser reservoir, prior to loading ofpre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the pre-transformedmaterial dispenser reservoir. Pre-transformed material may betransferred from the bulk reservoir to the pre-transformed materialdispenser using a scooping mechanism that scoops pre-transformedmaterial from the bulk reservoir and transfers it to the pre-transformedmaterial dispenser. The scooping mechanism may scoop a fixed orpredetermined amount of material. The scooped amount may be adjustable.The scooping mechanism may pivot (e.g., rotate) in the directionperpendicular to the scooping direction. The bulk reservoir may beexchangeable, removable, non-removable, or non-exchangeable. The bulkreservoir may comprise exchangeable components. The layer dispensingmechanism and/or any of its components may be exchangeable, removable,non-removable, or non-exchangeable. The powder dispensing mechanism maycomprise exchangeable components.

At times, the pre-transformed material in the bulk reservoir or in thematerial dispensing mechanism is preheated, cooled, is at an ambienttemperature or maintained at a predetermined temperature. A levelingmechanism (e.g., FIG., 1, 117, comprising a rake, roll, brush, spatula,or blade) can be synchronized with the material dispensing mechanism todeliver and planarize the pre-transformed material to form the materialbed. The leveling mechanism can planarize (e.g., level), distributeand/or spread the pre-transformed material on the platform (as thepre-transformed material is dispensed by the material dispensingmechanism). The leveling mechanism may push an excess of pre-transformedmaterial and/or other debris to the ancillary chamber. Thepre-transformed material and/or other debris that resides in theancillary chamber may be evacuated via a closable opening port. Theevacuation may be active (e.g., using an actuator activating a pump,scooper, blade, squeegee, brush, or broom). The evacuation may bepassive (e.g., using gravitational force). For example, the floor of theancillary chamber may be tilted towards the opening. The tilted floormay allow any pre-transformed material and/or other debris to slidetowards the opening with or without any additional energy (e.g., asuction device, or any other energy activated device).

At times, the bulk reservoir is stationary. The bulk reservoir may belocated at least partially within the ancillary chamber. The bulkreservoir may be located at least partially outside of the ancillarychamber. The bulk reservoir may be located at a position adjacent to(e.g., above) the layer dispensing mechanism, when the layer dispensingmechanism resides (e.g., parks) within the ancillary chamber. The bulkreservoir may be located at least partially within the processingchamber. The bulk reservoir may be located at least partially outside ofthe processing chamber. The bulk reservoir may comprise a top surfaceand a bottom surface. Bottom may be in a direction towards thegravitational center and/or the platform. Tom may be in a directionopposite to the gravitational center and/or the platform. The topsurface may have an entrance opening. The entrance opening may include aclosure. The closure may be coupled to the top surface. The bulkreservoir may have a volume that is greater than the volume of thematerial dispensing mechanism within the layer dispensing mechanism. Thebulk reservoir may be filled with pre-transformed material from theentrance opening. The bulk reservoir may be filled during, after orbefore 3D printing. At times, the bulk reservoir may be refilled during,after, or before a layer deposition cycle (e.g., after a plurality oftranslation cycles). At times, the entrance opening may be on a sidesurface of the reservoir. At times, the bulk reservoir may beoperatively coupled to at least one sensor. The sensor may indicate theamount of material within the bulk reservoir. The sensor may be apositional sensor. The sensor may sense a position of the materialdispenser (e.g., in the ancillary chamber). The sensor may sense anengagement of the material dispenser with the bulk reservoir. The bottomsurface of the bulk reservoir may be optionally coupled (e.g.,operatively, and/or physically) to a channel (e.g., FIG. 3, 315).Coupled may comprise fluidly (e.g., flowably) connected. The bottomsurface may be optionally coupled to a plate (e.g., a flat surface). Insome examples, the bottom surface may be coupled to more than oneplates. The plate may facilitate a flow of pre-transformed material fromthe bulk reservoir to the material dispensing mechanism. The plate(s)may be translatable. The plate(s) may translate in a lateral direction(e.g., along the X-axis). The plate(s) may be located at a positionbetween a bottom surface of the bulk reservoir and a top surface of thematerial dispensing mechanism. The plurality of plates may translatesimultaneously. The movement of the plurality of plates may besynchronized. The plurality of plates may translate independently. Themovement of the one or more plates may be controlled (e.g., manuallyand/or by a controller). At times, the plate may facilitate the closureof the bottom surface of the bulk reservoir. At times, the plate mayfacilitate the closure of the top surface of the material dispensingmechanism. At times, the plate may simultaneously facilitate the closureof the top surface of the material dispensing mechanism and the bottomsurface of the bulk reservoir.

In some embodiments, the plate comprises a perforation. The perforationmay be a lateral (e.g., horizontal) gap between two or more plates. Theperforation may be an aperture within a single plate. The perforationmay include any perforation used in 3D printing such as, for example,the ones disclosed in Patent Application serial number PCT/US17/57340,which is entirely incorporated herein by reference. The perforation mayform a channel between the bulk reservoir and the material dispensingmechanism. The channel may include any channel used in 3D printing suchas, for example, the ones disclosed in Patent Application serial numberPCT/US17/57340, which is entirely incorporated herein by reference.

At times, the layer dispensing mechanism is parked in the ancillarychamber. The layer dispensing mechanism may comprise a material removalmechanism that may include pre-transformed material (e.g., powder)and/or other debris (e.g., soot, or other debris), collectively termedherein as “debris.” The debris may be dispersed on the floor of theancillary chamber when the layer dispensing mechanism may be parked inthe ancillary chamber. The floor of the ancillary chamber may be coupledto a recycling system. The floor of the ancillary chamber may beoptionally coupled to the recycling system via a vacuum. The floor ofthe ancillary chamber may be optionally coupled to a reconditioningsystem. The recycling and/or reconditioning system may comprise a sieve.The recycling system may comprise a reservoir that holds the recycledmaterial. The recycled material may be reconditioned (e.g., havingreduced reactive species such as oxygen, or water). The recycledmaterial may be sieved through the sieving system. In some examples,material may not be reconditioned. The material may be sucked by avacuum (e.g., from the floor of the ancillary chamber). The floor of theancillary chamber may be tilted. The floor of the ancillary chamber maybe sloped at an angle. The floor of the ancillary chamber may be builtto assist removal of the material by way of gravity. The debris on thefloor of the ancillary chamber may be transported away from theancillary chamber (e.g., into the recycling system). Transportation maybe via the opening port. Transportation may be via a pipe, hole,channel, or a conveyor system.

In some embodiments, a portion of the material leveling mechanism (e.g.,a blade portion) collects an excess amount of pre-transformed material,as it levels the dispensed material. FIGS. 10A-10C show examples ofplanarizing an exposed surface of a material bed. FIG. 10A shows aleveling mechanism comprising a blade 1013 that translate in a direction1015, and shears the material bed having an exposed surface 1011, toform a planar exposed surface 1012. In the example shown in FIG. 10A,pre-transformed material from the material bed accumulates 1017 on theblade 1013 as it translates 1015. In some embodiments, as the levelingmechanism reaches the end of the material bed, the leveling mechanismstops abruptly or reverses its direction of movement abruptly, resultingin a continued motion (e.g., inertial movement) of the accumulatedexcess material forward. In some embodiments, as the leveling mechanismreaches the end of the material bed, the leveling mechanism acceleratesand stops abruptly or reverses its direction of movement abruptly,resulting in a continued motion (e.g., inertial movement) of theaccumulated excess material forward. The forward moving excesspre-transformed material may be accumulated and/or sucked into acontainer (e.g., of the recycling system). FIG. 10B shows an examplewhere the blade 1022 of the leveling mechanism accumulates material andmoves and/or accelerates forward 1025, which movement moves theaccumulated material 1038 forward. The movement of the levelingmechanism may result in a (e.g., substantially) planarized exposedsurface (e.g., FIG. 10B, 1023). FIG. 10C shows an example where theblade of the leveling mechanism 1031 reverses its direction abruptly tomove along 1035, resulting in a continuous movement of the excessaccumulate pre-transformed material 1038 in a direction 1032. The (e.g.,returning) movement of the blade may be over the exposed surface suchthat the (e.g., planarized) exposed surface (FIG. 10B, 1033) is not(e.g., substantially) disturbed. At the end of a translation cycle(e.g., of the material leveling mechanism), the excess pre-transformedmaterial may be transferred and/or collected into an overflow mechanismand/or a recycling mechanism. FIG. 10C show an example of excesspre-transformed material 1038 on its way to a collection system 1039.The overflow mechanism may be a container that collects excesspre-transformed material. The pre-transformed material from the overflowmechanism may be transferred to a recycling mechanism and/or a materialdispensing mechanism. At times, the processing chamber and/or enclosuremay have an opening to facilitate the transfer of the excesspre-transformed material. The opening may be adjacent to the materialbed (e.g., at a boundary of the material bed). At times, the vibrationmechanism may facilitate the transfer of the excess pre-transformedmaterial. In some examples, the excess pre-transformed material may betransferred into the pre-transformed material conveyor system. Transfermay comprise performing dilute phase conveying. Transfer may includetransferring via the material conveying channel. Transfer may comprisetransferring on completion of a translation cycle. In some examples,transferring may be performed on completion of a plurality oftranslation cycles. Transferring may be performed before, after, and/orduring 3D printing. Transferring may be performed before, after, and/orduring operation of the pre-transformed material conveying system.

At times, the layer dispensing mechanism is disposed within theancillary chamber (e.g., when it does not perform an operation adjacentto the build platform and/or that affects the build module). The layerdispensing mechanism may slide in and out of the side chamber through aposition which the separator previously occupied. The separator may beactuated by at least one sensor and/or controller.

In some embodiments, when there is a need to perform dispensing and/orleveling adjacent to the build platform (e.g., material dispensing tothe material bed, and/or leveling of the material bed), the layerdispensing mechanism slides out of the side chamber (e.g., FIG. 2, 240)via a sliding mechanism. The sliding mechanism may include any slidingmechanism used in 3D printing such as, for example, the ones disclosedin Patent Application serial number PCT/US17/57340, which is entirelyincorporated herein by reference.

The systems and/or apparatuses disclosed herein may comprise one or moremotors. The motors may comprise servomotors. The servomotors maycomprise actuated linear lead screw drive motors. The motors maycomprise belt drive motors. The motors may comprise stepper motors. Themotors may comprise rotary encoders. The encoder may comprise anabsolute encoder. The encoder may comprise an incremental encoder. Theapparatuses and/or systems may comprise switches. The switches maycomprise homing or limit switches. The motors may comprise actuators.The motors may comprise linear actuators. The motors may comprise beltdriven actuators. The motors may comprise lead screw driven actuators.The actuators may comprise linear actuators.

At times, the ancillary chamber comprises one or more bearings. Thebearings may allow smooth movement of the shaft. The bearings mayinclude any bearings used in 3D printing such as, for example, the onesdisclosed in Patent Application serial number PCT/US17/57340, which isentirely incorporated by reference herein.

In some examples, a portion of the shaft (e.g., FIG. 7, 710) is engulfedby a seal (e.g., FIG. 7, 730). In some examples, the seal may engulf thecircumference of a vertical cross section of the shaft (e.g., cylindricsection of a cylindrical shaft). The seal may comprise at least oneelastic vessel. The seal can be compressed (e.g., when pressure isapplied), or extended (e.g., under vacuum). The seal can be a metal(e.g., comprising elemental metal or metal alloy) seal. The seal maycomprise a bellow, bearing, gas flow, diaphragm, cloth, or mesh. Theseal may extend and/or contract as a consequence of the operation of theactuator, and/or movement of the shaft. For example, the seal maycomprise a plurality of bellows. The seal may be situated at or adjacentto a partition hole. The shaft may travel through the hole. The shaftmay be disposed in the hole. In some examples, a first bellow may bedisposed in front of the hole (e.g., in the ancillary chamber 770), anda second bellow may be disposed behind the hole (e.g., 780). In someexamples, the bellow may extend through the hole. In some examples, thebellow may reside in one side of the hole (e.g., in the ancillarychamber, e.g., 770; or outside of the ancillary chamber, e.g., 780). Theseal may comprise a bellow. The bellow may comprise formed (e.g., coldformed, or hydroformed), welded (e.g., edge-welded, or diaphragm) orelectroformed bellow. The bellow may be a mechanical bellow. Thematerial of the bellow may comprise a metal, rubber, polymeric, plastic,latex, silicon, composite material, or fiber-glass. The material of thebellow may be any material mentioned herein (e.g., comprising stainlesssteel, titanium, nickel, or copper). The material may have high plasticelongation characteristics, high-strength, and/or be resistant tocorrosion. The seal may comprise a flexible element (e.g., a spring,wire, tube, or diaphragm). The seal may be (e.g., controllably)expandable and/or contractible. The control may be before, during,and/or after operation of the shaft and/or layer dispensing mechanism.The control may be manual and/or automatic (e.g., using at least onecontroller). The seal may be elastic. The seal may be extendable and/orcompressible (e.g., on pressure, or as a result of the elevatoroperation). The seal may comprise pneumatic, electric, and/or magneticelements. The seal may comprise gas that can be compressed and/orexpanded. The seal may be extensible. The seal may return to itsoriginal shape and/or size when released (e.g., from positive pressure,or vacuum). The seal may compress and/or expand relative (e.g.,proportionally) to the amount of translation of the layer dispensingmechanism (e.g., translation via the shaft). The seal may compressand/or expand relative to the amount of pressure applied (e.g., withinthe build module). The seal may reduce (e.g., prevent) permeation ofparticulate material from one end of the seal (e.g., 740) to itsopposite end (e.g., 750). The seal may protect the actuator(s) and/orguides (e.g., railings), by reducing (e.g., blocking) permeation of theparticulate material. FIG. 7 shows an example of a vertical crosssection of a layer dispensing mechanism 760 that is operatively coupledto a shaft 710, which shaft can move back and/or forth 715, whichmaterial dispensing mechanism is able to move back and/or forth 716 andenter and/or exit the ancillary chamber 770 through a closable opening705. In the example shown in FIG. 7, a shaft 710 is engulfed by at leastone bellow (shown as a vertical cross section, comprising 730). The seal(e.g., 730) may reduce (e.g., prevent) migration of a pre-transformed(or transformed) material and/or debris through a partition (e.g., wall)that separates the ancillary chamber (e.g., 770) from the actuator(e.g., motor) of the shaft and/or layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., 707)and/or its railing (e.g., 708). The seal (e.g., 730) may reduce (e.g.,hinder) migration of a pre-transformed (or transformed) material and/ordebris from the ancillary chamber (e.g., 770) towards the actuator(e.g., motor) of the shaft and/or layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., 707)and/or its railing (e.g., 708). The seal (e.g., 730) may facilitateconfinement of pre-transformed (or transformed) material and/or debrisin the ancillary chamber (e.g., 770). The seal (e.g., 730) mayfacilitate separation between the pre-transformed (or transformed)material and/or debris and the actuator and/or railing that facilitatesmovement of the layer dispensing mechanism. The seal (e.g., 730) mayfacilitate proper operation of the actuator and/or railing, by reducingthe amount of (e.g., preventing) pre-transformed (or transformed)material and/or debris from reaching (e.g., and clogging) them. The seal(e.g., 730) may reduce an amount of (e.g., prevent) pre-transformed (ortransformed) material and/or debris from crossing the partition (e.g.,wall) of the ancillary chamber (e.g., 770) to the side that faces therailing and/or shaft actuator. The seal may facilitate cleaning theshaft from pre-transformed material and/or debris.

At times, the platform (also herein, “printing platform” or “buildingplatform”) is disposed in the enclosure (e.g., in the build moduleand/or processing chamber). The platform may comprise a substrate or abase. The substrate and/or the base may be removable or non-removable.The building platform may be (e.g., substantially) horizontal, (e.g.,substantially) planar, or non-planar. The platform may have a surfacethat points towards the deposited pre-transformed material (e.g., powdermaterial), which at times may point towards the top of the enclosure(e.g., away from the center of gravity). The platform may have a surfacethat points away from the deposited pre-transformed material (e.g.,towards the center of gravity), which at times may point towards thebottom of the container. The platform may have a surface that is (e.g.,substantially) flat and/or planar. The platform may have a surface thatis not flat and/or not planar. The platform may have a surface thatcomprises protrusions or indentations. The platform may have a surfacethat comprises embossing. The platform may have a surface that comprisessupporting features (e.g., auxiliary support). The platform may have asurface that comprises a mold. The platform may have a surface thatcomprises a wave formation. The surface may point towards the layer ofpre-transformed material within the material bed. The wave may have anamplitude (e.g., vertical amplitude or at an angle). The platform (e.g.,base) may comprise a mesh through which the pre-transformed material(e.g., the remainder) is able to flow through. The platform may comprisea motor. The platform (e.g., substrate and/or base) may be fastened tothe container. The platform (or any of its components) may betransportable. The transportation of the platform may be controlledand/or regulated by a controller (e.g., control system). The platformmay be transportable horizontally, vertically, or at an angle (e.g.,planar or compound).

At times, the platform is vertically transferable, for example using anactuator. The actuator may cause a vertical translation (e.g., anelevator). An actuator causing a vertical translation (e.g., anelevation mechanism) is shown as an example in FIG. 1, 105. The up anddown arrow next to the elevation mechanism 105 signifies a possibledirection of movement of the elevation mechanism, or a possibledirection of movement effectuated by the elevation mechanism.

In some cases, auxiliary support(s) adheres to the upper surface of theplatform. In some examples, the auxiliary supports of the printed 3Dobject may touch the platform (e.g., the bottom of the enclosure, thesubstrate, or the base). Sometimes, the auxiliary support may adhere tothe platform. In some embodiments, the auxiliary supports are anintegral part of the platform. At times, auxiliary support(s) of theprinted 3D object, do not touch the platform. In any of the methodsdescribed herein, the printed 3D object may be supported only by thepre-transformed material within the material bed (e.g., powder bed, FIG.1, 104). Any auxiliary support(s) of the printed 3D object, if present,may be suspended adjacent to the platform. Occasionally, the platformmay have a pre-hardened (e.g., pre-solidified) amount of material. Suchpre-solidified material may provide support to the printed 3D object. Attimes, the platform may provide adherence to the material. At times, theplatform does not provide adherence to the material. The platform maycomprise elemental metal, metal alloy, elemental carbon, or ceramic. Theplatform may comprise a composite material (e.g., as disclosed herein).The platform may comprise glass, stone, zeolite, or a polymericmaterial. The polymeric material may include a hydrocarbon orfluorocarbon. The platform (e.g., base) may include Teflon. The platformmay include compartments for printing small objects. Small may berelative to the size of the enclosure. The compartments may form asmaller compartment within the enclosure, which may accommodate a layerof pre-transformed material.

At times, the energy beam projects energy to the material bed. Theapparatuses, systems, and/or methods described herein can comprise atleast one energy beam. In some cases, the apparatuses, systems, and/ormethods described can comprise two, three, four, five, or more energybeams. The energy beam may include radiation comprising electromagnetic,electron, positron, proton, plasma, or ionic radiation. Theelectromagnetic beam may comprise microwave, infrared, ultraviolet, orvisible radiation. The ion beam may include a cation or an anion. Theelectromagnetic beam may comprise a laser beam. The energy beam mayderive from a laser source. The energy source may be a laser source. Thelaser may comprise a fiber laser, a solid-state laser, or a diode laser.The laser source may comprise a Nd: YAG, Neodymium (e.g.,neodymium-glass), or an Ytterbium laser. The laser may comprise a carbondioxide laser (CO₂ laser). The laser may be a fiber laser. The laser maybe a solid-state laser. The laser can be a diode laser. The energysource may comprise a diode array. The energy source may comprise adiode array laser. The laser may be a laser used for micro lasersintering. The energy beam may be any energy beam disclosed in PatentApplication serial number PCT/US15/36802 that is incorporated herein byreference in its entirety.

At times, the energy beam (e.g., transforming energy beam) comprises aGaussian energy beam. The energy beam may have any cross-sectional shapecomprising an ellipse (e.g., circle), or a polygon (e.g., as disclosedherein). The energy beam may have a cross section with a FLS (e.g.,diameter) of at least about 50 micrometers (μm), 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm,or 250 μm. The energy beam may have a cross section with a FLS of atmost about 60 micrometers (μm), 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, or 250 μm. Theenergy beam may have a cross section with a FLS of any value between theafore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 50 μm to about 250 μm, fromabout 50 μm to about 150 μm, or from about 150 μm to about 250 μm). Thepower per unit area of the energy beam may be at least about 100 Wattper millimeter square (W/mm²), 200 W/mm², 300 W/mm², 400 W/mm², 500W/mm², 600 W/mm², 700 W/mm², 800 W/mm², 900 W/mm², 1000 W/mm², 2000W/mm², 3000 W/mm², 5000 W/mm2, 7000 W/mm², or 10000 W/mm². The power perunit area of the tiling energy flux may be at most about 110 W/mm², 200W/mm², 300 W/mm², 400 W/mm², 500 W/mm², 600 W/mm², 700 W/mm², 800 W/mm²,900 W/mm², 1000 W/mm², 2000 W/mm², 3000 W/mm², 5000 W/mm², 7000 W/mm²,or 10000 W/mm². The power per unit area of the energy beam may be anyvalue between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 100 W/mm² toabout 3000 W/mm², from about 100 W/mm² to about 5000 W/mm², from about100 W/mm² to about 10000 W/mm², from about 100 W/mm² to about 500 W/mm²,from about 1000 W/mm² to about 3000 W/mm², from about 1000 W/mm² toabout 3000 W/mm², or from about 500 W/mm² to about 1000 W/mm²). Thescanning speed of the energy beam may be at least about 50 millimetersper second (mm/sec), 100 mm/sec, 500 mm/sec, 1000 mm/sec, 2000 mm/sec,3000 mm/sec, 4000 mm/sec, or 50000 mm/sec. The scanning speed of theenergy beam may be at most about 50 mm/sec, 100 mm/sec, 500 mm/sec, 1000mm/sec, 2000 mm/sec, 3000 mm/sec, 4000 mm/sec, or 50000 mm/sec. Thescanning speed of the energy beam may any value between theafore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 50 mm/sec to about 50000mm/sec, from about 50 mm/sec to about 3000 mm/sec, or from about 2000mm/sec to about 50000 mm/sec). The energy beam may be continuous ornon-continuous (e.g., pulsing). The energy beam may be modulated beforeand/or during the formation of a transformed material as part of the 3Dobject. The energy beam may be modulated before and/or during the 3Dprinting process.

In some embodiments, the energy source (e.g., laser) has a power of atleast about 10 Watt (W), 30 W, 50 W, 80 W, 100 W, 120 W, 150 W, 200 W,250 W, 300 W, 350 W, 400 W, 500 W, 750 W, 800 W, 900 W, 1000 W, 1500 W,2000 W, 3000 W, or 4000 W. The energy source may have a power of at mostabout 10 W, 30 W, 50 W, 80 W, 100 W, 120 W, 150 W, 200 W, 250 W, 300 W,350 W, 400 W, 500 W, 750 W, 800 W, 900 W, 1000 W, 1500, 2000 W, 3000 W,or 4000 W. The energy source may have a power between any of theafore-mentioned energy beam power values (e.g., from about 10 W to about100 W, from about 100 W to about 1000 W, or from about 1000 W to about4000 W). The energy beam may derive from an electron gun. The energybeam may include a pulsed energy beam, a continuous wave energy beam, ora quasi-continuous wave energy beam. The pulse energy beam may have arepetition frequency of at least about 1 Kilo Hertz (KHz), 2 KHz, 3 KHz,4 KHz, 5 KHz, 6 KHz, 7 KHz, 8 KHz, 9 KHz, 10 KHz, 20 KHz, 30 KHz, 40KHz, 50 KHz, 60 KHz, 70 KHz, 80 KHz, 90 KHz, 100 KHz, 150 KHz, 200 KHz,250 KHz, 300 KHz, 350 KHz, 400 KHz, 450 KHz, 500 KHz, 550 KHz, 600 KHz,700 KHz, 800 KHz, 900 KHz, 1 Mega Hertz (MHz), 2 MHz, 3 MHz, 4 MHz, or 5MHz. The pulse energy beam may have a repetition frequency of at mostabout 1 Kilo Hertz (KHz), 2 KHz, 3 KHz, 4 KHz, 5 KHz, 6 KHz, 7 KHz, 8KHz, 9 KHz, 10 KHz, 20 KHz, 30 KHz, 40 KHz, 50 KHz, 60 KHz, 70 KHz, 80KHz, 90 KHz, 100 KHz, 150 KHz, 200 KHz, 250 KHz, 300 KHz, 350 KHz, 400KHz, 450 KHz, 500 KHz, 550 KHz, 600 KHz, 700 KHz, 800 KHz, 900 KHz, 1Mega Hertz (MHz), 2 MHz, 3 MHz, 4 MHz, or 5 MHz. The pulse energy beammay have a repetition frequency between any of the afore-mentionedrepetition frequencies (e.g., from about 1 KHz to about 5 MHz, fromabout 1 KHz to about 1 MHz, or from about 1 MHz to about 5 MHz).

In some embodiments, the methods, apparatuses and/or systems disclosedherein comprise Q-switching, mode coupling or mode locking to effectuatethe pulsing energy beam. The apparatus or systems disclosed herein maycomprise an on/off switch, a modulator, or a chopper to effectuate thepulsing energy beam. The on/off switch can be manually or automaticallycontrolled. The switch may be controlled by the control system. Theswitch may alter the “pumping power” of the energy beam. The energy beammay be at times focused, non-focused, or defocused. In some instances,the defocus is substantially zero (e.g., the beam is non-focused).

In some embodiments, the energy source(s) projects energy using a DLPmodulator, a one-dimensional scanner, a two-dimensional scanner, or anycombination thereof. The energy source(s) can be stationary ortranslatable. The energy source(s) can translate vertically,horizontally, or in an angle (e.g., planar or compound angle). Theenergy source(s) can be modulated. The energy beam(s) emitted by theenergy source(s) can be modulated. The modulator can include anamplitude modulator, phase modulator, or polarization modulator. Themodulation may alter the intensity of the energy beam. The modulationmay alter the current supplied to the energy source (e.g., directmodulation). The modulation may affect the energy beam (e.g., externalmodulation such as external light modulator). The modulation may includedirect modulation (e.g., by a modulator). The modulation may include anexternal modulator. The modulator can include an aucusto-optic modulatoror an electro-optic modulator. The modulator can comprise an absorptivemodulator or a refractive modulator. The modulation may alter theabsorption coefficient the material that is used to modulate the energybeam. The modulator may alter the refractive index of the material thatis used to modulate the energy beam.

In some embodiments, the energy beam(s), energy source(s), and/or theplatform of the energy beam array are moved via a galvanometer scanner,a polygon, a mechanical stage (e.g., X-Y stage), a piezoelectric device,gimbal, or any combination of thereof. The galvanometer may comprise amirror. The galvanometer scanner may comprise a two-axis galvanometerscanner. The scanner may comprise a modulator (e.g., as describedherein). The scanner may comprise a polygonal mirror. The scanner can bethe same scanner for two or more energy sources and/or beams. At leasttwo (e.g., each) energy source and/or beam may have a separate scanner.The energy sources can be translated independently of each other. Insome cases, at least two energy sources and/or beams can be translatedat different rates, and/or along different paths. For example, themovement of a first energy source may be faster as compared to themovement of a second energy source. The systems and/or apparatusesdisclosed herein may comprise one or more shutters (e.g., safetyshutters), on/off switches, or apertures.

In some embodiments, the energy beam (e.g., laser) has a FLS (e.g., adiameter) of its footprint on the on the exposed surface of the materialbed of at least about 1 micrometer (μm), 5 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 40μm, 50 μm, 60 μm, 70 μm, 80 μm, 90 μm, 100 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm,or 500 μm. The energy beam may have a FLS on the layer of it footprinton the exposed surface of the material bed of at most about 1 μm, 5 μm,10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 60 μm, 70 μm, 80 μm, 90 μm, 100 μm,200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, or 500 μm. The energy beam may have a FLS on theexposed surface of the material bed between any of the afore-mentionedenergy beam FLS values (e.g., from about 5 μm to about 500 μm, fromabout 5 μm to about 50 μm, or from about 50 μm to about 500 μm). Thebeam may be a focused beam. The beam may be a dispersed beam. The beammay be an aligned beam. The apparatus and/or systems described hereinmay further comprise a focusing coil, a deflection coil, or an energybeam power supply. The defocused energy beam may have a FLS of at leastabout 1 mm, 5 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, or 100 mm. Thedefocused energy beam may have a FLS of at most about 1 mm, 5 mm, 10 mm,20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, or 100 mm. The energy beam may have adefocused cross-sectional FLS on the layer of pre-transformed materialbetween any of the afore-mentioned energy beam FLS values (e.g., fromabout 5 mm to about 100 mm, from about 5 mm to about 50 mm, or fromabout 50 mm to about 100 mm).

The power supply to any of the components described herein can besupplied by a grid, generator, local, or any combination thereof. Thepower supply can be from renewable or non-renewable sources. Therenewable sources may comprise solar, wind, hydroelectric, or biofuel.The powder supply can comprise rechargeable batteries.

In some embodiments, the exposure time of the energy beam is at least 1microsecond (μs), 5 μs, 10 μs, 20 μs, 30 μs, 40 μs, 50 μs, 60 μs, 70 μs,80 μs, 90 μs, 100 μs, 200 μs, 300 μs, 400 μs, 500 μs, 800 μs, or 1000μs. The exposure time of the energy beam may be most about 1 μs, 5 μs,10 μs, 20 μs, 30 μs, 40 μs, 50 μs, 60 μs, 70 μs, 80 μs, 90 μs, 100 μs,200 μs, 300 μs, 400 μs, 500 μs, 800 μs, or 1000 μs. The exposure time ofthe energy beam may be any value between the afore-mentioned exposuretime values (e.g., from about 1 μs to about 1000 μs, from about 1 μs toabout 200 μs, from about 1 μs to about 500 μs, from about 200 μs toabout 500 μs, or from about 500 μs to about 1000 μs).

At times, the controller controls one or more characteristics of theenergy beam (e.g., variable characteristics). The control of the energybeam may allow a low degree of material evaporation during the 3Dprinting process. For example, controlling one or more energy beamcharacteristics may (e.g., substantially) reduce the amount of spattergenerated during the 3D printing process. The low degree of materialevaporation may be measured in grams of evaporated material and comparedto a Kilogram of hardened material formed as part of the 3D object. Thelow degree of material evaporation may be evaporation of at most about0.25 grams (gr.), 0.5 gr, 1 gr, 2 gr, 5 gr, 10 gr, 15 gr, 20 gr, 30 gr,or 50 gr per every Kilogram of hardened material formed as part of the3D object. The low degree of material evaporation per every Kilogram ofhardened material formed as part of the 3D object may be any valuebetween the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 0.25 gr to about 50gr, from about 0.25 gr to about 30 gr, from about 0.25 gr to about 10gr, from about 0.25 gr to about 5 gr, or from about 0.25 gr to about 2gr).

In some embodiments, the methods, systems, and/or the apparatusdescribed herein further comprise at least one energy source. In somecases, the system can comprise two, three, four, five, or more energysources. An energy source can be a source configured to deliver energyto an area (e.g., a confined area). An energy source can deliver energyto the confined area through radiative heat transfer.

In some embodiments, the energy source supplies any of the energiesdescribed herein (e.g., energy beams). The energy source may deliverenergy to a point or to an area. The energy source may include anelectron gun source. The energy source may include a laser source. Theenergy source may comprise an array of lasers. In an example, a lasercan provide light energy at a peak wavelength of at least about 100nanometer (nm), 500 nm, 1000 nm, 1010 nm, 1020 nm, 1030 nm, 1040 nm,1050 nm, 1060 nm, 1070 nm, 1080 nm, 1090 nm, 1100 nm, 1200 nm, 1500 nm,1600 nm, 1700 nm, 1800 nm, 1900 nm, or 2000 nm. In an example a lasercan provide light energy at a peak wavelength of at most about 100nanometer (nm), 500 nm, 1000 nm, 1010 nm, 1020 nm, 1030 nm, 1040 nm,1050 nm, 1060 nm, 1070 nm, 1080 nm, 1090 nm, 1100 nm, 1200 nm, 1500 nm,1600 nm, 1700 nm, 1800 nm, 1900 nm, or 2000 nm. In an example a lasercan provide light energy at a peak wavelength between theafore-mentioned peak wavelengths (e.g., from 100 nm to 2000 nm, from 100nm to 1100 nm, or from 1000 nm to 2000 nm). The energy beam can beincident on the top surface of the material bed. The energy beam can beincident on, or be directed to, a specified area of the material bedover a specified time period. The energy beam can be substantiallyperpendicular to the top (e.g., exposed) surface of the material bed.The material bed can absorb the energy from the energy beam (e.g.,incident energy beam) and, as a result, a localized region of thematerial in the material bed can increase in temperature. The increasein temperature may transform the material within the material bed. Theincrease in temperature may heat and transform the material within thematerial bed. In some embodiments, the increase in temperature may heatand not transform the material within the material bed. The increase intemperature may heat the material within the material bed.

In some embodiments, the energy beam and/or source is moveable such thatit can translate relative to the material bed. The energy beam and/orsource can be moved by a scanner. The movement of the energy beam and/orsource can comprise utilization of a scanner.

In some embodiments, at one point in time, and/or (e.g., substantially)during the entire build of the 3D object: At least two of the energybeams and/or sources are translated independently of each other or inconcert with each other. At least two of the multiplicity of energybeams can be translated independently of each other or in concert witheach other. In some cases, at least two of the energy beams can betranslated at different rates such that the movement of the one isfaster compared to the movement of at least one other energy beam. Insome cases, at least two of the energy sources can be translated atdifferent rates such that the movement of the one energy source isfaster compared to the movement of at least another energy source. Insome cases, at least two of the energy sources (e.g., all of the energysources) can be translated at different paths. In some cases, at leasttwo of the energy sources can be translated at substantially identicalpaths. In some cases, at least two of the energy sources can follow oneanother in time and/or space. In some cases, at least two of the energysources translate substantially parallel to each other in time and/orspace. The power per unit area of at least two of the energy beam may be(e.g., substantially) identical. The power per unit area of at least oneof the energy beams may be varied (e.g., during the formation of the 3Dobject). The power per unit area of at least one of the energy beams maybe different. The power per unit area of at least one of the energybeams may be different. The power per unit area of one energy beam maybe greater than the power per unit area of a second energy beam. Theenergy beams may have the same or different wavelengths. A first energybeam may have a wavelength that is smaller or larger than the wavelengthof a second energy beam. The energy beams can derive from the sameenergy source. At least one of the energy beams can derive fromdifferent energy sources. The energy beams can derive from differentenergy sources. At least two of the energy beams may have the same power(e.g., at one point in time, and/or (e.g., substantially) during theentire build of the 3D object). At least one of the beams may have adifferent power (e.g., at one point in time, and/or substantially duringthe entire build of the 3D object). The beams may have different powers(e.g., at one point in time, and/or (e.g., substantially) during theentire build of the 3D object). At least two of the energy beams maytravel at (e.g., substantially) the same velocity. At least one of theenergy beams may travel at different velocities. The velocity of travel(e.g., speed) of at least two energy beams may be (e.g., substantially)constant. The velocity of travel of at least two energy beams may bevaried (e.g., during the formation of the 3D object or a portionthereof). The travel may refer to a travel relative to (e.g., on) theexposed surface of the material bed (e.g., powder material). The travelmay refer to a travel close to the exposed surface of the material bed.The travel may be within the material bed. The at least one energy beamand/or source may travel relative to the material bed.

At times, the energy (e.g., energy beam) travels in a path. The path maycomprise a hatch. The path of the energy beam may comprise repeating apath. For example, the first energy may repeat its own path. The secondenergy may repeat its own path, or the path of the first energy. Therepetition may comprise a repetition of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10times or more. The energy may follow a path comprising parallel lines.For example, FIG. 12, 1215 or 1214 show paths that comprise parallellines. The lines may be hatch lines. The distance between each of theparallel lines or hatch lines, may be at least about 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm,20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 60 μm, 70 μm, 80 μm, 90 μm, or more. Thedistance between each of the parallel lines or hatch lines, may be atmost about 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 60 μm, 70 μm,80 μm, 90 μm, or less. The distance between each of the parallel linesor hatch lines may be any value between any of the afore-mentioneddistance values (e.g., from about 1 μm to about 90 μm, from about 1 μmto about 50 μm, or from about 40 μm to about 90 μm). The distancebetween the parallel or parallel lines or hatch lines may besubstantially the same in every layer (e.g., plane) of transformedmaterial. The distance between the parallel lines or hatch lines in onelayer (e.g., plane) of transformed material may be different than thedistance between the parallel lines or hatch lines respectively inanother layer (e.g., plane) of transformed material within the 3Dobject. The distance between the parallel lines or hatch lines portionswithin a layer (e.g., plane) of transformed material may besubstantially constant. The distance between the parallel lines or hatchlines within a layer (e.g., plane) of transformed material may bevaried. The distance between a first pair of parallel lines or hatchlines within a layer (e.g., plane) of transformed material may bedifferent than the distance between a second pair of parallel lines orhatch lines within a layer (e.g., plane) of transformed materialrespectively. The first energy beam may follow a path comprising twohatch lines or paths that cross in at least one point. The hatch linesor paths may be straight or curved. The hatch lines or paths may bewinding. FIG. 12, 1210 or 1211 show examples of winding paths. The firstenergy beam may follow a hatch line or path comprising a U-shaped turn(e.g., FIG. 12, 1210). The first energy beam may follow a hatch line orpath devoid of U shaped turns (e.g., FIG. 1212). The hatch line may havevaried length (e.g., 1212 or 1213). The path may be overlapping (e.g.,FIG. 12, 1216) or non-overlapping. The path may comprise at least oneoverlap. The path may be substantially devoid of overlap (e.g., FIG. 12,1210).

In some embodiments, the formation of the 3D object includestransforming (e.g., fusing, binding, or connecting) the pre-transformedmaterial (e.g., powder material) using an energy beam. The energy beammay be projected on to a particular area of the material bed, thuscausing the pre-transformed material to transform. The energy beam maycause at least a portion of the pre-transformed material to transformfrom its present state of matter to a different state of matter. Forexample, the pre-transformed material may transform at least in part(e.g., completely) from a solid to a liquid state. The energy beam maycause at least a portion of the pre-transformed material to chemicallytransform. For example, the energy beam may cause chemical bonds to formor break. The chemical transformation may be an isomeric transformation.The transformation may comprise a magnetic transformation or anelectronic transformation. The transformation may comprise coagulationof the material, cohesion of the material, or accumulation of thematerial.

In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprisesrepeating the operations of material deposition and materialtransformation operations to produce a 3D object (or a portion thereof)by at least one 3D printing (e.g., additive manufacturing) method. Forexample, the methods described herein may further comprise repeating theoperations of depositing a layer of pre-transformed material andtransforming at least a portion of the pre-transformed material toconnect to the previously formed 3D object portion (e.g., repeating the3D printing cycle), thus forming at least a portion of a 3D object. Thetransforming operation may comprise utilizing an energy beam totransform the material. In some instances, the energy beam is utilizedto transform at least a portion of the material bed (e.g., utilizing anyof the methods described herein).

In some embodiments, the transforming energy is provided by an energysource. The transforming energy may comprise an energy beam. The energysource can produce an energy beam. The energy beam may include aradiation comprising electromagnetic, electron, positron, proton,plasma, or ionic radiation. The electromagnetic beam may comprisemicrowave, infrared, ultraviolet, or visible radiation. The ion beam mayinclude a charged particle beam. The ion beam may include a cation, oran anion. The electromagnetic beam may comprise a laser beam. The lasermay comprise a fiber, or a solid-state laser beam. The energy source mayinclude a laser. The energy source may include an electron gun. Theenergy depletion may comprise heat depletion. The energy depletion maycomprise cooling. The energy may comprise an energy flux (e.g., energybeam. E.g., radiated energy). The energy may comprise an energy beam.The energy may be the transforming energy. The energy may be a warmingenergy that is not able to transform the deposited pre-transformedmaterial (e.g., in the material bed). The warming energy may be able toraise the temperature of the deposited pre-transformed material. Theenergy beam may comprise energy provided at a (e.g., substantially)constant or varied energy beam characteristics. The energy beam maycomprise energy provided at (e.g., substantially) constant or variedenergy beam characteristics, depending on the position of the generatedhardened material within the 3D object. The varied energy beamcharacteristics may comprise energy flux, rate, intensity, wavelength,amplitude, power, cross-section, or time exerted for the energy process(e.g., transforming or heating). The energy beam cross-section may bethe average (or mean) FLS of the cross section of the energy beam on thelayer of material (e.g., powder). The FLS may be a diameter, a sphericalequivalent diameter, a length, a height, a width, or diameter of abounding circle. The FLS may be the larger of a length, a height, and awidth of a 3D form. The FLS may be the larger of a length and a width ofa substantially two-dimensional (2D) form (e.g., wire, or 3D surface).

At times, the energy beam follows a path. The path of the energy beammay be a vector. The path of the energy beam may comprise a raster, avector, or any combination thereof. The path of the energy beam maycomprise an oscillating pattern. The path of the energy beam maycomprise a zigzag, wave (e.g., curved, triangular, or square), or curvepattern. The curved wave may comprise a sine or cosine wave. The path ofthe energy beam may comprise a sub-pattern. The path of the energy beammay comprise an oscillating (e.g., zigzag), wave (e.g., curved,triangular, or square), and/or curved sub-pattern. The curved wave maycomprise a sine or cosine wave. FIG. 11 shows an example of a path 1101of an energy beam comprising a zigzag sub-pattern (e.g., 1102 shown asan expansion (e.g., blow-up) of a portion of the path 1101). Thesub-path of the energy beam may comprise a wave (e.g., sine or cosinewave) pattern. The sub-path may be a small path that forms the largepath. The sub-path may be a component (e.g., a portion) of the largepath. The path that the energy beam follows may be a predetermined path.A model may predetermine the path by utilizing a controller or anindividual (e.g., human). The controller may comprise a processor. Theprocessor may comprise a computer, computer program, drawing or drawingdata, statue or statue data, or any combination thereof.

At times, the path comprises successive lines. The successive lines maytouch each other. The successive lines may overlap each other in atleast one point. The successive lines may substantially overlap eachother. The successive lines may be spaced by a first distance (e.g.,hatch spacing). FIG. 12 shows an example of a path 1214 that includesfive hatches wherein each two immediately adjacent hatches are separatedby a spacing distance. The hatch spacing may be any hatch spacingdisclosed in patent application Ser. No. 15/374,318 that is entirelyincorporated herein by reference.

The term “auxiliary support,” as used herein, generally refers to atleast one feature that is a part of a printed 3D object, but not part ofthe desired, intended, designed, ordered, and/or final 3D object.Auxiliary support may provide structural support during and/or after theformation of the 3D object. The auxiliary support may be anchored to theenclosure. For example, an auxiliary support may be anchored to theplatform (e.g., building platform), to the side walls of the materialbed, to a wall of the enclosure, to an object (e.g., stationary, orsemi-stationary) within the enclosure, or any combination thereof. Theauxiliary support may be the platform (e.g., the base, the substrate, orthe bottom of the enclosure). The auxiliary support may enable theremoval or energy from the 3D object (e.g., or a portion thereof) thatis being formed. The removal of energy (e.g., heat) may be during and/orafter the formation of the 3D object. Examples of auxiliary supportcomprise a fin (e.g., heat fin), anchor, handle, pillar, column, frame,footing, wall, platform, or another stabilization feature. In someinstances, the auxiliary support may be mounted, clamped, or situated onthe platform. The auxiliary support can be anchored to the buildingplatform, to the sides (e.g., walls) of the building platform, to theenclosure, to an object (stationary or semi-stationary) within theenclosure, or any combination thereof.

In some examples, the generated 3D object is printed without auxiliarysupport. In some examples, overhanging feature of the generated 3Dobject can be printed without (e.g., without any) auxiliary support. Thegenerated object can be devoid of auxiliary supports. The generatedobject may be suspended (e.g., float anchorlessly) in the material bed(e.g., powder bed). The term “anchorlessly,” as used herein, generallyrefers to without or in the absence of an anchor. In some examples, anobject is suspended in a powder bed anchorlessly without attachment to asupport. For example, the object floats in the powder bed. The generated3D object may be suspended in the layer of pre-transformed material(e.g., powder material). The pre-transformed material (e.g., powdermaterial) can offer support to the printed 3D object (or the objectduring its generation). Sometimes, the generated 3D object may compriseone or more auxiliary supports. The auxiliary support may be suspendedin the pre-transformed material (e.g., powder material). The auxiliarysupport may provide weights or stabilizers. The auxiliary support can besuspended in the material bed within the layer of pre-transformedmaterial in which the 3D object (or a portion thereof) has been formed.The auxiliary support (e.g., one or more auxiliary supports) can besuspended in the pre-transformed material within a layer ofpre-transformed material other than the one in which the 3D object (or aportion thereof) has been formed (e.g., a previously deposited layer of(e.g., powder) material). The auxiliary support may touch the platform.The auxiliary support may be suspended in the material bed (e.g., powdermaterial) and not touch the platform. The auxiliary support may beanchored to the platform. The distance between any two auxiliarysupports can be at least about 1 millimeter, 1.3 millimeters (mm), 1.5mm, 1.8 mm, 1.9 mm, 2.0 mm, 2.2 mm, 2.4 mm, 2.5 mm, 2.6 mm, 2.7 mm, 3mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 10 mm, 11 mm, 15 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 41 mm, or 45mm. The distance between any two auxiliary supports can be at most 1millimeter, 1.3 mm, 1.5 mm, 1.8 mm, 1.9 mm, 2.0 mm, 2.2 mm, 2.4 mm, 2.5mm, 2.6 mm, 2.7 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 10 mm, 11 mm, 15 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm,40 mm, 41 mm, or 45 mm. The distance between any two auxiliary supportscan be any value in between the afore-mentioned distances (e.g., fromabout 1 mm to about 45 mm, from about 1 mm to about 11 mm, from about2.2 mm to about 15 mm, or from about 10 mm to about 45 mm). At times, asphere intersecting an exposed surface of the 3D object may be devoid ofauxiliary support. The sphere may have a radius XY that is equal to thedistance between any two auxiliary supports mentioned herein. FIG. 7shows an example of a top view of a 3D object that has an exposedsurface. The exposed surface includes an intersection area of a spherehaving a radius XY, which intersection area is devoid of auxiliarysupport.

In some examples, the diminished number of auxiliary supports or lack ofauxiliary support, facilitates a 3D printing process that requires asmaller amount of material, produces a smaller amount of material waste,and/or requires smaller energy as compared to commercially available 3Dprinting processes. The reduced number of auxiliary supports can besmaller by at least about 1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10as compared to conventional 3D printing. The smaller amount may besmaller by any value between the aforesaid values (e.g., from about 1.1to about 10, or from about 1.5 to about 5) as compared to conventional3D printing.

In some embodiments, the generated 3D object has a surface roughnessprofile. The generated 3D object can have various surface roughnessprofiles, which may be suitable for various applications. The surfaceroughness may be the deviations in the direction of the normal vector ofa real surface from its ideal form. The generated 3D object can have aRa value of as disclosed herein.

At times, the generated 3D object (e.g., the hardened cover) issubstantially smooth. The generated 3D object may have a deviation froman ideal planar surface (e.g., atomically flat or molecularly flat) ofat most about 1.5 nanometers (nm), 2 nm, 3 nm, 4 nm, 5 nm, 10 nm, 15 nm,20 nm, 25 nm, 30 nm, 35 nm, 100 nm, 300 nm, 500 nm, 1 micrometer (μm),1.5 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 15 μm, 20 μm, 25 μm, 30 μm, 35μm, 100 μm, 300 μm, 500 μm, or less. The generated 3D object may have adeviation from an ideal planar surface of at least about 1.5 nanometers(nm), 2 nm, 3 nm, 4 nm, 5 nm, 10 nm, 15 nm, 20 nm, 25 nm, 30 nm, 35 nm,100 nm, 300 nm, 500 nm, 1 micrometer (μm), 1.5 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm, 5μm, 10 μm, 15 μm, 20 μm, 25 μm, 30 μm, 35 μm, 100 μm, 300 μm, 500 μm, ormore. The generated 3D object may have a deviation from an ideal planarsurface between any of the afore-mentioned deviation values. Thegenerated 3D object may comprise a pore. The generated 3D object maycomprise pores. The pores may be of an average FLS (diameter or diameterequivalent in case the pores are not spherical) of at most about 1.5nanometers (nm), 2 nm, 3 nm, 4 nm, 5 nm, 10 nm, 15 nm, 20 nm, 25 nm, 30nm 35 nm, 100 nm, 300 nm, 500 nm, 1 micrometer (μm), 1.5 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm,4 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 15 μm, 20 μm, 25 μm, 30 μm, 35 μm, 100 μm, 300 μm, or500 μm. The pores may be of an average FLS of at least about 1.5nanometers (nm), 2 nm, 3 nm, 4 nm, 5 nm, 10 nm, 15 nm, 20 nm, 25 nm, 30nm, 35 nm, 100 nm, 300 nm, 500 nm, 1 micrometer (μm), 1.5 μm, 2 μm, 3μm, 4 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 15 μm, 20 μm, 25 μm, 30 μm, 35 μm, 100 μm, 300μm, or 500 μm. The pores may be of an average FLS between any of theafore-mentioned FLS values (e.g., from about 1 nm to about 500 μm, orfrom about 20 μm, to about 300 μm). The 3D object (or at least a layerthereof) may have a porosity of at most about 0.05 percent (%), 0.1%0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%,7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, or 80%. The 3D object (orat least a layer thereof) may have a porosity of at least about 0.05%,0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%,5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, or 80%. The 3Dobject (or at least a layer thereof) may have porosity between any ofthe afore-mentioned porosity percentages (e.g., from about 0.05% toabout 80%, from about 0.05% to about 40%, from about 10% to about 40%,or from about 40% to about 90%). In some instances, a pore may traversethe generated 3D object. For example, the pore may start at a face ofthe 3D object and end at the opposing face of the 3D object. The poremay comprise a passageway extending from one face of the 3D object andending on the opposing face of that 3D object. In some instances, thepore may not traverse the generated 3D object. The pore may form acavity in the generated 3D object. The pore may form a cavity on a faceof the generated 3D object. For example, pore may start on a face of theplane and not extend to the opposing face of that 3D object.

At times, the formed plane comprises a protrusion. The protrusion can bea grain, a bulge, a bump, a ridge, or an elevation. The generated 3Dobject may comprise protrusions. The protrusions may be of an averageFLS of at most about 1.5 nanometers (nm), 2 nm, 3 nm, 4 nm, 5 nm, 10 nm,15 nm, 20 nm, 25 nm, 30 nm, 35 nm, 100 nm, 300 nm, 500 nm, 1 micrometer(μm), 1.5 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 15 μm, 20 μm, 25 μm, 30 μm,35 μm, 100 μm, 300 μm, 500 μm, or less. The protrusions may be of anaverage FLS of at least about 1.5 nanometers (nm), 2 nm, 3 nm, 4 nm, 5nm, 10 nm, 15 nm, 20 nm, 25 nm, 30 nm, 35 nm, 100 nm, 300 nm, 500 nm, 1micrometer (μm), 1.5 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 15 μm, 20 μm, 25μm, 30 μm, 35 μm, 100 μm, 300 μm, 500 μm, or more. The protrusions maybe of an average FLS between any of the afore-mentioned FLS values. Theprotrusions may constitute at most about 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%,0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, or50% of the area of the generated 3D object. The protrusions mayconstitute at least about 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%,0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, or 50% of thearea of the 3D object. The protrusions may constitute a percentage of anarea of the 3D object that is between the afore-mentioned percentages of3D object area. The protrusion may reside on any surface of the 3Dobject. For example, the protrusions may reside on an external surfaceof a 3D object. The protrusions may reside on an internal surface (e.g.,a cavity) of a 3D object. At times, the average size of the protrusionsand/or of the holes may determine the resolution of the printed (e.g.,generated) 3D object. The resolution of the printed 3D object may be atleast about 1 micrometer, 1.3 micrometers (μm), 1.5 μm, 1.8 μm, 1.9 μm,2.0 μm, 2.2 μm, 2.4 μm, 2.5 μm, 2.6 μm, 2.7 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm,20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 60 μm, 70 μm, 80 μm, 90 μm, 100 μm, 200 μm,or more. The resolution of the printed 3D object may be at most about 1micrometer, 1.3 micrometers (μm), 1.5 μm, 1.8 μm, 1.9 μm, 2.0 μm, 2.2μm, 2.4 μm, 2.5 μm, 2.6 μm, 2.7 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 60 μm, 70 μm, 80 μm, 90 μm, 100 μm, 200 μm, or less.The resolution of the printed 3D object may be any value between theabove-mentioned resolution values. At times, the 3D object may have amaterial density of at least about 99.9%, 99.8%, 99.7%, 99.6%, 99.5%,99.4%, 99.3%, 99.2% 99.1%, 99%, 98%, 96%, 95%, 94%, 93%, 92%, 91%, 90%,8%, or 70%. At times, the 3D object may have a material density of atmost about 99.5%, 99%, 98%, 96%, 95%, 94%, 93%, 92%, 91%, 90%, 8%, or70%. At times, the 3D object may have a material density between theafore-mentioned material densities. The resolution of the 3D object maybe at least about 100 dots per inch (dpi), 300 dpi, 600 dpi, 1200 dpi,2400 dpi, 3600 dpi, or 4800 dpi. The resolution of the 3D object may beat most about 100 dpi, 300 dpi, 600 dpi, 1200 dpi, 2400 dpi, 3600 dpi,or 4800 dpi. The resolution of the 3D object may be any value betweenthe afore-mentioned values (e.g., from 100 dpi to 4800 dpi, from 300 dpito 2400 dpi, or from 600 dpi to 4800 dpi). The height uniformity (e.g.,deviation from average surface height) of a planar surface of the 3Dobject may be at least about 100 μm, 90 μm, 80 μm, 70 μm, 60 μm, 50 μm,40 μm, 30 μm, 20 μm, 10 μm, or 5 μm. The height uniformity of the planarsurface may be at most about 100 μm, 90 μm, 80, 70 μm, 60 μm, 50 μm, 40μm, 30 μm, 20 μm, 10 μm, or 5 μm. The height uniformity of the planarsurface of the 3D object may be any value between the afore-mentionedheight deviation values (e.g., from about 100 μm to about 5 μm, fromabout 50 μm to about 5 μm, from about 30 μm to about 5 μm, or from about20 μm to about 5 μm). The height uniformity may comprise high precisionuniformity.

In some embodiments, a newly formed layer of material (e.g., comprisingtransformed material) reduces in volume during its hardening (e.g., bycooling). Such reduction in volume (e.g., shrinkage) may cause adeformation in the desired 3D object. The deformation may includecracks, and/or tears in the newly formed layer and/or in other (e.g.,adjacent) layers. The deformation may include geometric deformation ofthe 3D object or at least a portion thereof. The newly formed layer canbe a portion of a 3D object. The one or more layers that form the 3Dprinted object (e.g., sequentially) may be (e.g., substantially)parallel to the building platform. An angle may be formed between alayer of hardened material of the 3D printed object and the platform.The angle may be measured relative to the average layering plane of thelayer of hardened material. The platform (e.g., building platform) mayinclude the base, substrate, or bottom of the enclosure. The buildingplatform may be a carrier plate.

In an aspect provided herein is a 3D object comprising a layer ofhardened material generated by at least one 3D printing method describedherein, wherein the layer of material (e.g., hardened) is different froma corresponding cross section of a model of the 3D object. For example,the generated layers differ from the proposed slices. The layer ofmaterial within a 3D object can be indicated by the microstructure ofthe material. The material microstructures may be those disclosed inPatent Application serial number PCT/US15/36802 that is incorporatedherein by reference in its entirety.

Energy (e.g., heat) can be transferred from the material bed to thecooling member (e.g., heat sink) through any one or combination of heattransfer mechanisms. FIG. 1, 113 shows an example of a cooling member.The heat transfer mechanism may comprise conduction, radiation, orconvection. The convection may comprise natural or forced convection.The cooling member can be solid, liquid, gas, or semi-solid. In someexamples, the cooling member (e.g., heat sink) is solid. The coolingmember may be located above, below, or to the side of the materiallayer. The cooling member may comprise an energy conductive material.The cooling member may comprise an active energy transfer or a passiveenergy transfer. The cooling member may comprise a cooling liquid (e.g.,aqueous or oil), cooling gas, or cooling solid. The cooling member maybe further connected to a cooler and/or a thermostat. The gas,semi-solid, or liquid comprised in the cooling member may be stationaryor circulating. The cooling member may comprise a material that conductsheat efficiently. The heat (thermal) conductivity of the cooling membermay be at least about 20 Watts per meters times Kelvin (W/mK), 50 W/mK,100 W/mK, 150 W/mK, 200 W/mK, 205 W/mK, 300 W/mK, 350 W/mK, 400 W/mK,450 W/mK, 500 W/mK, 550 W/mK, 600 W/mK, 700 W/mK, 800 W/mK, 900 W/mK, or1000 W/mK. The heat conductivity of the heat sink may be at most about20 W/mK, 50 W/mK, 100 W/mK, 150 W/mK, 200 W/mK, 205 W/mK, 300 W/mK, 350W/mK, 400 W/mK, 450 W/mK, 500 W/mK, 550 W/mK, 600 W/mK, 700 W/mK, 800W/mK, 900 W/mK, or 1000 W/mK. The heat conductivity of the heat sink maybe any value between the afore-mentioned heat conductivity values. Theheat (thermal) conductivity of the cooling member may be measured atambient temperature (e.g., room temperature) and/or pressure. Forexample, the heat conductivity may be measured at about 20° C. and apressure of 1 atmosphere. The heat sink can be separated from the powderbed or powder layer by a gap. The gap can be filled with a gas. Thecooling member may be any cooling member (e.g., that is used in 3Dprinting) such as, for example, the ones described in Patent Applicationserial number PCT/US15/36802, or in patent application Ser. No.15/435,065, both of which are entirely incorporated herein byreferences.

When the energy source is in operation, the material bed can reach acertain (e.g., average) temperature. The average temperature of thematerial bed can be an ambient temperature or “room temperature.” Theaverage temperature of the material bed can have an average temperatureduring the operation of the energy (e.g., beam). The average temperatureof the material bed can be an average temperature during the formationof the transformed material, the formation of the hardened material, orthe generation of the 3D object. The average temperature can be below orjust below the transforming temperature of the material. Just below canrefer to a temperature that is at most about 1° C., 2° C., 3° C., 4° C.,5° C., 6° C., 7° C., 8° C., 9° C., 10° C., 15° C., or 20° C. below thetransforming temperature. The average temperature of the material bed(e.g., pre-transformed material) can be at most about 10° C. (degreesCelsius), 20° C., 25° C., 30° C., 40° C., 50° C., 60° C., 70° C., 80°C., 90° C., 100° C., 120° C., 140° C., 150° C., 160° C., 180° C., 200°C., 250° C., 300° C., 400° C., 500° C., 600° C., 700° C., 800° C., 900°C., 1000° C., 1200° C., 1400° C., 1600° C., 1800° C., or 2000° C. Theaverage temperature of the material bed (e.g., pre-transformed material)can be at least about 10° C., 20° C., 25° C., 30° C., 40° C., 50° C.,60° C., 70° C., 80° C., 90° C., 100° C., 120° C., 140° C., 150° C., 160°C., 180° C., 200° C., 250° C., 300° C. 400° C., 500° C., 600° C., 700°C., 800° C., 900° C., 1000° C., 1200° C., 1400° C., 1600° C., 1800° C.,or 2000° C. The average temperature of the material bed (e.g.,pre-transformed material) can be any temperature between theafore-mentioned material average temperatures. The average temperatureof the material bed (e.g., pre-transformed material) may refer to theaverage temperature during the 3D printing. The pre-transformed materialcan be the material within the material bed that has not beentransformed and generated at least a portion of the 3D object (e.g., theremainder). The material bed can be heated or cooled before, during, orafter forming the 3D object (e.g., hardened material). Bulk heaters canheat the material bed. The bulk heaters can be situated adjacent to(e.g., above, below, or to the side of) the material bed, or within amaterial dispensing system. For example, the material can be heatedusing radiators (e.g., quartz radiators, or infrared emitters). Thematerial bed temperature can be substantially maintained at apredetermined value. The temperature of the material bed can bemonitored. The material temperature can be controlled manually and/or bya control system.

In some embodiments, the pre-transformed material within the materialbed is heated by a first energy source such that the heating willtransform the pre-transformed material. The remainder of the materialthat did not transform to generate at least a portion of the 3D object(e.g., the remainder) can be heated by a second energy source. Theremainder can be at an average temperature that is less than theliquefying temperature of the material (e.g., during the 3D printing).The maximum temperature of the transformed portion of the material bedand the average temperature of the remainder of the material bed can bedifferent. The solidus temperature of the material can be a temperaturewherein the material is in a solid state at a given pressure (e.g.,ambient pressure). Ambient may refer to the surrounding. After theportion of the material bed is heated to the temperature that is atleast a liquefying temperature of the material by the first energysource, that portion of the material may be cooled to allow thetransformed (e.g., liquefied) material portion to harden (e.g.,solidify). In some cases, the liquefying temperature can be at leastabout 100° C., 200° C., 300° C., 400° C., or 500° C., and the solidustemperature can be at most about 500° C., 400° C., 300° C., 200° C., or100° C. For example, the liquefying temperature is at least about 300°C. and the solidus temperature is less than about 300° C. In anotherexample, the liquefying temperature is at least about 400° C. and thesolidus temperature is less than about 400° C. The liquefyingtemperature may be different from the solidus temperature. In someinstances, the temperature of the pre-transformed material is maintainedabove the solidus temperature of the material and below its liquefyingtemperature. In some examples, the material from which thepre-transformed material is composed has a super cooling temperature (orsuper cooling temperature regime). In some examples, as the first energysource heats up the pre-transformed material to cause at least a portionof it to melt, the molten material will remain molten as the materialbed is held at or above the material super cooling temperature of thematerial, but below its melting point. When two or more materials makeup the material layer at a specific ratio, the materials may form aeutectic material on transformation of the material. The liquefyingtemperature of the formed eutectic material may be the temperature atthe eutectic point, close to the eutectic point, or far from theeutectic point. Close to the eutectic point may designate a temperaturethat is different from the eutectic temperature (i.e., temperature atthe eutectic point) by at most about 0.1° C., 0.5° C., 1° C., 2° C., 4°C., 5° C., 6° C., 8° C., 10° C., or 15° C. A temperature that is fartherfrom the eutectic point than the temperature close to the eutectic pointis designated herein as a temperature far from the eutectic Point. Theprocess of liquefying and solidifying a portion of the material can berepeated until the entire object has been formed. At the completion ofthe generated 3D object, it can be removed from the remainder ofmaterial in the container. The remaining material can be separated fromthe portion at the generated 3D object. The generated 3D object can behardened and removed from the container (e.g., from the substrate orfrom the base).

At times, the methods described herein further comprise stabilizing thetemperature within the enclosure. For example, stabilizing thetemperature of the atmosphere or the pre-transformed material (e.g.,within the material bed). Stabilization of the temperature may be to apredetermined temperature value. The methods described herein mayfurther comprise altering the temperature within at least one portion ofthe container. Alteration of the temperature may be to a predeterminedtemperature. Alteration of the temperature may comprise heating and/orcooling the material bed. Elevating the temperature (e.g., of thematerial bed) may be to a temperature below the temperature at which thepre-transformed material fuses (e.g., melts or sinters), connects, orbonds.

In some embodiments, the apparatus and/or systems described hereincomprise an optical system. The optical components may be controlledmanually and/or via a control system (e.g., a controller). The opticalsystem may be configured to direct at least one energy beam from the atleast one energy source to a position on the material bed within theenclosure (e.g., a predetermined position). A scanner can be included inthe optical system. The printing system may comprise a processor (e.g.,a central processing unit). The processor can be programmed to control atrajectory of the at least one energy beam and/or energy source with theaid of the optical system. The systems and/or the apparatus describedherein can further comprise a control system in communication with theat least one energy source and/or energy beam. The control system canregulate a supply of energy from the at least one energy source to thematerial in the container. The control system may control the variouscomponents of the optical system. The various components of the opticalsystem may include optical components comprising a mirror, a lens (e.g.,concave or convex), a fiber, a beam guide, a rotating polygon, or aprism. The lens may be a focusing or a dispersing lens. The lens may bea diverging or converging lens. The mirror can be a deflection mirror.The optical components may be tiltable and/or rotatable. The opticalcomponents may be tilted and/or rotated. The mirror may be a deflectionmirror. The optical components may comprise an aperture. The aperturemay be mechanical. The optical system may comprise a variable focusingdevice. The variable focusing device may be connected to the controlsystem. The variable focusing device may be controlled by the controlsystem and/or manually. The variable focusing device may comprise amodulator. The modulator may comprise an acousto-optical modulator,mechanical modulator, or an electro optical modulator. The focusingdevice may comprise an aperture (e.g., a diaphragm aperture).

In some embodiments, the container described herein comprises at leastone sensor. The sensor may be connected and/or controlled by the controlsystem (e.g., computer control system, or controller). The controlsystem may be able to receive signals from the at least one sensor. Thecontrol system may act upon at least one signal received from the atleast one sensor. The control may rely on feedback and/or feed forwardmechanisms that has been pre-programmed. The feedback and/or feedforward mechanisms may rely on input from at least one sensor that isconnected to the control unit.

In some embodiments, the sensor detects the amount of material (e.g.,pre-transformed material) in the enclosure. The controller may monitorthe amount of material in the enclosure (e.g., within the material bed).The systems and/or the apparatus described herein can include a pressuresensor. The pressure sensor may measure the pressure of the chamber(e.g., pressure of the chamber atmosphere). The pressure sensor can becoupled to a control system. The pressure can be electronically and/ormanually controlled. The controller may regulate the pressure (e.g.,with the aid of one or more vacuum pumps) according to input from atleast one pressure sensor. The sensor may comprise light sensor, imagesensor, acoustic sensor, vibration sensor, chemical sensor, electricalsensor, magnetic sensor, fluidity sensor, movement sensor, speed sensor,position sensor, pressure sensor, force sensor, density sensor,metrology sensor, sonic sensor (e.g., ultrasonic sensor), or proximitysensor. The metrology sensor may comprise measurement sensor (e.g.,height, length, width, angle, and/or volume). The metrology sensor maycomprise a magnetic, acceleration, orientation, or optical sensor. Theoptical sensor may comprise a camera (e.g., IR camera, or CCD camera(e.g., single line CCD camera)). or CCD camera (e.g., single line CCDcamera). The sensor may transmit and/or receive sound (e.g., echo),magnetic, electronic, or electromagnetic signal. The electromagneticsignal may comprise a visible, infrared, ultraviolet, ultrasound, radiowave, or microwave signal. The metrology sensor may measure the tile.The metrology sensor may measure the gap. The metrology sensor maymeasure at least a portion of the layer of material (e.g.,pre-transformed, transformed, and/or hardened). The layer of materialmay be a pre-transformed material (e.g., powder), transformed material,or hardened material. The metrology sensor may measure at least aportion of the 3D object. The sensor may comprise a temperature sensor,weight sensor, powder level sensor, gas sensor, or humidity sensor. Thegas sensor may sense any gas enumerated herein. The temperature sensormay comprise Bolometer, Bimetallic strip, Calorimeter, Exhaust gastemperature gauge, Flame detection, Gardon gauge, Golay cell, Heat fluxsensor, Infrared thermometer, Microbolometer, Microwave radiometer, Netradiometer, Quartz thermometer, Resistance temperature detector,Resistance thermometer, Silicon band gap temperature sensor, Specialsensor microwave/imager, Temperature gauge, Thermistor, Thermocouple,Thermometer, Pyrometer, IR camera, or CCD camera (e.g., single line CCDcamera). The temperature sensor may measure the temperature withoutcontacting the material bed (e.g., non-contact measurements). Thepyrometer may comprise a point pyrometer, or a multi-point pyrometer.The Infrared (IR) thermometer may comprise an IR camera. The pressuresensor may comprise Barograph, Barometer, Boost gauge, Bourdon gauge,hot filament ionization gauge, Ionization gauge, McLeod gauge,Oscillating U-tube, Permanent Downhole Gauge, Piezometer, Pirani gauge,Pressure sensor, Pressure gauge, tactile sensor, or Time pressure gauge.The position sensor may comprise Auxanometer, Capacitive displacementsensor, Capacitive sensing, Free fall sensor, Gravimeter, Gyroscopicsensor, Impact sensor, Inclinometer, Integrated circuit piezoelectricsensor, Laser rangefinder, Laser surface velocimeter, LIDAR, Linearencoder, Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT), Liquidcapacitive inclinometers, Odometer, Photoelectric sensor, Piezoelectricaccelerometer, Rate sensor, Rotary encoder, Rotary variable differentialtransformer, Selsyn, Shock detector, Shock data logger, Tilt sensor,Tachometer, Ultrasonic thickness gauge, Variable reluctance sensor, orVelocity receiver. The optical sensor may comprise a Charge-coupleddevice, Colorimeter, Contact image sensor, Electro-optical sensor,Infra-red sensor, Kinetic inductance detector, light emitting diode aslight sensor, Light-addressable potentiometric sensor, Nicholsradiometer, Fiber optic sensors, optical position sensor, photodetector, photodiode, photomultiplier tubes, phototransistor,photoelectric sensor, photoionization detector, photomultiplier, photoresistor, photo switch, phototube, scintillometer, Shack-Hartmann,single-photon avalanche diode, superconducting nanowire single-photondetector, transition edge sensor, visible light photon counter, or wavefront sensor. The weight of the enclosure (e.g., container), or anycomponents within the enclosure can be monitored by at least one weightsensor in or adjacent to the material. For example, a weight sensor canbe situated at the bottom of the enclosure. The weight sensor can besituated between the bottom of the enclosure and the substrate. Theweight sensor can be situated between the substrate and the base. Theweight sensor can be situated between the bottom of the container andthe base. The weight sensor can be situated between the bottom of thecontainer and the top of the material bed. The weight sensor cancomprise a pressure sensor. The weight sensor may comprise a springscale, a hydraulic scale, a pneumatic scale, or a balance. At least aportion of the pressure sensor can be exposed on a bottom of thecontainer. In some cases, the at least one weight sensor can comprise abutton load cell. Alternatively, or additionally a sensor can beconfigured to monitor the weight of the material by monitoring a weightof a structure that contains the material (e.g., a material bed). One ormore position sensors (e.g., height sensors) can measure the height ofthe material bed relative to the substrate. The position sensors can beoptical sensors. The position sensors can determine a distance betweenone or more energy sources and a surface of the material bed. Thesurface of the material bed can be the upper surface of the materialbed. For example, FIG. 1, 131 shows an example of an upper (e.g.,exposed) surface of the material bed 104.

At times, a 3D printing process comprises a sieve that providespre-transformed material having maximal FLS. Following sieving theparticulate material may have a FLS that is at most the size of theholes of the sieve. Following sieving the particulate (e.g., powder)material can comprise particles of average FLS of at most about 1000micrometers (μm), 500 μm, 100 μm, 50 μm, 45 μm, 40 μm, 35 μm, 30 μm, 25μm, 20 μm, 15 μm, or 10 μm. The material can comprise particles of anaverage FLS of any value within a range of the aforementioned values(e.g., from at most about 1000 μm to about 10 μm, from about 1000 μm toabout 500 μm, or from about 500 μm to about 10 μm). The pre-transformedmaterial may be used as a starting material in the 3D printing process.The maximal FLS may correspond with a size of the pre-transformedmaterial (e.g., powder). A pre-transformed material that has a maximalFLS may contribute to (e.g., improved) transformation into a transformedmaterial (e.g., at least a portion of a 3D object) during 3D printing.For example, a pre-transformed material having a maximal FLS may preventformation of (e.g., material and/or structural) defects during 3Dprinting. A pre-transformed material that has a maximal FLS maycontribute to a smooth flowability of the pre-transformed material inthe material conveyance system. The smooth flowability may comprise aconstant velocity, non-interrupted, continuous, or flow having minimalclogging, during the 3D printing cycle. The smooth flowability may beimproved relative to a pre-transformed material that (e.g.,substantially) comprises particles having also a larger FLS than themaximal FLS (e.g., arising from agglomerated particles). The particleshaving larger FLS may refer to a range of particle sizes (e.g., adistribution) that spans at least 200 microns from an average particlesize of the pre-transformed material. The pre-transformed material maycomprise particulate material (e.g., vesicles, beads, or powder). Insome embodiments, pre-transformed (e.g., particulate) material is passedthrough the sieve to provide the maximal FLS particulate material. Thesieve may comprise one or more holes. The sieve can comprise a mesh(e.g., a screen). The sieve can have a pore size that defines a (e.g.,maximum) particle size that passes therethrough. The mesh may be formedof a durable material (e.g., durable with regard to passing theparticulate material during at least one 3D printing cycle). Forexample, the durable material may have an operating lifetime (e.g.,before replacement) that facilitates filtering at least about: 4 litersof material filtered per square centimeter of filter material (L/cm2), 5L/cm2, 6 L/cm2, 7 L/cm2, 10 L/cm2, or 15 L/cm2. The operating lifetimeof the durable material may be any value within a range of theaforementioned values (e.g., from about 4 L/cm2 to about 15 L/cm2, fromabout 4 L/cm2 to about 10 L/cm2, or from about 10 L/cm2 to about 15L/cm2). The filter material may be the sieve. For example, the mesh maybe formed of stainless steel or brass. The mesh may be formed from anymaterial disclosed herein. Durable may be with respect to operation of a3D printing system. For example, durable may refer to a volume ofmaterial that is passed through the mesh prior to a failure condition ofthe mesh. A failure condition may alter at least one aspect of thesieve. For example, an aspect of the sieve may be a rate at which thesieve passes material therethrough (e.g., a sieving rate). In someembodiments, a nominal (e.g., typical operation) sieve rate is at leastabout: 1 milliliter/(centimeter squared*minute) (mL/(cm2*min)) (where‘*’ denotes the mathematical multiplication operation), 1.5mL/(cm2*min), 2 mL/(cm2*min), 3 mL/(cm2*min), 4 mL/(cm2*min), 5mL/(cm2*min) or 6 mL/(cm2*min). The nominal sieve rate may be any valuewithin a range of the aforementioned rates (e.g., from about 1mL/(cm2*min) to about 6 mL/(cm2*min), from about 1 mL/(cm2*min) to about4 mL/(cm2 *min), or from about 4 mL/(cm2*min) to about 6 mL/(cm2*min)).A failure condition may correspond to a (e.g., detected) change in asieve rate. A change in the sieve rate may be caused by at least onepuncture in the mesh, at least one blockage in the mesh, and/or ade-coupling of the mesh with a surrounding element (e.g., a sievecartridge frame). A volume of material may correspond with a number oflayers deposited by a layer dispenser of the 3D printing system. Thenumber of layers deposited corresponding to a durable mesh may be atleast about: 10000 layers, 20000 layers, 25000 layers, 30000 layers, or35000 layers. The number of layers deposited corresponding to a durablemesh may be any number of layers within a range of the afore-mentionedlayers (e.g., from about 10000 layers to about 35000 layers, from about10000 layers to about 25000 layers, or from about 25000 layers to about35000 layers). For example, the sieve can have a pore size that is atleast about 30 micrometers (μm), 40 μm, 60 μm, 80 μm, 100 μm, 500 μm or1000 μm. The pore size of the sieve may be variable (e.g., the sievehaving a range of pore sizes across the sieve). The pore size of thesieve may be (e.g., substantially) constant (e.g., during sieving). Afundamental length scale (FLS) of the particulate material may be atmost about 100 μm, 80 μm, 40 μm, 20 μm, 10 μm or 1 μm in size.

In some embodiments, the agitator causes the sieve (e.g., via a frame)to move. The movement may comprise a translation (e.g., along an x-axis,along a y-axis, along a z-axis, or any combination thereof). Themovement may comprise a vibration. The movement may comprise a rotation(e.g., about an x-axis, about a y-axis, about a z-axis, or a combinationthereof). The agitator may be configured to induce mechanical agitation.Mechanical agitation may comprise movement of the sieve that is at mostabout 1 millimeter (mm), 2 mm, 5 mm, 10 mm, or 20 mm. Mechanicalagitation may comprise movement of any distance within a range of theaforementioned distances (e.g., about 1 mm to about 20 mm, about 10 mmto about 20 mm, or about 1 mm to about 10 mm). Mechanical agitation maycomprise vibration. Vibration may comprise de-blinding of the sieve(e.g., mesh). De-blinding may comprise causing clogged hole(s) in thesieve to open and allow flow of particulates therethrough. Vibration maycomprise movement that is at least about 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 500 μm or1000 μm. Vibration may comprise movement within any of theaforementioned values (e.g., from about 10 μm to about 1000 μm, fromabout 500 μm to about 1000 μm, from about 10 μm to about 500 μm). Theagitator may comprise a motor coupled to a shaft, a cam, and/or atransducer (e.g., an ultrasonic transducer). In some embodiments theagitator comprises a controller operable to control one or more movementparameters. The movement parameters can comprise an amplitude ofmovement, a direction of movement, or a frequency of movement. Thecontrol may comprise control of an output power (e.g., amplitude and/orfrequency) of the agitator. The controller may adjust the output powerto maintain one or more values of one or more movement parameters. Forexample, the controller may adjust an output power to maintain anamplitude and/or frequency of agitator movement. For example, a poweroutput may vary to maintain a given agitator movement amplitude and/orfrequency as an inertial mass of the sieve (e.g., cartridge) changes.The amplitude may be an amplitude in a direction (e.g., X, Y or Z). Thecontroller may adjust an output power to maintain a plurality ofamplitudes and/or frequencies of agitator movement (e.g., each havinganother directional component, e.g., from X, Y and Z). An inertial massof the sieve cartridge may change due to material buildup or removal(e.g., during filtering). In some embodiments, an output power of atransducer may be from about 50 W to about 600 W. The control maycomprise a booster (e.g., an attenuator) that is operable to adjust theoutput power by a factor. The factor may be greater than or less than 1.For example, the factor may be about 1.5, about 3, about 5, or about 10.The factor may be any value within a range of the aforementioned values(e.g., from about 1.5 to about 10, from about 1.5 to about 5, from about5 to about 10). For example, the factor may be about 0.25, about 0.5,about 0.75, or about 0.9. The factor may be any value within a range ofthe aforementioned values (e.g., from about 0.25 to about 0.9, fromabout 0.25 to about 0.5, from about 0.5 to about 0.9).

In some embodiments, the sieve is a part of a sieve assembly. A sieveassembly may comprise several portions. For example, a sieve assemblymay comprise (i) a portion for receiving pre-transformed material (e.g.,new and/or recycled), (ii) a portion for separating larger particlesfrom those having the maximal FLS, (iii) a portion for receiving thesieved particles to provide to a material conveyance system (e.g.,directly or via at least one container), (iv) a portion for receiving(e.g., discarding) the material (e.g., particles or agglomerates) havinga FLS larger than the requested maximal FLS, (v) a portion for securingat least one sieve screen, (vi) a portion for coupling with at least oneagitator (e.g., device for translating one or more sieve screens), or(vii) a portion for detection and/or monitoring performance of a sieveoperation of the sieve. In some embodiments, at least two of portions(i)-(vii) are included in the same portion of the sieve assembly. Insome embodiments, at least two of portions (i)-(vii) are included indifferent portions of the sieve assembly. In some embodiments, the sieveassembly comprises at least two of a given portion (e.g., at least twosieve portions, (ii)). In some embodiments, the pre-transformed materialis sieved through a plurality of sieving assemblies are arranged inparallel (e.g., to facilitate continuous sieving, e.g., in case at leastone sieving assembly of the plurality is not operational and at leastone other sieving assembly of the plurality is operational). In someembodiments, a sieving assembly may comprise a plurality of sieves thatare arranged sequentially, to facilitate quicker sieving. In theplurality of sieves, a given sieve has an average hole size that islarger than a sieve arranged subsequent thereto. In some embodiments atleast two of the plurality of sieves are agitated by the same agitator.In some embodiments at least two of the plurality of sieves are eachagitated by a different agitator.

At times, the sieve screen forms a part (e.g., portion) of a sievecartridge. The sieve cartridge may comprise a cartridge frame. Thecartridge frame may surround and/or support the sieve screen. Thecartridge farm may surround the sieve screen at least in part (e.g.,around a circumference of the screen). The cartridge frame may beconfigured to couple with an (e.g., at least one) agitator. In someembodiments, (e.g., at least one of) the agitator or the cartridge framecomprises an agitation shaft that passes through at least a portion of asecuring portion (e.g., portion (v)) to form the coupling. An agitatormay cause the sieve to move (e.g., directly by moving the sieve, and/orindirectly by moving the cartridge frame). The movement may comprise atranslation (e.g., along an x-axis, along a y-axis, along a z-axis, orany combination thereof). The movement may comprise a vibration. Themovement may comprise a rotation (e.g., about an x-axis, about a y-axis,about a z-axis, or any combination thereof). Coupling may be via atleast one: threaded fastener, snap-fit fastener, press fit, and/orcompression fit. In some embodiments, a perimeter of the cartridge frameis drafted (e.g., having a smaller width at one side compared to a widthat an opposing side). A drafted cartridge frame may facilitate (e.g.,reversible) coupling with a sieve assembly body. Reversible coupling maycomprise retractable coupling (e.g., insertion and removal).

At times, at least a portion of the sieve assembly is formed forisolation (e.g., mechanical decoupling) from another (e.g., remaining)portion(s) of a sieve assembly. For example, the sieve cartridge may be(e.g., mechanically) isolated from a remainder of the sieve assembly.Isolation of the portion (e.g., the sieve cartridge) from a remainder ofthe sieve assembly may reduce energy transmission from the sievecartridge (e.g., as it is agitated) to the remainder of the sieveassembly. For example, isolation may reduce the heat generated ortransferred to the remaining portions of the sieve assembly (e.g., fromthe moving sieve cartridge). For example, isolation may reduce the soundgenerated by the sieve assembly (e.g., reduce compared to non-isolatedsieve cartridge movement). For example, isolation may reduce vibrationgenerated or transferred to the remaining portions of the sieve assembly(e.g., from the moving sieve cartridge). In some embodiments, isolationis produced by one or more isolation elements coupled to the at leastthe portion of the sieve assembly formed for isolation. Th one or moreisolation elements may be configured to absorb energy (e.g., mechanical,thermal, or acoustic). Th one or more isolation elements may beconfigured to absorb vibrations, heat, and/or sound. The one or moreisolation elements may comprise a gasket, bumper, spring, sponge,bellow, cloth, cork, and/or a membrane. An isolation element may be a(substantially) inelastic material that is formed in a conformation tobehave as a spring (e.g., in a coil, in a wave). An isolation elementmay be formed of a flexible material. For example, an isolation elementmay absorb vibrations (e.g., in like manner to a dampened spring, felt,and/or a sponge). The flexible material may be an elastic material(e.g., comprising natural rubber, synthetic rubber, fluoropolymerelastomer, or silicone). The flexible material may be elastic (e.g., anelastomer). The flexible material may comprise an organic orsilicon-based material (e.g., polymer or resin).

In some embodiments, the cartridge frame is (e.g., substantially)isolated from a remainder of the sieve assembly. Isolation may bemechanically, thermally, and/or acoustically (e.g., isolation interterms of vibration, heat, and/or sounds). The cartridge frame maycomprise (e.g., at least one) isolation element coupled with (e.g., atleast one) external face of the cartridge frame. In some embodiments theisolation element surrounds an (e.g., at least a portion of the)external face of the cartridge frame. The isolation element mayfacilitate placement of the cartridge frame into its proper positionwithin a sieve assembly. The isolation element may (e.g., substantially)prevent transmission of un-sieved particles to the material conveyancesystem. The cartridge frame may comprise at least one isolation element(e.g., bumper) disposed for the sieve cartridge to rest upon. Forexample, the bumper may comprise an O-ring or a plug.

At times, the sieve assembly is configured to facilitate atmosphericisolation on an interior volume of the sieve assembly. In someembodiments the sieve assembly is configured to be reversibly (e.g.,substantially) sealed from an external environment (e.g., atmosphere).At times, the sieve assembly atmosphere is the same as the atmosphere ina remainder of the material conveyor system. For example, the atmospheremay be a non-reactive and/or inert atmosphere. Non-reactive may be withthe pre-transformed material and/or with the transformed material (e.g.,before, after and/or during printing). At times, the sieve assemblyatmosphere is different than the atmosphere in a remainder of thematerial conveyor system. For example, the sieve assembly may compriseone or more valves for selective opening and closing of material and/orgas flow channels from the sieve assembly to other portions of thematerial conveyor system. The valves may be controlled manually and/orautomatically (e.g., using at least one controller). For example, valvesmay be located above and/or below the sieve assembly (e.g., where aboveand below are with respect to a direction of material and/or gas flow).For example, one or more valves may be disposed upstream of one or moreseparating units (e.g., cyclones) that input material into the sieveassembly inlet(s) for filtering. At least two separating units thatinput material into the sieve assembly may be disposed in paralleland/or in series. For example, a valve may be disposed at an opening of(e.g., pressurized) container for storing filtered (e.g., sieved)particles having the maximal FLS (e.g., filtered pre-transformedmaterial). For example, a valve may be disposed along a channel. Thechannel may be configured for movement of a gas within the channel. Thechannel may be one that connects the material conveyance system to thesieve assembly. The channel may be configured to transmit material tothe sieve and/or from the sieve assembly. The valve may be disposedalong the channel, at an opening of the channel, and/or at theconnection of the channel with the sieving assembly. An inert atmospheremay be maintained in the (e.g., pressurized) container by closing thecontainer valve prior to exposing any portion of the sieve assembly toexternal atmosphere. During operation, the atmosphere in the sievingassembly may be at or above atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric isolationof the sieve assembly may enable one or more (e.g., maintenance)operations to be performed on the sieve assembly without affecting anatmosphere in another (e.g., remaining) portion of the material conveyorsystem. For example, a maintenance operation may comprise a sievecartridge insertion or removal (e.g., a sieve cartridge swap). The sieveassembly may comprise a (e.g., at least one) gas inlet channel forreceiving a (e.g., inert) gas. The gas inlet channel may comprise avalve. An atmosphere of the sieve assembly may be purged following anopening and/or closure of one or more (e.g., material and/or gaschannel) valves. Purging the internal atmosphere of the sieve assemblymay facilitate exchange of the gaseous content of the atmosphere (e.g.,from ambient atmosphere to insert atmosphere). The sieve assembly may beconfigured to hold a pressure above atmospheric pressure during thesieving. For example, the sieve assembly may be hermetically sealed. Thesieving assembly may comprise a closable opening that is gas tight(e.g., upon closure). Gas tight may be at least during a duration ofuninterrupted operation of the sieve assembly.

At times, performance of the filtering is monitored to assess one ormore characteristics of the material conveyor system operation. Forexample, the material conveyor system characteristics may comprise (a) arate at which a sieve assembly is filtering newly introduced and/orrecycled material, (b) a rate at which discarded material isaccumulating (e.g., in a removal container), (c) a rate at whichfiltered material is accumulating (e.g., in a storage container), or (d)a performance parameter of an agitator coupled with a sieve cartridge.The performance parameter may comprise power output from the agitator.Monitoring may include (e.g., human) inspection and/or one or moremeasurements by a monitoring device. The inspection can be manual and/orusing a detector. The detector may comprise a sensor. The sensor maycomprise a material sensor, flow sensor, or optical sensor (e.g.,optical density sensor). The inspection may be facilitated using awindow coupled to the sieve assembly. The window may facilitatedetecting (e.g., viewing) the sieve. Filtering (e.g., sieving)performance may be considered to assess a (e.g., operating) condition ofone or more components of the sieve assembly. For example, a conditionof a sieve screen, an agitator, a sieve cartridge-agitator coupling, amaterial removal container (e.g., a trash can), a (e.g., sievedparticles) material storage (e.g., pressure) container, and/or amaterial conveyance channel may be assessed.

At times, data regarding the filtering performance are gathered by oneor more sensors. The sensor may be disposed within or outside of (e.g.,adjacent to) the sieve assembly. The sensor(s) may be integrated in oneor more walls of the sieve assembly. The one or more sensors may detecta material level (e.g., a fill level), a volume of material, a rate atwhich a material moves (e.g., is filtered and/or removed), and/or amaterial type. The one or more sensors may comprise a flow sensor, adistance sensor (e.g., an optical, interferometric, laser, inductanceand/or capacitance), or an optical path density detector (e.g., anoptical flow sensor). The one or more sensors may comprise an oxygenand/or humidity sensor. The one or more sensors may be disposed at oneor more locations within a material conveyor system. For example, one ormore sensors may be disposed before and/or after a sieve cartridge(e.g., with respect to the direction of a material flow). For example,the one or more sensors may be disposed in a channel, a chamber, or anopening (e.g., formed in a wall) of one or more components of thematerial conveyor system. For example, one or more sensors may bedisposed in a chamber of the sieve assembly above a sieve cartridgeand/or in a chamber below the sieve cartridge. The one or more sensorsmay be disposed to monitor (i) a filtered material (e.g., particleshaving the maximal FLS) container, (ii) a (debris and/or detritus)material removal container, and/or (iii) a sieve assembly (e.g.,chamber). In some embodiments a sensor comprises a monitor of a poweroutput of an agitator (e.g., a transducer).

FIG. 15A depicts an example of a sieve assembly 1500 (also referred toherein as “filtering enclosure”). In the example of FIG. 15A, a first(e.g., top) portion 1502 of the sieve assembly comprises (e.g., inletand/or fill) ports 1506 and 1508 for receiving material. The materialreceiving port may be elliptical or rectangular. The material receivingport may be round or elongated (e.g., along at least a portion of a faceof the screen). The material received may be (e.g., newly introduced)pre-transformed material. The material received may be from anotherportion of the 3D printing system (e.g., from a processing chamber,e.g., from the material remover). For example, the material received maybe from a separating unit (e.g., at least one cyclone) that conveysmaterial as part of a gas flow. The material received may comprise acombination (e.g., mixture) of pre-transformed material and debris(e.g., detritus). The debris may be generated during a transformationprocess of the 3D printing. The pre-transformed material and/or debrismay comprise inhomogeneous particle sizes. Particles above the maximalFLS may be separated by the sieve assembly and removed (e.g., to aremoval container, e.g., trash can). In the example of FIG. 15A, aremoval container 1512 is disposed adjacent to the (e.g., first portionof) the sieve assembly. In some embodiments the (e.g., sieve channel tothe) removal container and the inlet port(s) are arranged to maximize atravel distance of the material across the sieve screen. The example ofFIG. 15A depicts a removable (e.g., faceplate) portion 1516 coupled withthe first portion of the sieve assembly, and an agitator 1510 coupledwith the portion 1516 (e.g., via an agitator shaft 1520). In someembodiments the faceplate secures a sieve screen (e.g., cartridge) ofthe sieve assembly. In some embodiments the sieve cartridge is coupledwith the agitator through at least a portion of the faceplate. In theexample of FIG. 15A, sieve performance monitoring portions 1504 and 1518are coupled with the first portion of the sieve assembly, and sieveperformance monitoring portion 1514 is coupled with the removalcontainer. The sieve performance monitoring portions may be configuredfor manual inspection (e.g., a viewing window, 1504). The sieveperformance monitoring portions may comprise one or more sensors (e.g.,1518). In the example of FIG. 15B a first portion 1572 is disposedadjacent to (e.g., above) a second (e.g., bottom) portion 1574, and aseparating portion (e.g., sieve cartridge) 1570 is disposedtherebetween. In the example of FIG. 15B, the separating portion iscoupled with an agitator 1560 via an agitator shaft 1585, which agitatorshaft is operable for movement. In the example of FIG. 15B, a portion1578 for receiving (e.g., inhomogeneous) material within the sieveassembly is formed by a region (e.g., volume) between the top portionand the sieve cartridge. The material may be introduced (e.g., fed) viaone or more inlet ports (e.g., via inlet port 1558, in dashed line).FIG. 15B depicts an example of a removal container 1562 coupled with thesieve assembly. In the example of FIG. 15B, a portion 1576 for receivingsieved (e.g., particles having the maximal FLS) material within thesieve assembly is formed by a region (e.g., volume) between the bottomportion and the sieve cartridge. The portion for receiving the sievedmaterial may comprise at least one slanted surface that facilitatestranslation of the sieved material to the removal container (e.g., usinggravity), which slanted surface is slanted towards an opening thatfluidly couples the portion for receiving the sieved material with theremoval container. In some embodiments, fluid coupling refers to aconnection that facilitates flow (e.g., of the pre-transformedmaterial). FIG. 15B depicts an example of a sieve performance monitoringportion 1554 coupled with the first portion of the sieve assembly, asieve performance monitoring portion 1568 disposed to penetrate through(e.g., a top surface) of the first portion, a sieve performancemonitoring portion 1584 disposed within (e.g., to penetrate through aninner wall) of the portion for receiving the sieved material, and asieve performance monitoring portion 1564 coupled with the removalcontainer. In an inset, the example of FIG. 15B depicts the sievecartridge comprising isolation elements 1580 and 1582. The isolationelements may be any isolation element as described herein. The isolationelements may be disposed on and/or in one or more faces of the sievecartridge. The isolation elements may be in contact with the top portionof the sieve assembly, the bottom portion of the sieve assembly, thefaceplate, or a combination thereof.

In some embodiments, the filtering enclosure (also referred to herein as“sieve assembly”) comprises a closure (e.g., door or window) that closesthe cartridge opening. In some embodiments, the filtering enclosure andthe cartridge opening door engage and/or disengage (e.g., reversiblyengageable and separable). In some embodiments, the door is fastened tothe filtering enclosure (e.g., by a hinge or hook). In some embodiments,the apparatus further comprises a closure that is configured to closethe opening. In some embodiments, the closure reduces an exposure of themechanism housed in the ancillary chamber from a reactive agent in theambient (e.g., external) environment. The reactive agent may compriseoxygen, or water. The reactive agent may react with the reactant (e.g.,pre-transformed material) or product (e.g., transformed material) of theprinting, e.g., during, before, and/or after the printing. In someembodiments, the closure comprises a flapping, rolling, sliding door, orrevolving door. In some embodiments, the closure is gas tight. In someembodiments the closure and/or filtering enclosure is made of anymaterial disclosed herein (e.g., elemental metal or metal alloy). Theclosure and/or filtering enclosure may be opaque (e.g.,non-transparent). The closure and/or filtering enclosure may comprise atleast one section that is transparent section (e.g., comprising glass ora polymer). In some embodiments, the closure is a physical barrier. Insome embodiments, the closure comprises a compressible and/or elasticmaterial that seals the closure upon the cartridge opening by pressure.The pressure is formed by a closure of at least one hinge, level, and/orscrew. The pressure may be by a pressing mechanism. The pressure may beby a fastener. In some embodiments, the closure is configured todisengage from the filtering enclosure during printing of the at leastone three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the closure isconfigured to engage and/or disengage from the filtering enclosureduring printing of the at least one three-dimensional object without(e.g., substantially) disrupting the printing. The elastic material maycomprise a polymer or resin. For example, the elastic material maycomprise Teflon, rubber, or latex.

FIG. 16A depicts an example of a horizontal view of a sieve assembly1600. FIG. 16B depicts an example of a vertical cross section of thesieve assembly depicted in FIG. 16A. The sieve assembly shown in theexample of FIG. 16B, comprises a top portion 1672, a bottom portion1674, a sieve cartridge 1670, and a removal container 1662. Bottom is ina direction of a gravitational field vector. Top is in the directionopposite to the direction of the gravitational field vector. FIG. 16Bdepicts an example of a material introduction path 1671 along whichenters into the sieve assembly (e.g., via inlet port 1658). FIG. 16Bdepicts an example of a removal path 1680 from a (e.g., top) sievecartridge surface to an interior of the removal container. In theexample of 16B, an optional channel element 1656 is formed between the(e.g., body of the) sieve assembly and the removal container. In someembodiments, a removal path from the sieve assembly to the removalcontainer is defined by one or more openings in walls between the sieveassembly and the removal container (e.g., with no channel elementintervening). In some embodiments a removal path from the sieve assemblyto the removal container comprises a valve that is controllably openedto receive material at the removal container, and/or controllably closedto isolate the interior of the sieve assembly. FIG. 16B depicts anexample of a (e.g., debris, detritus) removal path 1682 along whichdiscarded material is removed from the removal container. In someembodiments, the removal path comprises a valve operable for maintaininga selected atmosphere in the removal container. In some embodiments aremoval container valve may be selectively (e.g., controllably) openedfor removing material from the removal container. FIG. 16B depicts anexample of a (e.g., sloped and/or conical) surface 1676 for receivingseparated (e.g., sieved) material. For example, the lower portion of thesieve assembly may funnel filtered (e.g., particles having the maximalFLS) material toward a (e.g., pressure) container of the materialconveyor system. FIG. 16B depicts an example of a material conveyancepath 1678 along which separated (e.g., particles having the maximal FLS)material is removed from the sieve assembly toward (e.g., a containerof) a material conveyor system. FIG. 16B depicts an example of the sievecartridge disposed at an angle 1673. The sieve cartridge may be angledwithin the sieve assembly such that a portion of the sieve cartridgethat is adjacent to the removal container is lower than a (e.g.,remaining) portion of the sieve cartridge that is distal from theremoval container. In the example of FIG. 16B, the sieve cartridge istilted about the y-axis such that a z height of a top surface of thesieve cartridge adjacent to the removal container is lower than a zheight of the top surface of the sieve cartridge that is distal from theremoval container.

At times, the particles having an FLS larger than the maximal FLScomprise debris. The debris may comprise fused particles or spatter fromthe transformation process of the 3D printing system. Fuse may comprisemolten or sintered. A removal time of the debris may comprise a periodthat is initiated when the debris enters the sieving assembly, or whenthe debris contacts the sieve screen; and is terminated when the debrisis removed off the sieve screen toward the removal container (e.g.,trash can). In some embodiments, the removal of larger particle sizesfrom atop the sieve screen may occur within at most about 5 seconds(sec), 10 sec, 30 sec, 60 sec, 2 minutes (min), or 5 min. Removal oflarger particles may occur at any time within a range of theaforementioned times (e.g., at most about 5 sec to about 5 min, at mostabout 5 sec to about 2 min, or at most about 2 min to about 5 min). Insome embodiments at least about 80%, 90%, 95% or 99% of the larger thanmaximal FLS particles are removed to the trash container. In someembodiments, (e.g., inadvertent) removal of (e.g., non-debris) particleshaving at most the maximal FLS (e.g., pre-transformed material) to thetrash container is minimal. For example, a percentage of non-debrisparticles inadvertently removed to the trash container may be limited toat most about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.3%, or 0.5% of the total volumeremoved. The percentage of non-debris particles inadvertently removedmay be any value within a range of the aforementioned values (e.g., fromabout 0.01% to about 0.5%, from about 0.01% to about 0.3%, or from about0.3% to about 0.5%). The percentage may be a volume per volumepercentage.

In some embodiments, the sieve cartridge is angled (e.g., pitched) suchthat a region of a top surface of the sieve cartridge onto whichmaterial is input is higher than a region of the top surface of thesieve cartridge that is adjacent to the removal container. At times, asieve cartridge disposed at an angle (e.g., tilted) increases a sievesurface area over which material is filtered, and/or facilitatesself-removal of debris from the sieve. The angle may be with respect toa direction normal to the gravitational field. The angle may be withrespect to the horizon. Filtering a given volume of material over anincreased surface area of the sieve may increase an operating lifetimeof the sieve. Material that contacts (e.g., travels across) an increasedsurface area of the sieve may be filtered at a faster rate by the sieve.A faster rate may be relative to a rate of material filtering for asieve cartridge that is not tilted (e.g., upon which material impingesin a normally incident manner). For example, the sieve cartridge may beangled such that it facilitates filtering (e.g., sieving) of material toprovide particle sizes having the maximal FLS, and removal of largerparticle sizes (e.g., those larger than the maximal FLS). At times(e.g., debris) particles having a size larger than a fundamental lengthscale (FLS) of a sieve screen pore may be retained by the sieve screen(e.g., without removal therefrom). For example, the debris particles mayoscillate (e.g., bounce) and/or translate (e.g., roll) within a regionof the sieve screen, without being removed (e.g., to the trash can). Forexample, the oscillating and/or translational movement of the debrisparticles may comprise a component (e.g., substantially) along one axis(e.g., a vertical, or z-axis). Vertical may be parallel to agravitational field vector. The oscillating and/or translationalmovement may comprise a lateral (e.g., a horizontal) component. The(e.g., retained) debris particles may cause (e.g., at least a portionof) the particles having the maximal FLS to remain above the sievescreen. For example, the debris particles may obstruct at least some ofthe sieve screen pores. A tilted (e.g., vibrating) surface mayfacilitate filtering (e.g., sieving) of the particles having the maximalFLS. A tilted vibrating surface may facilitate movement of the debrisparticles along a given (e.g., horizontal) axis. The tilt may be withrespect to the vertical or z-axis. The tilt may be with respect to thehorizonal (e.g., X or Y axis). For example, a tilted vibrating surfacemay impart a force to the debris particles along the given axis. Theforce may facilitate movement of material along to the sieve screen. Forexample, the tilt may increase an area (e.g., of the sieve screen) overwhich material is filtered. For example, the tilt may facilitatemovement of the debris particles toward the trash can. The force(s)imparted to the debris particles may depend upon an angle at which thesieve screen is tilted. The angle may be selected such that thefiltering (e.g., of the maximal FLS particles) and removal (e.g., of thedebris particles) occur (e.g., substantially) simultaneously. Forexample, the angle may be at least about 0.5 degrees (deg.), 1 deg., 1.5deg., 2 deg., 3 deg., 5 deg., or 10 deg. with respect to a directionnormal to the gravitational field (e.g. a horizontal direction). Theangle may be any angle within the aforementioned angles (e.g., from atleast about 0.5 deg. to about 10 deg., about 0.5 deg. to about 5 deg.,or about 5 deg. to about 10 deg.). In some embodiments, the angle of thesieve cartridge is variable (e.g., before, after, and/or duringsieving). In some embodiments, the (e.g., variable) angle is selectedaccording to a relationship between the retained (e.g., filtered,sieved) particle size(s) and the larger (e.g., debris, detritus)particles sizes. For example, the relationship may be a ratio of (e.g.,the fundamental length scale, FLS) of the (e.g., respective) particlesizes.

At times, a variable sieve cartridge angle is achieved by one or moreelements coupled with or disposed adjacent to the sieve cartridge. Forexample, at least one pin, screw, threaded fastener, expandable membrane(e.g., bladder), bellow, gear, and/or actuator may be adjusted to causethe angle of the sieve cartridge to vary. For example, a bladder may bedisposed below (e.g., a perimeter) of the sieve cartridge, wherein anexpansion of one or more portions of the bladder causes the sievecartridge to tilt (e.g., pitch) in a selected direction and magnitude.The variable angle of the sieve cartridge may be controlled (e.g.,before, after, and/or during sieving). The controlling may be donemanually and/or automatically. The controlling may be performed before,after, and/or during at least a portion of the 3D printing. Thecontrolling may be performed before, after, and/or during the operationof the pre-transformed material conveyor system.

At times, one or more controllers are configured to control (e.g.,direct) one or more apparatuses and/or operations. Control may compriseregulate, modulate, adjust, maintain, alter, change, govern, manage,restrain, restrict, direct guide, oversee, manage, preserve, sustain,restrain, temper, or vary. The control configuration (e.g., “configuredto”) may comprise programming. The configuration may comprisefacilitating (e.g., and directing) an action or a force. The force maybe magnetic, electric, pneumatic, hydraulic, and/or mechanic.Facilitating may comprise allowing use of ambient (e.g., external)forces (e.g., gravity). Facilitating may comprise alerting to and/orallowing: usage of a manual force and/or action. Alerting may comprisesignaling (e.g., directing a signal) comprising a visual, auditory,olfactory, or a tactile signal.

In some embodiments, at least a portion of the sieve assembly is formedto be reversibly retractable within the 3D printing system. For example,the sieve cartridge may be reversibly retractable. For example, thesieve may be included in a retractable cassette. A reversiblyretractable sieve cartridge may enable a replacement of a sievecartridge in the sieve assembly (e.g., in real time during printingand/or during operation of the material conveyance system). Thereplacement may be in response to a (e.g., detected) failure conditionand/or at a predetermined time. In some embodiments, a replacement maycomprise a swap operation. A swap operation may be performed whilemaintaining an inert atmosphere in a remainder of the material conveyorsystem and/or the 3D printing system. A swap operation may comprise thefollowing operations: (i) closure of gas and/or material channelvalve(s) that are upstream and downstream of the sieve cartridge chamber(e.g., isolation of sieve cartridge chamber from a remainder of materialconveyor system); (ii) de-coupling and removal of the agitator; (iii)removal of the faceplate; (iv) removal and replacement of a (e.g., atleast one) sieve cartridge from the sieve cartridge chamber; (v)replacement of the faceplate; (vi) coupling and replacement of theagitator; and (vii) opening of the gas and/or material channel valvescoupled with the sieve cartridge chamber.

FIGS. 22A-22B depicts examples of a sealing a sieve assembly internalvolume with a faceplate. In some embodiments the faceplate is adapted tohermetically seal an internal volume of the sieve assembly (e.g., by oneor more seals). In some embodiments a sieving cartridge is operable forreversible insertion (e.g., engagement) within the internal volume ofthe sieve assembly. In some embodiments a faceplate (e.g., portion) isconfigured for reversible coupling with the sieve assembly. In someembodiments, the faceplate is sized to be larger than (e.g., to fullycover) a sieve cartridge opening in a face of the sieve assembly. Thefaceplate may be sized to be (e.g., substantially) a same size, to belarger than, or to be smaller than, the size of a face of the sieveassembly to which it couples. The reversible coupling may comprise(e.g., hermetically) sealing (e.g., when the faceplate is fully coupledand/or engaged with the sieve assembly). FIG. 22A depicts an example ofa sieve assembly enclosure 2201 having a surface (e.g., a ledge) 2203configured for securing a (e.g., inserted) sieve cartridge (e.g., 2210).The example sieve cartridge 2210 comprises a seal 2205 and a faceplateportion 2202, integrally formed with the sieve cartridge. The sievecartridge may be reversibly engageable with the sieve assembly (e.g.,FIG. 22A, double-headed arrow). In the example of FIG. 22A the sievecartridge, upon (e.g., complete) insertion into the sieve assemblyenclosure, In some embodiments, the faceplate forms a separate portionfrom the sieve assembly and/or the sieve cartridge. In some embodiments,the faceplate portion may be controlled to couple and to de-couple(e.g., detach) from the sieve assembly. One or more coupling members maybe disposed on the sieve assembly and/or the faceplate, the couplingmembers configured to reversibly secure the faceplate to the sieveassembly. The coupling members may comprise a lever, a pin, a threadedfastener, a flap, a button, a valve, or a spring. To reversibly securemay comprise, (i) in a secured position, mating a face of the faceplatewith a (e.g., corresponding) face of a sieve assembly to seal the sieveassembly, and (ii) in an open (e.g., released) position, freeing thefaceplate from the sieve assembly. In some embodiments, the freeingcomprises maintaining at least one coupling between the faceplate andthe sieve assembly. In some embodiments, the freeing comprises removalof the faceplate from the sieve assembly. Control may be manual and/orautomatic. Control may be by at least one controller. Control maycomprise manipulation of at least one coupling member by a controlmember (e.g., comprising an actuator, a motor, a drive, or a pump). FIG.22B depicts an example of a sieve assembly 2211 having a reversiblyattachable (e.g., coupled) faceplate 2212, the faceplate having one ormore seals 2215. In the example of FIG. 22B a coupling member 2214 isattached to the sieve assembly, and to a control member 2218. Thecontrol member may be operable to cause the coupling member to move to(e.g., controllably) adjust a position of the faceplate. To move maycomprise to turn (e.g., FIG. 22B, semi-circular arrows), extend,retract, flex, or translate (e.g., FIG. 22B, vertical double-headedarrows). FIG. 22C depicts an example of a sieve assembly 2231 with afaceplate 2222 comprising seals 2225. In the example of FIG. 22C thefaceplate is sized to be (e.g., substantially) the same size as the faceof the sieve assembly.

At times, a swap operation comprises removal of (e.g., at least a first)sieve cartridge and replacement with (e.g., at least a second) sievecartridge. The sieve cartridge may be one of at least two sievecartridges of a sieve assembly. The at least two cartridges may comprisean arrangement that is in series. In some embodiments, at least onesieve cartridge continues to operate during a swap of a (e.g., at leastone) parallel sieve cartridge. For example, a parallel sieve cartridgemay be disposed within a parallel chamber of the sieve assembly. Atleast two parallel chambers of the sieve assembly may be configured tobe isolated (e.g., atmospherically) from one another and from aremainder of the material conveyor system. In some embodiments, at leasttwo (e.g., parallel and/or serial) sieve cartridges are replaced duringa swap operation.

At times, a swap operation is performed in a (e.g., relatively) shorttime period. For example, a short time period may be at most about 20minutes, 15 minutes, 10 minutes, or 5 minutes from the initiation of theswap to termination of the swap. Termination of the swap may be when thesieve assembly initiates sieving. The initiation of the swap may be whenan exchange is determined (e.g., when a fault in the sieving isdetected, and/or when the swap is scheduled). A short time period for asieve cartridge swap operation may be any value of the aforementionedvalues (e.g., from about 20 minutes to about 5 minutes, from about 20minutes to about 10 minutes, or from about 10 minutes to about 5minutes). In some embodiments, the sieve screen is removable from thesieve cartridge frame. For example, the sieve screen and/or cartridgemay be a consumable of the 3D printing system. The sieve screen may becoupled with the sieve cartridge frame via a glue, a (e.g., at leastone) fastener, and/or by press fit (e.g., snap fit). In someembodiments, a swap operation comprises removal of a (e.g., first) sievescreen coupled with a sieve cartridge, and replacement with a (e.g.,second) sieve screen.

At times, the sieve cartridge comprises one or more elements to reduce(e.g., prevent) sag of a sieve screen (e.g., during sieving). In someembodiments, the one or more elements comprise support structurescoupled to the sieve screen and/or to the cartridge frame. The supportstructure(s) may support the sieve screen (e.g., during sieving). Thesupport structures may be located at one or more portions of the sievescreen that correspond to one or more material inlets. For example, thesupport structures may be disposed (e.g., directly) below inlet ports ofan upper portion of the sieve assembly when the sieve cartridge isinserted in the sieve assembly. The support structures may comprise abar or a frame. The support structures may comprise a durable material(e.g., durable for filtering metallic particles). The support structuresmay be affixed to a surrounding frame and/or to the sieve mesh.

FIG. 17A depicts an example of horizontal view of a sieve cartridge 1700comprising a mesh 1701 disposed within a surrounding frame 1708. In theexample of FIG. 17A the sieve cartridge comprises: a portion 1705 thatis configured for (e.g., debris, or detritus) material removal (e.g.,toward a removal container); a portion 1706 that is configured forcoupling with an agitator (e.g., agitator shaft); a region 1702 of thesieve mesh that is devoid of support structures; and a plurality ofsupport structures disposed across the sieve mesh (e.g., 1710, 1712,1714, 1716, and 1718). The support structure(s) may span a (e.g., anentire) long axis of a sieve mesh (e.g., 1710). The support structure(s)may span a (e.g., an entire) short axis of a sieve mesh (e.g., 1712).The support structure(s) may span a portion of a sieve mesh and/or forma junction with one or more other support structures (e.g., 1714). Thesupport structure may comprise a (e.g., substantially) straightstructure. The support structure may comprise a curve (e.g., 1716). Thesupport structure may be disposed at an angle to another supportstructure (e.g., 1718) and/or frame face. In some embodiments, aplurality of support structures is disposed across the sieve mesh. Theplurality of support structures may be (substantially) evenlydistributed. The plurality of support structures may be unevenly (e.g.,sparsely) distributed. In some embodiments, a larger number of supportstructures are disposed in a region of the sieve cartridge that isdistal from the removal region (e.g., distal from 1705). At least onesupport structure may be disposed below an entry opening of the material(e.g., to reduce impact of the sieve by the incoming material). FIGS.17B-17D depict examples of various support structure arrangements ofsieve cartridges. The support structure may resemble a rib cage. Thesupport structure may form an (e.g., organized) array and/or pattern. Atleast two of the support structures may be evenly distributed. At leasttwo of the support structures may be parallel to each other. At leasttwo of the support structures may form an angle (e.g., right angle).

In some embodiments, filtering comprises monitoring the flow of thesieved or incoming material. The filtering performance monitoring maycomprise a feedback in a filtering control system (e.g., to acontroller). For example, a filtering controller may comprise control of(a) the agitator that is operable to move the sieve cartridge, (b) avariable angle of a sieve cartridge, (c) an insertion/removal (e.g.,swap) operation of a sieve cartridge, (d) a (e.g., debris) removaloperation from the removal container, or (e) an atmospheric purge (e.g.,to provide an inert atmosphere) of the sieve assembly.

FIG. 18 depicts an example of a sieve assembly control system 1800. Thecontrol system may comprise (e.g., at least one) controller. Thecontroller may comprise electrical circuitry and/or a connection toelectrical power. The controller may be programmed to implement methodsof the disclosure. In the example of FIG. 18 a controller 1810 receivesinstructions 1805 regarding operation of the sieve assembly system. Forexample, the instructions may comprise activation and/or deactivation ofthe agitator and/or of one or more valves in the sieve assembly system.In the example of FIG. 18, the controller is operatively coupled with anagitator 1830, a sieve cartridge changeover (e.g., swap) unit 1820, asieve assembly 1840, a (e.g., debris) removal container 1860 (e.g., atrash can), and a (e.g., sieved) material container 1870. The cartridgeexchange may be manual and/or automatic. For example, the sievecartridge swap unit may comprise a robotic arm. Considering the receivedinstructions, the controller may cause (I) the agitator to move at aselected amplitude and/or frequency (e.g., of oscillation), and/or (II)one or more valves to open and/or close. The one or more valves may beoperable to introduce and/or prevent a flow of (e.g., inert) gas and/ora (e.g., unfiltered) material. For example, the controller may commandthe agitator to output power of a selected magnitude and/or frequency tomove at the selected amplitude and/or frequency. The agitator may beoperatively coupled with at least a portion of the sieve assembly (e.g.,the sieve cartridge). For example, the controller may command a materialinlet valve (e.g., to the sieve assembly), a material removal valve, anda material outlet valve (e.g., to a storage container) to open and/orclose. In the example of FIG. 18, instructions 1815 control operation ofa (e.g., at least one) valve disposed within a channel between from thesieve assembly to the trash can. In the example of FIG. 18, instructions1825 control operation of a (e.g., at least one) valve disposed within achannel from the sieve assembly to a (e.g., sieved) material container.The sieve assembly control may comprise feedback from one or moresensors disposed within or adjacent to one or more components of thesieve assembly system. For example, a sensor may be a material levelsensor, a material (e.g., flow) rate sensor, and/or a power (e.g.,output) sensor. In the example of FIG. 18 feedback data 1812 compriseinformation regarding (a) a material level at a top surface of a sievecartridge, (b) a material flow (e.g., flux) through the sieve cartridge,and/or (c) a sieve cartridge movement amplitude and/or frequency. In theexample of FIG. 18 feedback data 1814 comprise information regarding anagitator output power parameter (e.g., wattage, voltage, and/or current)for moving the sieve cartridge at the selected amplitude and/orfrequency. For example, the agitator output power to maintain a givensieve cartridge movement may vary according to a varying (e.g., inertialmass) condition of the sieve cartridge. A varying inertial mass of thesieve cartridge may be due to a material buildup on (e.g., a top surfaceof) the sieve cartridge, and/or within (e.g., pores of) the sievecartridge. In the example of FIG. 18, feedback data 1816 compriseinformation regarding a material level within and/or a material fluxinto the (e.g., sieved) material container; and feedback data 1818comprise information regarding a material level within and/or a materialflux into the removal container.

At times, the controller is configured to detect an operating state ofthe sieve assembly. For example, the operating state may be determinedconsidering feedback from the one or more sensors. The operating statemay be: (A) a nominal condition; or (B) a failure condition. The failurecondition may comprise (i) an obstructed sieve screen, (ii) a puncturedsieve screen, and/or (iii) a de-coupling of the sieve screen and theagitator (e.g., shaft). The material level and/or material flux (e.g.,flow rate) at or into respective portions of the sieve assembly maycomprise (e.g., characteristic) threshold values. The threshold valuesmay be indicative of operation in a nominal condition. A high or lowvalue may be determined considering a comparison to a given thresholdvalue (e.g., at a respective sieve assembly portion). For example, anobstructed sieve screen condition may be detected based on feedbackindicative of (a) a high material level in the top portion of the sieveassembly, (b) a low material flow rate into the bottom portion of thesieve assembly, (c) a high material flow rate into the removalcontainer, and/or (d) an increased power output required by the agitatorto maintain a given amplitude of movement. For example, a puncturedsieve screen condition may be detected based on feedback indicative of(e) a high material flow rate into the bottom portion of the sieveassembly, (f) a high material flow rate into the (e.g., sieved) materialcontainer), and/or (g) a decreased power output required by the agitatorto maintain a given amplitude of movement. For example, a de-coupling(e.g., de-coupled) sieve screen from an agitator condition may bedetected based on feedback indicative (h) a decreased power outputrequired by the agitator to maintain a given amplitude of movement. Insome embodiments, an operating state is determined considering feedbackfrom a combination of sensors. For example, feedback from at least twosensors of a plurality of sensors may be considered in the determinationof the operating state. For example, feedback from at least two portionsof the sieve assembly is considered in the determination of theoperating state.

In some embodiments, the controller is a part of a (e.g., high-speed)computing environment. The computing environment may be any computingenvironment described herein. The computing environment may be anycomputer and/or processor described herein. The controller may control(e.g., alter, adjust) the parameters of the components of the 3D printer(e.g., before, after, and/or during at least a portion of the 3Dprinting). The control (e.g., open loop control) may comprise acalculation. The control may comprise a feedback loop control scheme. Insome examples, the control scheme may comprise at least two of (i) openloop (e.g., empirical calculations), and (ii) closed loop (e.g., feedforward and/or feedback loop) control scheme. In some examples, thefeedback loop(s) control scheme comprises one or more comparisons withan input parameter and/or threshold. The threshold may be a value, or arelationship (e.g., curve, e.g., function). The threshold may comprise acalculated (e.g., predicted) threshold (e.g., setpoint) value. Thethreshold may comprise adjustment according to the closed loop and/orfeedback control. The controller may use a material level and/or amaterial flow rate measurement of at least one portion of the sieveassembly. The controller may direct adjustment of one or more systemsand/or apparatuses in the 3D printing system. For example, thecontroller may direct adjustment of an angle at which a sieve cartridgeis tilted within a sieve assembly, a flow rate of the material into thesieve assembly, and/or an agitator parameter. The agitation parametermay comprise frequency or amplitude of the agitation. For example, thecontroller may direct adjustment of (e.g., an amplitude and/or afrequency of) a sieve cartridge movement.

At times, the controller is configured to adjust one or more componentsand/or parameters of the sieve assembly in response to a detectedcondition. The adjustment may be performed in real time (e.g., before,during, and/or following at least a portion of the 3D printing). In someembodiments, in response to a detected sieve screen obstruction, thecontroller may be configured to (I) adjust an angle (e.g., tilt) atwhich the sieve cartridge is disposed within the sieve assembly, (II)adjust an agitator parameter (e.g., power output) to alter a sievecartridge movement amplitude, and/or (III) initiate a sieve cartridgeswap operation. In some embodiments, in response to a detected sievepuncture the controller may be configured to initiate a sieve cartridgeswap operation. A sieve cartridge swap operation may be manual and/orautomatic. For example, a sieve cartridge swap operation may befacilitated by a robot (e.g., robotic arm). In some embodiments, inresponse to a detected de-coupling of the sieve cartridge and theagitator the controller may be configured to initiate a maintenanceoperation. The maintenance operation may comprise coupling (e.g.,re-coupling) the agitator (e.g., shaft) and the sieve cartridge. Themaintenance operation may be manual and/or automatic.

At times, a build module of a 3D printing system is configured foroperational coupling (e.g., engagement) with an unpacking station. Theunpacking station may be any unpacking station that is disclosed inPatent Application Serial Number PCT/US17/39422, titled“THREE-DIMENSIONAL PRINTING AND THREE-DIMENSIONAL PRINTERS,” filed onJun. 27, 2017, which is incorporated herein by reference in itsentirety. The unpacking station may be configured to engage with atleast one build module (e.g., FIG. 19, 1930). The unpacking station maybe configured to manipulate (e.g., insert and/or remove) at least onebuild module to an unpacking chamber. The build module may comprise aplatform upon which a 3D object (e.g., FIG. 19, 1906) formed by the 3Dprinting rests and/or is attached. The build module may comprise (e.g.,un-transformed) pre-transformed material disposed surrounding the formed3D object (e.g., a material collection, FIG. 19, 1908). The unpackingstation may be configured to remove (e.g., separate) a formed 3D objectfrom a build plate (e.g., of the build module). The unpacking stationmay be configured to remove (e.g., recycle) at least some of thepre-transformed material from the build module. The unpacking maycomprise a manipulator arm that is configured to grasp and to move a 3Dobject formed by the 3D printing and/or a build module. The unpackingmay be a glove box that is configured to allow an operator in an ambientenvironment to grasp and to move a 3D object located in an environmentdifferent from ambient (e.g., an inert environment). The unpackingstation may comprise a gas conveyor system. The unpacking station maycomprise an unpacking material conveyor system. The gas and/or materialconveyor systems may comprise at least one compressor, at least oneblower, or at least one valve. In some embodiments, the unpackingmaterial conveyor system forms a part of a material conveyor system of acoupled 3D printing system. In some embodiments, the unpacking materialconveyor system is separate (e.g., distinct) from a material conveyorsystem of a coupled 3D printing system. The unpacking material conveyorsystem may comprise any of the components and/or any of the componentarrangements of the 3D printing system material conveyor system(s)described herein.

FIG. 19 depicts an example of a (e.g., pre-transformed) materialconveyor system coupled to an unpacking chamber (e.g., 1970) of anunpacking station 1900. The material conveyor system may comprise atleast one pressure container. The example of FIG. 19 depicts twopressure containers (e.g., 1905 and 1910). At least one pressurecontainer may contain pre-transformed material (e.g., during operationof the material conveyor). At least one pressure container may contain alow amount of pre-transformed material (e.g., no pre-transformedmaterial) during operation of the material conveyor. The pre-transformedmaterial may be inserted into the two pressure containers from anexternal material source (e.g., a bulk feed 1920) and/or from at leastone (e.g., sieve assembly) separator (e.g., 1955). A bulk feed reservoirmay provide material to the pressure container(s) via a coupling with aseparator (e.g., cyclonic) and/or the unpacking chamber (e.g., via thevacuum wand). The pre-transformed material may be inserted into at leasttwo pressure containers (e.g., substantially) simultaneously. Thepre-transformed material may be inserted into at least two pressurecontainers alternatingly. The pre-transformed material may be insertedinto at least two pressure containers in a (e.g., predetermined)sequence. The insertion of the pre-transformed material into thepressure container may be controlled. Control may comprise using one ormore valves (e.g., 1922, and/or 1924). The valves may be any valvedescribed herein. In some examples, the unpacking station materialconveyor system may comprise a plurality of gas conveying channels. Atleast two of the plurality of gas conveying channels may have at leastone channel characteristic that is (e.g., substantially) the same. Atleast two of the plurality of gas conveying channels may have at leastone channel characteristic that is different. The gas conveying channelmay convey gas to one or more components of the unpacking stationmaterial conveyor system. The gas may comprise a pressure. The gasconveying channel may equilibrate pressure and/or content within one ormore components of the unpacking station material conveyor system. Forexample, a gas conveying channel may equilibrate a first atmospherewithin an unpacking chamber with a second atmosphere (e.g., of the bulkreservoir and/or of the pressure container(s)). The first atmosphereand/or second atmosphere may be a (e.g., substantially) inertatmosphere. The gas conveying channel may be operatively coupled (e.g.,fluidly connected) to at least one of the material conveying channel(s),the pressure container(s), the unpacking chamber, the cyclone separator,the sieve assembly, the trash container, and/or the bulk reservoir.

In the example of FIG. 19 a suction mechanism 1968 (e.g., vacuum wand)is configured to remove material from a material collection 1908 withinthe unpacking chamber. The suction mechanism may be operatively (e.g.,fluidly) coupled with at least one accelerated gas mechanism (e.g., ablower, a fan, or a pump). A fluid coupling may comprise a coupling thatfacilitates a flow therethrough of (i) a fluid, (ii) a gas, (iii) aplasma, or (iv) any combination thereof. A fluid may comprise a mixtureof a solid (e.g., phase) material and a liquid or a gas. The acceleratedgas mechanism may be operable to establish a pressure gradient within achannel (e.g., a gas conveyor channel and/or a material conveyorchannel). A pressure gradient may facilitate movement of a gas and/or amaterial in the channel. The material may be removed from around (e.g.,surrounding) a formed object coupled with the build module. The materialmay be removed from a surface of the unpacking chamber (e.g., a bottomsurface, where bottom is with respect to a gravitational field vector).The removed material may be conveyed to a separator by a channel (e.g.,1958). The material collection may comprise pre-transformed material(e.g., that surrounds a formed 3D object), debris, and/or soot. Thematerial collection 1908 may be coupled with and/or deposited by a buildmodule engaged with the unpacking station. In some embodiments, one ormore mechanisms may be used to facilitate material removal from (e.g., asurrounding of) the formed 3D object within the unpacking chamber. Theunpacking station may be operatively coupled to an accelerated gasmechanism (e.g., a blower, a fan, or a pump). The accelerated gasmechanism may intake a gas from one of its sides (e.g., suck the gas),and eject the gas from another of its sides (e.g., blow the gas out).The other side may oppose the first side. In the example of FIG. 19 anaccelerated gas mechanism 1935 (e.g., a blow-off wand) is disposed todirect a positively pressurized gas toward a 3D object to separate(e.g., loosen) material surrounding the 3D object. In some embodiments,the removed material is provided to a (e.g., first) separator 1950(e.g., a cyclone separator). In some embodiments, a (e.g., cyclonic)separator is fluidly coupled with the blow-off wand. For example, ablower may be disposed in a channel between the cyclone separator andthe blow-off wand. The channel may comprise one or more valves. Thechannel may comprise one or more filters. In the example of FIG. 19 afilter 1912 is disposed between the separator and a blower 1915. The oneor more filters may filter any materials (e.g., soot) remaining in thegas following separation by the first (e.g., cyclonic) separator. Insome embodiments, the material conveyor comprises at least two cycloneseparators. The at least two cyclones may be coupled in parallel and/orin series. In the example of FIG. 19 a (e.g., second) separator 1955(e.g., a sieve assembly) is coupled with the separator 1950. In someembodiments, the material conveyor system comprises at least two sieveassemblies. The at least two sieve assemblies may be coupled in paralleland/or in series. A sieve assembly may be coupled with a materialremoval (e.g., trash) container. The sieve assembly may be configured toremove debris from the (e.g., pre-transformed) material (e.g., to thetrash container). The sieve assembly may provide (e.g., filtered) sievedmaterial to the pressure container(s).

In some embodiments, a pressure container contains one or more sensorsconfigured to detect a material level within and/or a material flux intothe pressure container. The one or more sensors can be any sensor asdescribed herein. In response to a (e.g., detected) filled condition ofa pressure container, the unpacking station may be configured to removeat least a portion of the material from the pressure container. Thepressure container may be (e.g., fluidly) coupled with a removal channel(e.g., FIG. 19, 1928). The removal channel may reversibly engage with atleast a second (e.g., pressure) container (e.g., FIG. 19, 1925). Thesecond container may be internal and/or external to the unpackingstation. The second container may comprise (i) a second pressurecontainer, and/or (ii) a material reservoir (e.g., of a 3D printingsystem). The second pressure container may be disposed (a) within theunpacking station, (b) within a 3D printing system, and/or (c) on aportable vessel. The removal channel may facilitate removal of thematerial from the filled pressure container to the second pressurecontainer and/or the material reservoir. In some embodiments, theremoval channel is coupled with the portable vessel. The portable vesselremoval channel (e.g., umbilical channel) may be used to facilitate afirst transfer of material from a first (e.g., filled) pressurecontainer, and a second transfer of material to a second pressurecontainer.

In some embodiments, an amount of material recycled by a recyclingsystem (e.g., and by any of its components) is greater than an amount ofmaterial that remains in the material bed. The material that remains inthe material bed may be that which remains following removal of excessmaterial after dispensing the material. The material recycled may beexcess material. The excess material may be removed (e.g., following adispensing operation) to the recycling system by a leveling mechanism(e.g., a blade and/or a vacuum). For example, the amount of materialrecycled for a given deposited material layer may be greater than theamount of material that forms the given layer (e.g., that remains in thematerial bed). For example, the amount of material recycled (e.g., bythe recycling system or any of its components) during formation of a 3Dobject may be greater than the amount of material deposited within amaterial bed during the formation of the 3D object. In some embodiments,the amount of material recycled by the recycling system (e.g., and byany of its components) may be a majority of the material dispensed(e.g., by a material dispenser). For example, the amount of materialrecycled may be at least about 51%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 98%of the material dispensed by the material dispenser. The amount ofmaterial recycled may be any value within a range of the aforementionedvalues (e.g., from 51% to 98%, from 51% to 70%, or from 70% to 98%). Theaforementioned (e.g., percentage) amount of recycled material may referto a volume of material. The afore-mentioned (e.g., percentage) amountof recycled material may refer to a relative height of material (e.g.,on the material bed). The recycling system may be configured to recycleat least 50 kilograms (kg), 100 kg, 200 kg, 500 kg, 1000 kg, 5000 kg, or10000 kg of material during the printing and/or before the cartridgerequires a change (e.g., without exchanging the filter). The recyclingsystem (e.g., and by any of its components) may be configured to supportthese recycling characteristics.

At times, the height of material is with respect to a height over aprior-formed material layer (e.g., having an exposed surface such as inFIG. 20A, 2004). For example, material (e.g., FIG. 20B, 2008) may bedeposited (e.g., by the dispenser) to have an average height of at leastabout 750 μm, 850 μm, 950 μm or 1000 μm above a prior-formed materiallayer. FIG. 20B depicts an example of a plane 2007 that is situated atthe average height 2012 of the material that is deposited above theprior-formed material layer plane 2004. The material may be deposited tohave an average height of any value within a range of the aforementionedvalues (e.g. from about 750 μm to about 1000 μm, from about 750 μm toabout 850 μm, or from 850 μm to about 1000 μm). The material recyclingmay be such as to have a remaining material height (e.g., FIG. 20D,2013) above the prior-formed layer of at least about 30 μm, 40 μm, 50μm, 60 μm, 70 μm, or 80 μm. The remaining height above the prior-formedlayer may be any value within a range of the aforementioned values(e.g., from about 30 μm to about 80 μm, from about 30 μm to about 50 μm,or from about 50 μm to about 80 μm). In some embodiments, the volume of(e.g., excess) material recycled is at least about a factor of about 5,8, 10, 15, 20, or 25 times greater than a volume of material thatremains in the material bed (e.g., that forms material layers in thematerial bed). The volume of recycled material may be any value within arange of the aforementioned values (e.g., from 5 to 25, from 5 to 15, orfrom 15 to 25). The recycling system may recycle the materialcontinuously. The recycling system may recycle the material periodically(e.g., at predetermined times).

FIGS. 20A-D show examples of various stages of a layering methoddescribed herein. FIG. 20A shows a powder bed 2001 in which a (bent) 3Dobject 2003 is suspended in the powder bed and is protruding from theexposed (top) surface of the powder bed by a distance 2005. The exposedsurface of the powder bed can be leveled (e.g., as shown in FIG. 20A,having a leveled plane 2004), or not leveled. FIG. 20B shows asucceeding operation where a layer is deposited in the powder bed (e.g.,above the plane 2004). The newly deposited layer may not have aplanarized (e.g., leveled) top surface (e.g., 2008). The non-planar top(e.g., exposed) surface 2008 includes a lowest vertical point 2009. Theplane 2006 is a plane that is situated at or below the lowest verticalpoint of the non-planar surface, and at or above the protruding height2005. The plane 2006 is located higher than the top surface 2004 by aheight 2010. FIG. 20C shows a succeeding operation where the layer isleveled to the vertical position of the plane 2006 by a levelingmechanism (e.g., FIG. 1, 117). That planarization can comprise shearingof the powder material. That planarization may not displace the excessof powder material to a different position in the powder bed. FIG. 20Dshows a succeeding operation where the planar layer is leveled to alower vertical plane level that is above 2004 and below 2006, and isdesignated as 2011. This second planarization operation may be conductedby the powder removal mechanism (e.g., FIG. 1, 118), which may or maynot contact the exposed layer of the powder bed. This secondplanarization operation may or may not expose the protruding object.This second planarization operation may be a higher fidelityplanarization operation. The average vertical distance from the firsttop surface to the second planar surface can be at least about 5 μm, 10μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 250 μm, 300 μm, 350 μm, 400 μm, 450μm, or 500 μm. The average vertical distance from the first top surfaceto the second planar surface can be at most about 700 μm, 500 μm, 450μm, 400 μm, 350 μm, 300 μm, 250 μm, 200 μm, 150 μm, 100 μm, 50 μm, 10μm, or 5 μm. The average vertical distance from the first top surface tothe second planar surface can be any of the afore-mentioned averagevertical distance values. The average vertical distance from the firsttop surface to the second planar surface can be from about 5 μm to about500 μm, from about 10 μm to about 100 μm, from about 20 μm to about 300μm, or from about 25 μm to about 250 μm.

The average vertical distance from the first top surface to the secondtop surface can be at least about 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm,200 μm, 250 μm, 300 μm, 350 μm, 400 μm, 450 μm, 500 μm, 1000 μm, or 1500μm. The average vertical distance from the first top surface to thesecond top surface can be at most about 2000 μm, 1500 μm, 1000 μm, 700μm, 500 μm, 450 μm, 400 μm, 350 μm, 300 μm, 250 μm, 200 μm, 150 μm, 100μm, 50 μm, 10 μm, or 5 μm. The average vertical distance from the firsttop surface to the second top surface can be any of the afore-mentionedaverage vertical distance values. For example, the average verticaldistance from the first top surface to the second top surface can befrom about 5 μm to about 2000 μm, from about 50 μm to about 1500 μm,from about 100 μm to about 1000 μm, or from about 200 μm to about 500μm.

At times, the material conveyor system comprises a gas that carriesmaterial to a (e.g., cyclonic) separator. The separator may separate thegas from a material, e.g., a solid material and/or a particulatematerial. The material carried by the gas may be transported via achannel (e.g., in a dilute conveyance phase). The material may comprisepre-transformed material and/or debris (e.g., fused particles, spatterand/or soot). The cyclonic separator may be configured to separate(e.g., at least a portion of) the material from the gas. For example, acyclonic separator may be configured to separate (e.g., remove) materialhaving at least a characteristic (e.g., separation) size. In someembodiments, particles of material having at least a characteristic(e.g., separation) FLS are removed from the incoming gas flow within thecyclonic separator. For example, a characteristic separation FLS for aparticle of material to be separated from the gas flow within a cyclonicseparator may be at least about 10 micron (μm), 15 μm, 20 μm, 50 μm, 100μm, or 500 μm. The characteristic separation FLS for a cyclonicseparator may be any value within a range of the aforementioned values(e.g., from about 10 μm to about 500 μm, from about 10 μm to about 100μm, or from about 100 μm to about 500 μm). In some embodiments, aplurality of (e.g., cyclone) separators may separate the material fromthe gas. For example, the first separator may separate bulkier material(having a first maximal or average FLS), and the second separator mayseparate the final material (having a second maximal or average FLS thatis smaller than the first maximal or average FLS respectively).

At times, a gas flow exiting the cyclonic separator comprises remainingmaterial (e.g., that was not removed). For example, soot particles mayremain in the gas flow following the (e.g., first) separation of thematerial from the gas flow. The exiting gas may comprise a remainingmaterial including particles of a fundamental length scale (FLS) of atmost about 0.1 μm , 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 2 μm, 5 μm, 8 μm or 10 μm. Theremaining material particle FLS may be any value within a range of theaforementioned values (e.g., from about 0.1 μm to about 10 μm, fromabout 0.1 μm to about 5 μm, or from 5 μm to about 10 μm). The gasexiting the cyclonic separator may undergo a second cyclonic separation.The gas exiting the (e.g., first and/or second) cyclonic separator maybe passed through a filter (e.g., scrubbed) to remove any remaining(e.g., fine) material. The filter may be a ventilation filter. Theventilation filter may capture fine particles (e.g., soot and/or powder)from the 3D printing system. The filter may comprise a paper, glass(e.g., fiber), carbon (e.g., fiber), metal (e.g., fiber), High DensityPolyethylene, or polyethersulfone (PES) filter. The filter may be amembrane filter. The filter may comprise a high-efficiency particulatearrestance (HEPA) filter (a.k.a., high-efficiency particulate arrestingor high-efficiency particulate air filter). The gas exiting the cyclonicseparator may be provided (i) to another portion of the 3D printingsystem (e.g., to the processing chamber, to a pressure container),and/or (ii) to an unpacking station (e.g., unpacking chamber).

In some embodiments, an operation of the separator comprises a vortexseparation (e.g., using a cyclone). For example, the operation of thecyclonic separator can comprise a centrifugal separation (e.g., using acyclone). In some embodiments, an internal compartment of a separatorcomprises a cyclone. The operation of the cyclonic separator cancomprise gravitational separation. The operation of the cyclonicseparator can comprise rotation of the (e.g., pre-transformed) materialand/or debris (e.g., in the internal compartment of the separator). Theseparator may be configured to separate gas borne particulates based ontheir (e.g., average) FLS. In some embodiments, particles of thematerial having the separation FLS are attracted to and/or thrusted to awall of the cyclonic separator. The particles attracted to, and/orthrusted to the wall may be removed from the flow of gas that carriedthe material into the cyclonic separator (e.g., via a removalmechanism). The particles removed from the flow of gas may rest at aposition configured to collect the particulate material upon separation,e.g., (i) a depression (e.g., crevice) at a wall of the separator or(ii) the bottom of the internal compartment of the cyclonic separator.Bottom may be towards the gravitational center, and/or towards a targetsurface. In some embodiments, the removed particles of material may beprovided to (e.g., an inlet of) a further separation assembly (e.g., asieve assembly).

In some embodiments, the flow of gas for carrying the material into thecyclonic separator is generated by a force source (e.g., a vacuumsource, a pump, and/or a blower such as a fan). The material carried bythe flow of gas may be transported into the internal compartment of thecyclonic separator from: (i) a material bed (e.g., of the processingchamber), (ii) a pressure container, (iii) an unpacking chamber, and/or(iv) a source of new (e.g., pre-transformed) material. The force sourcemay be (e.g., fluidly) coupled with the internal compartment of thecyclonic separator and/or sieve. The gas(es) forced with the carriedmaterial into the internal compartment of the cyclonic separator mayrotate within at a rotational speed to form a cyclone. The internalcompartment may comprise a cone having its long axis perpendicular tothe target surface and/or its narrow end pointing towards the targetsurface. The internal compartment may comprise a cone having its longaxis perpendicular to a gravitational field vector and/or its narrow endpointing towards a gravitational field vector. Alternatively, theinternal compartment may comprise a cone having its long axis parallelto the target surface and/or the gravitational field vector, and/or itsnarrow end pointing towards a side wall of the enclosure. The gas mayflow in the internal compartment in a helical pattern along the longaxis of the cyclone. During an operation of the cyclonic separator, thematerial moved into the cyclone may concentrate at the walls of thecyclone and gravitate to and accumulate at the depression in the wall ofthe separator (configured to collect the separating) and/or at theseparator's bottom. The accumulated (e.g., pre-transformed and/ordebris) material may be removed from the collection area. Theaccumulated material may be provided to a subsequent separator. In someembodiments, the material collecting at the walls travels to a secondseparator (e.g., a subsequent cyclone or a sieve assembly). In someembodiments, a subsequent separator comprises a sieve assembly. In someexamples, the material that enters the internal compartment of thecyclonic separator is of a first velocity, and is attracted towards theforce source. On its way to the force source, the material may lose itsvelocity in the internal compartment and precipitate toward the bottomof the cyclone and/or towards the collection area. In some examples, thegas that enters the internal compartment of the cyclonic separator is ofa first velocity, and is attracted towards the force source (e.g.,pump). On its way to the connector, the gaseous material may lose itsvelocity in the internal compartment, for example, due to an expansionof the cross section of the internal compartments. In some embodimentsan obstruction may be placed to exacerbate a volume difference betweenportions of the cyclone that are closer to the exit opening relative tothose further from the exit opening.

At times, the separation and subsequent filtration of the material fromthe gas flow is performed at predetermined times. For example, after oneor more operations of planarizing a layer of pre-transformed material inthe material bed, the cyclone may separate (e.g., pre-transformed and/ordebris) material from a gas flow. For example, the exiting gas from thecyclonic separator may be filtered (e.g., scrubbed) of any remaining(e.g., soot) particles. Filtration of the exiting gas from the cyclonicseparator may occur prior to introduction of the gas into a remainingportion of the 3D printing system (e.g., a processing chamber, anunpacking chamber). In some embodiments, the separation and subsequentfiltration of the material from the gas flow is performed (e.g.,substantially) continuously (e.g., in real time during at least part ofthe 3D printing, for example during transformation and/or duringoperation of the material conveyance system).

At times, the material conveyor system comprises at least two (e.g.,cyclonic) separators. In some embodiments, at least two cyclonicseparators may be arranged in parallel. For example, a channelcomprising a gas carrying material may be an input for at least twocyclonic separators. In some embodiments, at least two cyclonicseparators may be arranged in series. For example, a gas exiting from afirst cyclonic separator may comprise an inlet gas for a subsequentcyclonic separator. In some embodiments, the gas is an inert gas. Insome embodiments, a filter is disposed between an outlet of the cyclonicseparator and an inlet to a (e.g., subsequent) compartment. Thesubsequent compartment may comprise (i) an internal compartment of a(e.g., subsequent) cyclonic separator, (ii) a processing chamber, (iii)a pressure container, and/or (iv) an unpacking chamber. In someembodiments, a plurality of filters is disposed between the outlet ofthe cyclonic separator and the inlet of the subsequent compartment. Insome embodiments, at least two filters of the plurality of filters areconfigured to remove particles comprising about the same FLS. In someembodiments, at least two filters of the plurality of filters areconfigured to remove particles comprising a different FLS (e.g., sootfrom pre-transformed material). In some embodiments, one or more forcesources are disposed between the filter(s) and the subsequentcompartment(s). In some embodiments, one or more force sources aredisposed between a compartment comprising the carried material and acyclonic separator. The force sources may be any force source disclosedherein (e.g., a pump, or a blower).

At times, a 3D printing cycle corresponds with (i) depositing a (planar)layer of pre-transformed material (e.g., as part of a material bed)above a platform, and (ii) transforming at least a portion of thepre-transformed material to form one or more 3D objects above theplatform (e.g., in the material bed). The depositing in (i) and thetransforming in (ii) may comprise a print increment. At times, theplatform supports a plurality of material beds. One or more 3D objectsmay be formed in a single material bed during a printing cycle (e.g.,print job). The transformation may connect transformed material of agiven layer (e.g., printing cycle) to a previously formed 3D objectportion (e.g., of a previous printing cycle). The transforming operationmay comprise utilizing an energy beam to transform the pre-transformed(or the transformed) material. In some instances, the energy beam isutilized to transform at least a portion of the material bed (e.g.,utilizing any of the methods described herein). During a printing cycle,the one or more objects may be printed in the same material bed, abovethe same platform, with the same printing system, at the same time span,using the same printing instructions, or any combination thereof. Aprint cycle may comprise printing the one or more objects layer-wise(e.g., layer-by-layer). A layer may comprise a layer height. A layerheight may correspond to a height of (e.g., distance between) an exposedsurface of a (e.g., newly) formed layer with respect to a (e.g., top)surface of a prior-formed layer. In some embodiments, the layer heightis (e.g., substantially) the same for each layer of a print cycle withina material bed. In some embodiments, at least two layers of a printcycle within a material bed have different layer heights. A printingcycle may comprise a collection (e.g., sum) of print increments (e.g.,deposition of a layer and transformation of a portion thereof to form atleast part of the 3D object). A build cycle may comprise one or morebuild laps (e.g., the process of forming a printed incremental layer,

At times, (e.g., pre-transformed) material is added to the 3D printingsystem during the 3D printing operation. In some embodiments, thematerial may be added (e.g., from a bulk reservoir) to the 3D printingsystem without interruption of at least a portion of the 3D printing.Without interruption may refer to introduction of one or more materialsto an environment of the 3D printing system. For example, with minimalintroduction of (e.g., ambient air) a reactive agent to an (e.g., any)enclosed portion of the 3D printing system. The reactive agent may be agas or may be gas borne. The reactive agent may comprise water, hydrogensulfide, or oxygen. The reactive agent may react with the transformedmaterial (e.g., during and/or after its transformation). Interruptionmay be regarding at least one process of the 3D printing system (e.g.,formation of at least a portion of a 3D object). In some embodiments,the 3D printing system is able to print a plurality of objects withoutinterruption due to a pre-transformed material addition operation. Forexample, the 3D printing system is able to print at least 1, 5, 10, 15,50, 100, 500, or 1000 printing cycles without interruption by apre-transformed material addition operation. The 3D printing system mayuninterruptedly print any number of printing cycles within a range ofthe aforementioned number of printing cycles (e.g., from about 1 toabout 1000 cycles, from about 1 to about 500 cycles, or from about 500to about 1000 cycles). For example, the 3D printing system is able toprint (e.g., transform) at least a threshold volume of material withoutinterruption from a pre-transformed material addition operation. In someembodiments, the 3D printing system is able to transform (e.g., print)at a throughput of at least about 6 cubic centimeters of material perhour (cc/hr), 12 cc/hr, 48 cc/hr, 60 cc/hr, 120 cc/hr, 480 cc/hr, or 600cc/hr. The 3D printing system may print at any rate within a range ofthe aforementioned values (e.g., from about 6 cc/hr to about 600 cc/hr,from about 6 cc/hr to about 120 cc/hr, or from about 120 cc/hr to about600 cc/hr). In some embodiments, the 3D printing system can operate(e.g., continuously) without interruption for a period of time of atleast about 6 hours (hr), 8 hr, 12 hr, 16 hr, 24 hr, 2 days, 7 days, 15days, or 1 month. The 3D printing system may operate withoutinterruption for any period of time within a range of the aforementionedvalues (e.g., from about 6 hr to about 1 month, from about 6 hr to about15 days, or from 15 days to about 1 month). In some embodiments, atleast two pre-transformed material addition operations may be performedwithout interruption of the 3D printing system.

In some embodiments, the bulk reservoir (e.g., reversibly) couples witha component of the 3D printing system. For example, the (e.g., target)component with which the bulk reservoir couples to add thepre-transformed material may be (i) a pressure container, (ii) a (e.g.,cyclonic) separator, (iii) a sieve assembly, or (iv) any combinationthereof. The bulk reservoir may engage with the (e.g., target) componentby a channel. The channel may facilitate coupling and/or fluidicconnection of the bulk reservoir. Fluidic connection may refer to a flowof a material (e.g., in any material phase). The channel may comprise agas flow. In some embodiments, pre-transformed material is moved fromthe bulk reservoir to the target component in a dense phase conveyance.In some embodiments, pre-transformed material is moved from the bulkreservoir to the target component in a dilute phase conveyance. In someembodiments, the bulk reservoir is configured to couple with at leasttwo target components. In some embodiments, the bulk reservoir isconfigured to couple with the at least two target components (e.g.,substantially) simultaneously. In some embodiments, the bulk reservoiris configured to couple with the at least two target components atalternating times. The insertion of the pre-transformed material intothe component may be controlled. Control may comprise using one or morevalves (e.g., FIG. 4, 422, and/or 424). The valves may be any valvedescribed herein.

In some embodiments, pre-transformed material is added (e.g., inserted)to the 3D printing system at a predetermined time. In some embodiments,pre-transformed material is added to the 3D printing system in responseto a determined state (e.g., a low pre-transformed material level). Forexample, a low pre-transformed material level (e.g., within a pressurecontainer) may be determined considering data from one or more sensorsdisposed adjacent to or within a container. For example, a volume ofmaterial (e.g., remaining) in the 3D printing system may be determinedconsidering a volume of pre-transformed material that has beentransformed (e.g., during formation of at least a portion of a 3Dobject).

In some embodiments, the operation of a material removal mechanism ofthe 3D printing system comprises separating the pre-transformed material(e.g., particulate material) from a gas (e.g., in which thepre-transformed material is carried in).The separation can be with orwithout the use of one or more filters. The operation of the materialremoval mechanism can comprise a vortex separation (e.g., using acyclone). For example, the operation of the material removal mechanismcan comprise a centrifugal separation (e.g., using a cyclone). FIG. 21shows an example of an internal compartment 2125 of the material removalmechanism. In some embodiments, the internal compartment of the materialremoval member comprises a cyclone. In some embodiments, the materialremoval mechanism comprises a cyclonic separator. In some embodiments,the material removal mechanism comprises cyclonic separation. Theoperation of the material removal mechanism can comprise gravitationalseparation. The operation of the material removal mechanism can compriserotation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris (e.g., in theinternal compartment of the material removal mechanism).

In some embodiments, the pre-transformed material (e.g., that isattracted to a force source) rests at the bottom of the internalcompartment of the material removal mechanism. Bottom may be towards thegravitational center, and/or towards a target surface (e.g., of amaterial bed). The force source can be a vacuum source that may beconnected to internal compartment (e.g., at a top position, e.g., 2124).The pre-transformed material (e.g., 2108) may be sucked into (e.g.,2101) the internal compartment from the target surface (e.g., 2120)through the nozzle (e.g., 2102) into the internal compartment (e.g.,2125). In some embodiments, the nozzle is separated from the exposedsurface of the material bed by a gap (e.g., vertical distance, FIG. 21,2112). The gap may comprise a gas. The gas may be an atmospheric gas.The gas(es) that is sucked with the pre-transformed material into theinternal compartment (e.g., 2115) may rotate within at a rotationalspeed to form a cyclone. The internal compartment may comprise a conehaving its long axis perpendicular to the target surface (and/or agravitational field vector), and/or its narrow end pointing towards thetarget surface (and/or a gravitational field vector) (e.g., 2135).Alternatively, the internal compartment may comprise a cone having itslong axis parallel to the target surface (and/or a gravitational fieldvector), and/or its narrow end pointing towards a side wall of theenclosure. The gas may flow in the internal compartment in a helicalpattern along the long axis of the cyclone. During the process, thepre-transformed material (and/or debris) sucked into the cyclone, mayconcentrate at the walls of the cyclone (e.g., 2114) and gravitate toand accumulate at its bottom (e.g., 2135). The accumulatedpre-transformed material (e.g., and/or debris) may be removed from thebottom of the cyclone. For example, after one or more operations ofplanarizing a layer of pre-transformed material in the material bed, thebottom of the cyclone may be opened and the accumulated pre-transformedmaterial (e.g., and/or debris) within may be evacuated. In someexamples, the pre-transformed material that enters the internalcompartment of the material removal member is of a first velocity, andis attracted towards the force source (e.g., 2110), that is connected tothe internal compartment through a connector 2124. On its way to theconnector, the pre-transformed material may lose its velocity in theinternal compartment and precipitate at the bottom of the cyclone. Insome examples, the gas(es) material that enters the internal compartmentof the material removal member from the nozzle is of a first velocity,and is attracted towards the force source (e.g., 2110), that isconnected to the internal compartment through a connector 2124. On itsway to the connector, the gas(es) material may lose its velocity in theinternal compartment, for example, due to an expansion of the crosssection of the internal compartments (e.g., diameter 2122 is smallerthan diameter 2121). An optional hurdle (e.g., 2116) may be placed toexacerbate the volume difference between portions of the cyclone thatare closer to the exit opening (e.g., 2124) relative to those furtherfrom the exit opening. In some examples, a secondary air flow flows intothe cyclone (e.g., 2123) from an optional gas opening port (e.g., 2117).The gas opening port may be disposed adjacent to the nozzle (e.g., atthe same side of the nozzle with respect to the direction of travel)(e.g., 2103). The gas opening port may be disposed at a directionrelative to the direction of travel, that is different from thedirection where the nozzle is disposed. The secondary air flow mayreduce abrasion of the internal surface of the internal compartmentwalls (e.g., 2114). The secondary air flow may push the pre-transformedmaterial from the walls of the internal compartment towards the narrowend of the cyclone (e.g., where it is collected).

In some embodiments, the methods, systems, and/or the apparatusdescribed herein may comprise at least one valve. The valve may be shutor opened according to an input from the at least one sensor, ormanually. The degree of valve opening or shutting may be regulated bythe control system, for example, according to at least one input from atleast one sensor. The systems and/or the apparatus described herein caninclude one or more valves, such as throttle valves.

In some embodiments, the methods, systems, and/or the apparatusdescribed herein comprise a motor. The motor may be controlled by thecontrol system and/or manually. The apparatuses and/or systems describedherein may include a system providing the material (e.g., powdermaterial) to the material bed. The system for providing the material maybe controlled by the control system, or manually. The motor may connectto a system providing the material (e.g., powder material) to thematerial bed. The system and/or apparatus of the present invention maycomprise a material reservoir. The material may travel from thereservoir to the system and/or apparatus of the present invention. Thematerial may travel from the reservoir to the system for providing thematerial to the material bed. The motor may alter (e.g., the positionof) the substrate and/or to the base. The motor may alter (e.g., theposition of) the elevator. The motor may alter an opening of theenclosure (e.g., its opening or closure). The motor may be a step motoror a servomotor. The methods, systems and/or the apparatus describedherein may comprise a piston. The piston may be a trunk, crosshead,slipper, or deflector piston.

In some examples, the systems and/or the apparatus described hereincomprise at least one nozzle. The nozzle may be regulated according toat least one input from at least one sensor. The nozzle may becontrolled automatically or manually. The controller may control thenozzle. The nozzle may include jet (e.g., gas jet) nozzle, high velocitynozzle, propelling nozzle, magnetic nozzle, spray nozzle, vacuum nozzle,or shaping nozzle (e.g., a die). The nozzle can be a convergent or adivergent nozzle. The spray nozzle may comprise an atomizer nozzle, anair-aspirating nozzle, or a swirl nozzle.

In some examples, the systems and/or the apparatus described hereincomprise at least one pump. The pump may be regulated according to atleast one input from at least one sensor. The pump may be controlledautomatically or manually. The controller may control the pump. The oneor more pumps may comprise a positive displacement pump. The positivedisplacement pump may comprise rotary-type positive displacement pump,reciprocating-type positive displacement pump, or linear-type positivedisplacement pump. The positive displacement pump may comprise rotarylobe pump, progressive cavity pump, rotary gear pump, piston pump,diaphragm pump, screw pump, gear pump, hydraulic pump, rotary vane pump,regenerative (peripheral) pump, peristaltic pump, rope pump or flexibleimpeller. Rotary positive displacement pump may comprise gear pump,screw pump, or rotary vane pump. The reciprocating pump comprisesplunger pump, diaphragm pump, piston pumps displacement pumps, or radialpiston pump. The pump may comprise a valve-less pump, steam pump,gravity pump, eductor-jet pump, mixed-flow pump, bellow pump, axial-flowpumps, radial-flow pump, velocity pump, hydraulic ram pump, impulsepump, rope pump, compressed-air-powered double-diaphragm pump,triplex-style plunger pump, plunger pump, peristaltic pump, roots-typepumps, progressing cavity pump, screw pump, or gear pump. In someexamples, the systems and/or the apparatus described herein include oneor more vacuum pumps selected from mechanical pumps, rotary vain pumps,turbomolecular pumps, ion pumps, cryopumps, and diffusion pumps. The oneor more vacuum pumps may comprise Rotary vane pump, diaphragm pump,liquid ring pump, piston pump, scroll pump, screw pump, Wankel pump,external vane pump, roots blower, multistage Roots pump, Toepler pump,or Lobe pump. The one or more vacuum pumps may comprise momentumtransfer pump, regenerative pump, entrapment pump, Venturi vacuum pump,or team ejector.

In some embodiments, the systems, apparatuses, and/or components thereofcomprise a communication technology. The communication technology maycomprise a Bluetooth technology. The systems, apparatuses, and/orcomponents thereof may comprise a communication port. The communicationport may be a serial port or a parallel port. The communication port maybe a Universal Serial Bus port (i.e., USB). The systems, apparatuses,and/or components thereof may comprise USB ports. The USB can be microor mini USB. The USB port may relate to device classes comprising 00h,01h, 02h, 03h, 05h, 06h, 07h, 08h, 09h, 0Ah, 0Bh, 0Dh, 0Eh, 0Fh, 10h,11h, DCh, E0h, EFh, FEh, or FFh. The surface identification mechanismmay comprise a plug and/or a socket (e.g., electrical, AC power, DCpower). The systems, apparatuses, and/or components thereof may comprisean adapter (e.g., AC and/or DC power adapter). The systems, apparatuses,and/or components thereof may comprise a power connector. The powerconnector can be an electrical power connector. The power connector maycomprise a magnetically attached power connector. The power connectorcan be a dock connector. The connector can be a data and powerconnector. The connector may comprise pins. The connector may compriseat least 10, 15, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 40, 42, 45, 50, 55, 80, or100 pins.

In some embodiments, the systems, apparatuses, and/or components thereofcomprise one or more controllers. The controller(s) can include (e.g.,electrical) circuitry that is configured to generate output (e.g.,voltage signals) for directing controlling one or more aspects of theapparatuses (or any parts thereof) described herein. The controllers maybe shared between one or more systems or apparatuses. Each apparatus orsystem may have its own controller. Two or more systems and/or itscomponents may share a controller. Two or more apparatuses and/or itscomponents may share a controller. The controller may monitor and/ordirect (e.g., physical) alteration of the operating conditions of theapparatuses, software, and/or methods described herein. The controllermay be a manual or a non-manual controller. The controller may be anautomatic controller. The controller may operate upon request. Thecontroller may be a programmable controller. The controller may beprogramed. The controller may comprise a processing unit (e.g., CPU orGPU). The controller may receive an input (e.g., from a sensor). Thecontroller may deliver an output. The controller may comprise multiplecontrollers. The controller may receive multiple inputs. The controllermay generate multiple outputs. The controller may be a single inputsingle output controller (SISO) or a multiple input multiple outputcontroller (MIMO). The controller may interpret the input signalreceived. The controller may acquire data from the one or more sensors.Acquire may comprise receive or extract. The data may comprisemeasurement, estimation, determination, generation, or any combinationthereof. The controller may comprise feedback control. The controllermay comprise feed-forward control. The control may comprise on-offcontrol, proportional control, proportional-integral (PI) control, orproportional-integral-derivative (PID) control. The control may compriseopen loop control, or closed loop control. The controller may compriseclosed loop control. The controller may comprise open loop control. Thecontroller may comprise a user interface. The user interface maycomprise a keyboard, keypad, mouse, touch screen, microphone, speechrecognition package, camera, imaging system, or any combination thereof.The outputs may include a display (e.g., screen), speaker, or printer.The controller may be any controller (e.g., a controller used in 3Dprinting) such as, for example, the controller disclosed in patentapplication Ser. No. 15/435,065 that is incorporated herein by referencein their entirety.

At times, the methods, systems, and/or the apparatus described hereinfurther comprise a control system. The control system can be incommunication with one or more energy sources and/or energy (e.g.,energy beams). The energy sources may be of the same type or ofdifferent types. For example, the energy sources can be both lasers, ora laser and an electron beam. For example, the control system may be incommunication with the first energy and/or with the second energy. Thecontrol system may regulate the one or more energies (e.g., energybeams). The control system may regulate the energy supplied by the oneor more energy sources. For example, the control system may regulate theenergy supplied by a first energy beam and by a second energy beam, tothe pre-transformed material within the material bed. The control systemmay regulate the position of the one or more energy beams. For example,the control system may regulate the position of the first energy beamand/or the position of the second energy beam.

In some embodiments, the 3D printing system comprises a processor. Theprocessor may be a processing unit. The controller may comprise aprocessing unit. The processing unit may be central. The processing unitmay comprise a central processing unit (herein “CPU”). The controllersor control mechanisms (e.g., comprising a computer system) may beprogrammed to implement methods of the disclosure. The processor (e.g.,3D printer processor) may be programmed to implement methods of thedisclosure. The controller may control at least one component of thesystems and/or apparatuses disclosed herein. FIG. 13 is a schematicexample of a computer system 1300 that is programmed or otherwiseconfigured to facilitate the formation of a 3D object according to themethods provided herein. The computer system 1300 can control (e.g.,direct, monitor, and/or regulate) various features of printing methods,apparatuses and systems of the present disclosure, such as, for example,control force, translation, heating, cooling and/or maintaining thetemperature of a powder bed, process parameters (e.g., chamberpressure), scanning rate (e.g., of the energy beam and/or the platform),scanning route of the energy source, position and/or temperature of thecooling member(s), application of the amount of energy emitted to aselected location, or any combination thereof. The computer system 1300can be part of, or be in communication with, a 3D printing system orapparatus. The computer may be coupled to one or more mechanismsdisclosed herein, and/or any parts thereof. For example, the computermay be coupled to one or more sensors, valves, switches, motors, pumps,scanners, optical components, or any combination thereof.

The computer system 1300 can include a processing unit 1306 (also“processor,” “computer” and “computer processor” used herein). Thecomputer system may include memory or memory location 1302 (e.g.,random-access memory, read-only memory, flash memory), electronicstorage unit 1304 (e.g., hard disk), communication interface 1303 (e.g.,network adapter) for communicating with one or more other systems, andperipheral devices 1305, such as cache, other memory, data storageand/or electronic display adapters. The memory 1302, storage unit 1304,interface 1303, and peripheral devices 1305 are in communication withthe processing unit 1306 through a communication bus (solid lines), suchas a motherboard. The storage unit can be a data storage unit (or datarepository) for storing data. The computer system can be operativelycoupled to a computer network (“network”) 1301 with the aid of thecommunication interface. The network can be the Internet, an internetand/or extranet, or an intranet and/or extranet that is in communicationwith the Internet. In some cases, the network is a telecommunicationand/or data network. The network can include one or more computerservers, which can enable distributed computing, such as cloudcomputing. The network, in some cases with the aid of the computersystem, can implement a peer-to-peer network, which may enable devicescoupled to the computer system to behave as a client or a server.

In some examples, the processing unit executes a sequence ofmachine-readable instructions, which can be embodied in a program orsoftware. The instructions may be stored in a memory location, such asthe memory 1302. The instructions can be directed to the processingunit, which can subsequently program or otherwise configure theprocessing unit to implement methods of the present disclosure. Examplesof operations performed by the processing unit can include fetch,decode, execute, and write back. The processing unit may interpretand/or execute instructions. The processor may include a microprocessor,a data processor, a central processing unit (CPU), a graphicalprocessing unit (GPU), a system-on-chip (SOC), a co-processor, a networkprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), anapplication specific instruction-set processor (ASIPs), a controller, aprogrammable logic device (PLD), a chipset, a field programmable gatearray (FPGA), or any combination thereof. The processing unit can bepart of a circuit, such as an integrated circuit. One or more othercomponents of the system 1300 can be included in the circuit.

In some examples, the storage unit 1304 can store files, such asdrivers, libraries, and saved programs. The storage unit can store userdata (e.g., user preferences and user programs). In some cases, thecomputer system can include one or more additional data storage unitsthat are external to the computer system, such as located on a remoteserver that is in communication with the computer system through anintranet or the Internet.

In some embodiments, the computer system communicates with one or moreremote computer systems through a network. For instance, the computersystem can communicate with a remote computer system of a user (e.g.,operator). Examples of remote computer systems include personalcomputers (e.g., portable PC), slate or tablet PC's (e.g., Apple® iPad,Samsung® Galaxy Tab), telephones, Smart phones (e.g., Apple® iPhone,Android-enabled device, Blackberry®), or personal digital assistants. Auser (e.g., client) can access the computer system via the network.

Methods as described herein can be implemented by way of machine (e.g.,computer processor) executable code stored on an electronic storagelocation of the computer system, such as, for example, on the memory1302 or electronic storage unit 1304. The machine executable ormachine-readable code can be provided in the form of software. Duringuse, the processor 1306 can execute the code. In some cases, the codecan be retrieved from the storage unit and stored on the memory forready access by the processor. In some situations, the electronicstorage unit can be precluded, and machine-executable instructions arestored on memory.

At times, the code is pre-compiled and configured for use with a machinehave a processor adapted to execute the code, or can be compiled duringruntime. The code can be supplied in a programming language that can beselected to enable the code to execute in a pre-compiled or as-compiledfashion.

In some embodiments, the processing unit includes one or more cores. Thecomputer system may comprise a single core processor, multi coreprocessor, or a plurality of processors for parallel processing. Theprocessing unit may comprise one or more central processing unit (CPU)and/or a graphic processing unit (GPU). The multiple cores may bedisposed in a physical unit (e.g., Central Processing Unit, or GraphicProcessing Unit). The processing unit may include one or more processingunits. The physical unit may be a single physical unit. The physicalunit may be a die. The physical unit may comprise cache coherencycircuitry. The multiple cores may be disposed in close proximity. Thephysical unit may comprise an integrated circuit chip. The integratedcircuit chip may comprise one or more transistors. The integratedcircuit chip may comprise at least about 0.2 billion transistors (BT),0.5 BT, 1 BT, 2 BT, 3 BT, 5 BT, 6 BT, 7 BT, 8 BT, 9 BT, 10 BT, 15 BT, 20BT, 25 BT, 30 BT, 40 BT, or 50 BT. The integrated circuit chip maycomprise at most about 7 BT, 8 BT, 9 BT, 10 BT, 15 BT, 20 BT, 25 BT, 30BT, 40 BT, 50 BT, 70 BT, or 100 BT. The integrated circuit chip maycomprise any number of transistors between the afore-mentioned numbers(e.g., from about 0.2 BT to about 100 BT, from about 1 BT to about 8 BT,from about 8 BT to about 40 BT, or from about 40 BT to about 100 BT).The integrated circuit chip may have an area of at least about 50 mm²,60 mm², 70 mm², 80 mm², 90 mm², 100 mm², 200 mm², 300 mm², 400 mm², 500mm², 600 mm², 700 mm², or 800 mm². The integrated circuit chip may havean area of at most about 50 mm², 60 mm², 70 mm², 80 mm², 90 mm², 100mm², 200 mm², 300 mm², 400 mm², 500 mm², 600 mm², 700 mm², or 800 mm².The integrated circuit chip may have an area of any value between theafore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 50 mm² to about 800 mm², fromabout 50 mm² to about 500 mm², or from about 500 mm² to about 800 mm²).The close proximity may allow substantial preservation of communicationsignals that travel between the cores. The close proximity may diminishcommunication signal degradation. A core as understood herein is acomputing component having independent central processing capabilities.The computing system may comprise a multiplicity of cores, which aredisposed on a single computing component. The multiplicity of cores mayinclude two or more independent central processing units. Theindependent central processing units may constitute a unit that read andexecute program instructions. The independent central processing unitsmay constitute parallel processing units. The parallel processing unitsmay be cores and/or digital signal processing slices (DSP slices). Themultiplicity of cores can be parallel cores. The multiplicity of DSPslices can be parallel DSP slices. The multiplicity of cores and/or DSPslices can function in parallel. The multiplicity of cores may includeat least about 2, 10, 40, 100, 400, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000,7000, 8000, 9000, 10000, 11000, 12000, 13000, 14000 or 15000 cores. Themultiplicity of cores may include at most about 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000,5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000, 10000, 11000, 12000, 13000, 14000, 15000,20000, 30000, or 40000 cores. The multiplicity of cores may includecores of any number between the afore-mentioned numbers (e.g., fromabout 2 to about 40000, from about 2 to about 400, from about 400 toabout 4000, from about 2000 to about 4000, from about 4000 to about10000, from about 4000 to about 15000, or from about 15000 to about40000 cores). In some processors (e.g., FPGA), the cores may beequivalent to multiple digital signal processor (DSP) slices (e.g.,slices). The plurality of DSP slices may be equal to any of pluralitycore values mentioned herein. The processor may comprise low latency indata transfer (e.g., from one core to another). Latency may refer to thetime delay between the cause and the effect of a physical change in theprocessor (e.g., a signal). Latency may refer to the time elapsed fromthe source (e.g., first core) sending a packet to the destination (e.g.,second core) receiving it (also referred as two-point latency).One-point latency may refer to the time elapsed from the source (e.g.,first core) sending a packet (e.g., signal) to the destination (e.g.,second core) receiving it, and the designation sending a packet back tothe source (e.g., the packet making a round trip). The latency may besufficiently low to allow a high number of floating point operations persecond (FLOPS). The number of FLOPS may be at least about 0.1 Tera FLOPS(T-FLOPS), 0.2 T-FLOPS, 0.25 T-FLOPS, 0.5 T-FLOPS, 0.75 T-FLOPS, 1T-FLOPS, 2 T-FLOPS, 3 T-FLOPS, 5 T-FLOPS, 6 T-FLOPS, 7 T-FLOPS, 8T-FLOPS, 9 T-FLOPS, or 10 T-FLOPS. The number of flops may be at mostabout 0.2 T-FLOPS, 0.25 T-FLOPS, 0.5 T-FLOPS, 0.75 T-FLOPS, 1 T-FLOPS, 2T-FLOPS, 3 T-FLOPS, 5 T-FLOPS, 6 T-FLOPS, 7 T-FLOPS, 8 T-FLOPS, 9T-FLOPS, 10 T-FLOPS, 20 T-FLOPS, 30 T-FLOPS, 50 T-FLOPS, 100 T-FLOPS, 1P-FLOPS, 2 P-FLOPS, 3 P-FLOPS, 4 P-FLOPS, 5 P-FLOPS, 10 P-FLOPS, 50P-FLOPS, 100 P-FLOPS, 1 EXA-FLOP, 2 EXA-FLOPS or 10 EXA-FLOPS. Thenumber of FLOPS may be any value between the afore-mentioned values(e.g., from about 0.1 T-FLOP to about 10 EXA-FLOPS, from about 0.1T-FLOPS to about 1 T-FLOPS, from about 1 T-FLOPS to about 4 T-FLOPS,from about 4 T-FLOPS to about 10 T-FLOPS, from about 1 T-FLOPS to about10 T-FLOPS, or from about 10 T-FLOPS to about 30 T-FLOPS, from about 50T-FLOPS to about 1 EXA-FLOP, from about 0.1 T-FLOP to about 10EXA-FLOPS).). In some processors (e.g., FPGA), the operations per secondmay be measured as (e.g., Giga) multiply-accumulate operations persecond (e.g., MACs or GMACs). The MACs value can be equal to any of theT-FLOPS values mentioned herein measured as Tera-MACs (T-MACs) insteadof T-FLOPS respectively. The FLOPS can be measured according to abenchmark. The benchmark may be a HPC Challenge Benchmark. The benchmarkmay comprise mathematical operations (e.g., equation calculation such aslinear equations), graphical operations (e.g., rendering), orencryption/decryption benchmark. The benchmark may comprise a HighPerformance LINPACK, matrix multiplication (e.g., DGEMM), sustainedmemory bandwidth to/from memory (e.g., STREAM), array transposing ratemeasurement (e.g., PTRANS), Random-access, rate of Fast FourierTransform (e.g., on a large one-dimensional vector using the generalizedCooley-Tukey algorithm), or Communication Bandwidth and Latency (e.g.,MPI-centric performance measurements based on the effectivebandwidth/latency benchmark). LINPACK may refer to a software libraryfor performing numerical linear algebra on a digital computer. DGEMM mayrefer to double precision general matrix multiplication. STREAMbenchmark may refer to a synthetic benchmark designed to measuresustainable memory bandwidth (in MB/s) and a corresponding computationrate for four simple vector kernels (Copy, Scale, Add and Triad). PTRANSbenchmark may refer to a rate measurement at which the system cantranspose a large array (global). MPI refers to Message PassingInterface.

In some embodiments, the computer system includes hyper-threadingtechnology. The computer system may include a chip processor withintegrated transform, lighting, triangle setup, triangle clipping,rendering engine, or any combination thereof. The rendering engine maybe capable of processing at least about 10 million polygons per second.The rendering engines may be capable of processing at least about 10million calculations per second. As an example, the GPU may include aGPU by NVidia, ATI Technologies, S3 Graphics, Advanced Micro Devices(AMD), or Matrox. The processing unit may be able to process algorithmscomprising a matrix or a vector. The core may comprise a complexinstruction set computing core (CISC), or reduced instruction setcomputing (RISC).

In some embodiments, the computer system includes an electronic chipthat is reprogrammable (e.g., field programmable gate array (FPGA)). Forexample, the FPGA may comprise Tabula, Altera, or Xilinx FPGA. Theelectronic chips may comprise one or more programmable logic blocks(e.g., an array). The logic blocks may compute combinational functions,logic gates, or any combination thereof. The computer system may includecustom hardware. The custom hardware may comprise an algorithm.

In some embodiments, the computer system includes configurablecomputing, partially reconfigurable computing, reconfigurable computing,or any combination thereof. The computer system may include a FPGA. Thecomputer system may include an integrated circuit that performs thealgorithm. For example, the reconfigurable computing system may compriseFPGA, CPU, GPU, or multi-core microprocessors. The reconfigurablecomputing system may comprise a High-Performance ReconfigurableComputing architecture (HPRC). The partially reconfigurable computingmay include module-based partial reconfiguration, or difference-basedpartial reconfiguration. The FPGA may comprise configurable FPGA logic,and/or fixed-function hardware comprising multipliers, memories,microprocessor cores, first in-first out (FIFO) and/or error correctingcode (ECC) logic, digital signal processing (DSP) blocks, peripheralComponent interconnect express (PCI Express) controllers, Ethernet mediaaccess control (MAC) blocks, or high-speed serial transceivers. DSPblocks can be DSP slices.

In some embodiments, the computing system includes an integrated circuitthat performs the algorithm (e.g., control algorithm). The physical unit(e.g., the cache coherency circuitry within) may have a clock time of atleast about 0.1 Gigabits per second (Gbit/s), 0.5 Gbit/s, 1 Gbit/s, 2Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, 6 Gbit/s, 7 Gbit/s, 8 Gbit/s, 9 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, or50 Gbit/s. The physical unit may have a clock time of any value betweenthe afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 0.1 Gbit/s to about 50Gbit/s, or from about 5 Gbit/s to about 10 Gbit/s). The physical unitmay produce the algorithm output in at most about 0.1 microsecond (μs),1 μs, 10 μs, 100 μs, or 1 millisecond (ms). The physical unit mayproduce the algorithm output in any time between the above mentionedtimes (e.g., from about 0.1 μs, to about 1 ms, from about 0.1 μs, toabout 100 μs, or from about 0.1 μs to about 10 μs).

In some instances, the controller uses calculations, real timemeasurements, or any combination thereof to regulate the energy beam(s).The sensor (e.g., temperature and/or positional sensor) may provide asignal (e.g., input for the controller and/or processor) at a rate of atleast about 0.1 KHz, 1 KHz, 10 KHz, 100 KHz, 1000 KHz, or 10000 KHz).The sensor may provide a signal at a rate between any of theabove-mentioned rates (e.g., from about 0.1 KHz to about 10000 KHz, fromabout 0.1 KHz to about 1000 KHz, or from about 1000 KHz to about 10000KHz). The memory bandwidth of the processing unit may be at least about1 gigabytes per second (Gbytes/s), 10 Gbytes/s, 100 Gbytes/s, 200Gbytes/s, 300 Gbytes/s, 400 Gbytes/s, 500 Gbytes/s, 600 Gbytes/s, 700Gbytes/s, 800 Gbytes/s, 900 Gbytes/s, or 1000 Gbytes/s. The memorybandwidth of the processing unit may be at most about 1 gigabyte persecond (Gbytes/s), 10 Gbytes/s, 100 Gbytes/s, 200 Gbytes/s, 300Gbytes/s, 400 Gbytes/s, 500 Gbytes/s, 600 Gbytes/s, 700 Gbytes/s, 800Gbytes/s, 900 Gbytes/s, or 1000 Gbytes/s. The memory bandwidth of theprocessing unit may have any value between the afore-mentioned values(e.g., from about 1 Gbytes/s to about 1000 Gbytes/s, from about 100Gbytes/s to about 500 Gbytes/s, from about 500 Gbytes/s to about 1000Gbytes/s, or from about 200 Gbytes/s to about 400 Gbytes/s). The sensormeasurements may be real-time measurements. The real-time measurementsmay be conducted during the 3D printing process. The real-timemeasurements may be in situ measurements in the 3D printing systemand/or apparatus. the real-time measurements may be during the formationof the 3D object. In some instances, the processing unit may use thesignal obtained from the at least one sensor to provide a processingunit output, which output is provided by the processing system at aspeed of at most about 100 min, 50 min, 25 min, 15 min, 10 min, 5 min, 1min, 0.5 min (i.e., 30 sec), 15 msec, 10 sec, 5 msec, 1 sec, 0.5 msec,0.25 msec, 0.2 sec, 0.1 sec, 80 milliseconds (msec), 50 msec, 10 msec, 5msec, 1 msec, 80 microseconds (μsec), 50 μsec, 20 μsec, 10 μsec, 5 μsec,or 1 μsec. In some instances, the processing unit may use the signalobtained from the at least one sensor to provide a processing unitoutput, which output is provided at a speed of any value between theafore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 100 min to about 1 μsec, fromabout 100 min to about 10 min, from about 10 min to about 1 min, fromabout 5 min to about 0.5 min, from about 30 sec to about 0.1 sec, fromabout 0.1 sec to about 1 msec, from about 80 msec to about 10 μsec, fromabout 50 μsec to about 1 μsec, from about 20 μsec to about 1 μsec, orfrom about 10 μsec to about 1 μsec).

At times, the processing unit output comprises an evaluation of thetemperature at a location, position at a location (e.g., vertical,and/or horizontal), or a map of locations. The location may be on thetarget surface. The map may comprise a topological or temperature map.The temperature sensor may comprise a temperature imaging device (e.g.,IR imaging device).

At times, the processing unit uses the signal obtained from the at leastone sensor in an algorithm that is used in controlling the energy beam.The algorithm may comprise the path of the energy beam. In someinstances, the algorithm may be used to alter the path of the energybeam on the target surface. The path may deviate from a cross section ofa model corresponding to the desired 3D object. The processing unit mayuse the output in an algorithm that is used in determining the manner inwhich a model of the desired 3D object may be sliced. The processingunit may use the signal obtained from the at least one sensor in analgorithm that is used to configure one or more parameters and/orapparatuses relating to the 3D printing process. The parameters maycomprise a characteristic of the energy beam. The parameters maycomprise movement of the platform and/or material bed. The parametersmay comprise relative movement of the energy beam and the material bed.In some instances, the energy beam, the platform (e.g., material beddisposed on the platform), or both may translate. Alternatively, oradditionally, the controller may use historical data for the control.Alternatively, or additionally, the processing unit may use historicaldata in its one or more algorithms. The parameters may comprise theheight of the layer of powder material disposed in the enclosure and/orthe gap by which the cooling element (e.g., heat sink) is separated fromthe target surface. The target surface may be the exposed layer of thematerial bed.

In some embodiments, aspects of the systems, apparatuses, and/or methodsprovided herein, such as the computer system, are embodied inprogramming (e.g., using a software). Various aspects of the technologymay be thought of as “product,” “object,” or “articles of manufacture”typically in the form of machine (or processor) executable code and/orassociated data that is carried on or embodied in a type ofmachine-readable medium. Machine-executable code can be stored on anelectronic storage unit, such memory (e.g., read-only memory,random-access memory, flash memory) or a hard disk. The storage maycomprise non-volatile storage media. “Storage” type media can includeany or all of the tangible memory of the computers, processors or thelike, or associated modules thereof, such as various semiconductormemories, tape drives, disk drives, external drives, and the like, whichmay provide non-transitory storage at any time for the softwareprogramming.

In some embodiments, the memory comprises a random-access memory (RAM),dynamic random access memory (DRAM), static random access memory (SRAM),synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), ferroelectric randomaccess memory (FRAM), read only memory (ROM), programmable read onlymemory (PROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM),electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM), a flashmemory, or any combination thereof. The flash memory may comprise anegative-AND (NAND) or NOR logic gates. A NAND gate (negative-AND) maybe a logic gate which produces an output which is false only if all itsinputs are true. The output of the NAND gate may be complement to thatof the AND gate. The storage may include a hard disk (e.g., a magneticdisk, an optical disk, a magneto-optic disk, a solid-state disk, etc.),a compact disc (CD), a digital versatile disc (DVD), a floppy disk, acartridge, a magnetic tape, and/or another type of computer-readablemedium, along with a corresponding drive.

In some embodiments, all or portions of the software are communicatedthrough the Internet or various other telecommunication networks. Suchcommunications, for example, may enable loading of the software from onecomputer or processor into another, for example, from a managementserver or host computer into the computer platform of an applicationserver. Thus, another type of media that may bear the software elementsincludes optical, electrical, and electromagnetic waves, such as usedacross physical interfaces between local devices, through wired andoptical landline networks and over various air-links. The physicalelements that carry such waves, such as wired or wireless links, opticallinks, or the like, also may be considered as media bearing thesoftware. As used herein, unless restricted to non-transitory, tangible“storage” media, terms such as computer or machine “readable medium”refer to any medium that participates in providing instructions to aprocessor for execution.

Hence, a machine-readable medium, such as computer-executable code, maytake many forms, including but not limited to, a tangible storagemedium, a carrier wave medium, or physical transmission medium.Non-volatile storage media include, for example, optical or magneticdisks, such as any of the storage devices in any computer(s) or thelike, such as may be used to implement the databases. Volatile storagemedia can include dynamic memory, such as main memory of such a computerplatform. Tangible transmission media can include coaxial cables, wire(e.g., copper wire), and/or fiber optics, including the wires thatcomprise a bus within a computer system. Carrier-wave transmission mediamay take the form of electric or electromagnetic signals, or acoustic orlight waves such as those generated during radio frequency (RF) andinfrared (IR) data communications. Common forms of computer-readablemedia therefore include for example: a floppy disk, a flexible disk,hard disk, magnetic tape, any other magnetic medium, a CD-ROM, DVD orDVD-ROM, any other optical medium, punch cards paper tape, any otherphysical storage medium with patterns of holes, a RAM, a ROM, a PROM andEPROM, a FLASH-EPROM, any other memory chip or cartridge, a carrier wavetransporting data or instructions, cables or links transporting such acarrier wave, any other medium from which a computer may readprogramming code and/or data, or any combination thereof. The memoryand/or storage may comprise a storing device external to and/orremovable from device, such as a Universal Serial Bus (USB) memorystick, or/and a hard disk. Many of these forms of computer readablemedia may be involved in carrying one or more sequences of one or moreinstructions to a processor for execution.

In some embodiments, the computer system includes or is in communicationwith an electronic display that comprises a user interface (UI) forproviding, for example, a model design or graphical representation of a3D object to be printed. Examples of UI's include, without limitation, agraphical user interface (GUI) and web-based user interface. Thecomputer system can monitor and/or control various aspects of the 3Dprinting system. The control may be manual and/or programmed. Thecontrol may rely on feedback mechanisms (e.g., from the one or moresensors). The control may rely on historical data. The feedbackmechanism may be pre-programmed. The feedback mechanisms may rely oninput from sensors (described herein) that are connected to the controlunit (i.e., control system or control mechanism e.g., computer) and/orprocessing unit. The computer system may store historical dataconcerning various aspects of the operation of the 3D printing system.The historical data may be retrieved at predetermined times and/or at awhim. The historical data may be accessed by an operator and/or by auser. The historical, sensor, and/or operative data may be provided inan output unit such as a display unit. The output unit (e.g., monitor)may output various parameters of the 3D printing system (as describedherein) in real time or in a delayed time. The output unit may outputthe current 3D printed object, the ordered 3D printed object, or both.The output unit may output the printing progress of the 3D printedobject. The output unit may output at least one of the total time, timeremaining, and time expanded on printing the 3D object. The output unitmay output (e.g., display, voice, and/or print) the status of sensors,their reading, and/or time for their calibration or maintenance. Theoutput unit may output the type of material(s) used and variouscharacteristics of the material(s) such as temperature and flowabilityof the pre-transformed material. The output unit may output the amountof oxygen, water, and pressure in the printing chamber (i.e., thechamber where the 3D object is being printed). The computer may generatea report comprising various parameters of the 3D printing system,method, and or objects at predetermined time(s), on a request (e.g.,from an operator), and/or at a whim. The output unit may comprise ascreen, printer, or speaker. The control system may provide a report.The report may comprise any items recited as optionally output by theoutput unit.

In some embodiments, the system and/or apparatus described herein (e.g.,controller) and/or any of their components comprise an output and/or aninput device. The input device may comprise a keyboard, touch pad, ormicrophone. The output device may be a sensory output device. The outputdevice may include a visual, tactile, or audio device. The audio devicemay include a loudspeaker. The visual output device may include a screenand/or a printed hard copy (e.g., paper). The output device may includea printer. The input device may include a camera, a microphone, akeyboard, or a touch screen.

In some embodiments, the computer system includes, or is incommunication with, an electronic display unit that comprises a userinterface (UI) for providing, for example, a model design or graphicalrepresentation of an object to be printed. Examples of UI's include agraphical user interface (GUI) and web-based user interface. Thehistorical and/or operative data may be displayed on a display unit. Thecomputer system may store historical data concerning various aspects ofthe operation of the cleaning system. The historical data may beretrieved at predetermined times and/or at a whim. The historical datamay be accessed by an operator and/or by a user. The display unit (e.g.,monitor) may display various parameters of the printing system (asdescribed herein) in real time or in a delayed time. The display unitmay display the desired printed 3D object (e.g., according to a model),the printed 3D object, real time display of the 3D object as it is beingprinted, or any combination thereof. The display unit may display thecleaning progress of the object, or various aspects thereof. The displayunit may display at least one of the total time, time remaining, andtime expanded on the cleaned object during the cleaning process. Thedisplay unit may display the status of sensors, their reading, and/ortime for their calibration or maintenance. The display unit may displaythe type or types of material used and various characteristics of thematerial or materials such as temperature and flowability of thepre-transformed material. The display unit may display the amount of acertain gas in the chamber. The gas may comprise oxygen, hydrogen, watervapor, or any of the gasses mentioned herein. The display unit maydisplay the pressure in the chamber. The computer may generate a reportcomprising various parameters of the methods, objects, apparatuses, orsystems described herein. The report may be generated at predeterminedtime(s), on a request (e.g., from an operator) or at a whim.

Methods, apparatuses, and/or systems of the present disclosure can beimplemented by way of one or more algorithms. An algorithm can beimplemented by way of software upon execution by one or more computerprocessors. For example, the processor can be programmed to calculatethe path of the energy beam and/or the power per unit area emitted bythe energy source (e.g., that should be provided to the material bed inorder to achieve the desired result). Other control and/or algorithmexamples may be found in patent application Ser. No. 15/435,065 that isincorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

In some embodiments, the 3D printer comprises and/or communicates with amultiplicity of processors. The processors may form a networkarchitecture. Examples of a processor architectures is shown in FIG. 14.FIG. 14 shows an example of a 3D printer 1402 comprising a processorthat is in communication with a local processor (e.g., desktop) 1401, aremote processor 1404, and a machine interface 1403. The 3D printerinterface is termed herein as “machine interface.” The communication ofthe 3D printer processor with the remote processor and/or machineinterface may or may not be through a server. The server may beintegrated within the 3D printer. The machine interface may beintegrated with, or closely situated adjacent to, the 3D printer 1402.Arrows 1411 and 1413 designate local communications. Arrow 1414designates communicating through a firewall (shown as a discontinuousline). A machine interface may communicate directly or indirectly withthe 3D printer processor. A 3D printing processor may comprise aplurality of machine interfaces. Any of the machine interfaces may beoptionally included in the 3D printing system. The communication betweenthe 3D printer processor and the machine interface processor may beunidirectional (e.g., from the machine interface processor to the 3Dprinter processor), or bidirectional. The arrows in FIG. 8 illustrationthe directionality of the communication (e.g., flow of informationdirection) between the processors. The 3D printer processor may beconnected directly or indirectly to one or more stationary processors(e.g., desktop). The 3D printer processor may be connected directly orindirectly to one or more mobile processors (e.g., mobile device). The3D printer processor may be connected directly or indirectly (e.g.,through a server) to processors that direct 3D printing instructions.The connection may be local (e.g., in 1401) or remote (e.g., in 1404).The 3D printer processor may communicate with at least one 3D printingmonitoring processor. The 3D printing processor may be owned by theentity supplying the printing instruction to the 3D printer, or by aclient. The client may be an entity or person that desires at least one3D printing object.

In some embodiments, the 3D printer comprises at least one processor(referred herein as the “3D printer processor”). The 3D printer maycomprise a plurality of processors. At least two of the plurality of the3D printer processors may interact with each other. At times, at leasttwo of the plurality of the 3D printer processors may not interact witheach other. Discontinuous line 1414 illustrates a firewall.

A 3D printer processor may interact with at least one processor thatacts as a 3D printer interface (also referred to herein as “machineinterface processor”). The processor (e.g., machine interface processor)may be stationary or mobile. The processor may be on a remote computersystem. The machine interface one or more processors may be connected toat least one 3D printer processor. The connection may be through a wire(e.g., cable) or be wireless (e.g., via Bluetooth technology). Themachine interface may be hardwired to the 3D printer. The machineinterface may directly connect to the 3D printer (e.g., to the 3Dprinter processor). The machine interface may indirectly connect to the3D printer (e.g., through a server, or through wireless communication).The cable may comprise coaxial cable, shielded twisted cable pair,unshielded twisted cable pair, structured cable (e.g., used instructured cabling), or fiber-optic cable.

At times, the machine interface processor directs 3D print jobproduction, 3D printer management, 3D printer monitoring, or anycombination thereof. The machine interface processor may not be able toinfluence (e.g., direct, or be involved in) pre-print or 3D printingprocess development. The machine management may comprise controlling the3D printer controller (e.g., directly, or indirectly). The printercontroller may direct starting a 3D printing process, stopping a 3Dprinting process, maintenance of the 3D printer, clearing alarms (e.g.,concerning safety features of the 3D printer).

At times, the machine interface processor allows monitoring of the 3Dprinting process (e.g., accessible remotely or locally). The machineinterface processor may allow viewing a log of the 3D printing andstatus of the 3D printer at a certain time (e.g., 3D printer snapshot).The machine interface processor may allow to monitor one or more 3Dprinting parameters. The one or more printing parameters monitored bythe machine interface processor can comprise 3D printer status (e.g., 3Dprinter is idle, preparing to 3D print, 3D printing, maintenance, fault,or offline), active 3D printing (e.g., including a build module number),status and/or position of build module(s), status of build module andprocessing chamber engagement, type and status of pre-transformedmaterial used in the 3D printing (e.g., amount of pre-transformedmaterial remaining in the reservoir), status of a filter, atmospherestatus (e.g., pressure, gas level(s)), ventilator status, layerdispensing mechanism status (e.g., position, speed, rate of deposition,level of exposed layer of the material bed), status of the opticalsystem (e.g., optical window, mirror), status of scanner, alarm (bootlog, status change, safety events), motion control commands (e.g., ofthe energy beam, or of the layer dispensing mechanism), or printed 3Dobject status (e.g., what layer number is being printed),

At times, the machine interface processor allows monitoring the 3D printjob management. The 3D print job management may comprise status of eachbuild module (e.g., atmosphere condition, position in the enclosure,position in a queue to go in the enclosure, position in a queue toengage with the processing chamber, position in queue for furtherprocessing, power levels of the energy beam, type of pre-transformedmaterial loaded, 3D printing operation diagnostics, status of a filter.The machine interface processor (e.g., output device thereof) may allowviewing and/or editing any of the job management and/or one or moreprinting parameters. The machine interface processor may show thepermission level given to the user (e.g., view, or edit). The machineinterface processor may allow viewing and/or assigning a certain 3Dobject to a particular build module, prioritize 3D objects to beprinted, pause 3D objects during 3D printing, delete 3D objects to beprinted, select a certain 3D printer for a particular 3D printing job,insert and/or edit considerations for restarting a 3D printing job thatwas removed from 3D printer. The machine interface processor may allowinitiating, pausing, and/or stopping a 3D printing job. The machineinterface processor may output message notification (e.g., alarm), log(e.g., other than Excursion log or other default log), or anycombination thereof. The 3D printer may interact with at least oneserver (e.g., print server). The 3D print server may be separate orinterrelated in the 3D printer.

At times, one or more users may interact with the one or more 3Dprinting processors through one or more user processors (e.g.,respectively). The interaction may be in parallel and/or sequentially.The users may be clients. The users may belong to entities that desire a3D object to be printed, or entities who prepare the 3D object printinginstructions. The one or more users may interact with the 3D printer(e.g., through the one or more processors of the 3D printer) directlyand/or indirectly. Indirect interaction may be through the server. Oneor more users may be able to monitor one or more aspects of the 3Dprinting process. One or more users can monitor aspects of the 3Dprinting process through at least one connection (e.g., networkconnection). For example, one or more users can monitor aspects of theprinting process through direct or indirect connection. Directconnection may be using a local area network (LAN), and/or a wide areanetwork (WAN). The network may interconnect computers within a limitedarea (e.g., a building, campus, neighborhood). The limited area networkmay comprise Ethernet or Wi-Fi. The network may have its networkequipment and interconnects locally managed. The network may cover alarger geographic distance than the limited area. The network may usetelecommunication circuits and/or internet links. The network maycomprise Internet Area Network (IAN), and/or the public switchedtelephone network (PSTN). The communication may comprise webcommunication. The aspect of the 3D printing process may comprise a 3Dprinting parameter, machine status, or sensor status. The 3D printingparameter may comprise hatch strategy, energy beam power, energy beamspeed, energy beam focus, thickness of a layer (e.g., of hardenedmaterial or of pre-transformed material).

At times, a user may develop at least one 3D printing instruction anddirect the 3D printer (e.g., through communication with the 3D printerprocessor) to print in a desired manner according to the developed atleast one 3D printing instruction. A user may or may not be able tocontrol (e.g., locally, or remotely) the 3D printer controller. Forexample, a client may not be able to control the 3D printing controller(e.g., maintenance of the 3D printer).

At times, the user (e.g., other than a client) processor may usereal-time and/or historical 3D printing data. The 3D printing data maycomprise metrology data, or temperature data. The user processor maycomprise quality control. The quality control may use a statisticalmethod (e.g., statistical process control (SPC)). The user processor maylog excursion log, report when a signal deviates from the nominal level,or any combination thereof. The user processor may generate aconfigurable response. The configurable response may comprise aprint/pause/stop command (e.g., automatically) to the 3D printer (e.g.,to the 3D printing processor). The configurable response may be based ona user defined parameter, threshold, or any combination thereof. Theconfigurable response may result in a user defined action. The userprocessor may control the 3D printing process and ensure that itoperates at its full potential. For example, at its full potential, the3D printing process may make a maximum number of 3D object with aminimum of waste and/or 3D printer down time. The SPC may comprise acontrol chart, design of experiments, and/or focus on continuousimprovement.

The fundamental length scale (e.g., the diameter, spherical equivalentdiameter, diameter of a bounding circle, or largest of height, width andlength; abbreviated herein as “FLS”) of the printed 3D object or aportion thereof can be at least about 50 micrometers (μm), 80 μm, 100μm, 120 μm, 150 μm, 170 μm, 200 μm, 230 μm, 250 μm, 270 μm, 300 μm, 400μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 1 mm, 1.5 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 5 mm, 1cm, 1.5 cm, 2 cm, 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm, 40 cm, 50 cm, 60 cm, 70 cm, 80cm, 90 cm, 1 m, 2 m, 3 m, 4 m, 5 m, 10 m, 50 m, 80 m, or 100 m. The FLSof the printed 3D object or a portion thereof can be at most about 150μm, 170 μm, 200 μm, 230 μm, 250 μm, 270 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 1 mm, 1.5 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 5 mm, 1 cm, 1.5 cm, 2 cm,10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm, 40 cm, 50 cm, 60 cm, 70 cm, 80 cm, 90 cm, 1 m, 2 m,3 m, 4 m, 5 m, 10 m, 50 m, 80 m, 100 m, 500 m, or 1000 m. The FLS of theprinted 3D object or a portion thereof can any value between theafore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 50 μm to about 1000 m, fromabout 500 μm to about 100 m, from about 50 μm to about 50 cm, or fromabout 50 cm to about 1000 m). In some cases, the FLS of the printed 3Dobject or a portion thereof may be in between any of the afore-mentionedFLS values. The portion of the 3D object may be a heated portion ordisposed portion (e.g., tile).

At times, the layer of pre-transformed material (e.g., powder) is of apredetermined height (thickness). The layer of pre-transformed materialcan comprise the material prior to its transformation in the 3D printingprocess. The layer of pre-transformed material may have an upper surfacethat is substantially flat, leveled, or smooth. In some instances, thelayer of pre-transformed material may have an upper surface that is notflat, leveled, or smooth. The layer of pre-transformed material may havean upper surface that is corrugated or uneven. The layer ofpre-transformed material may have an average or mean (e.g.,pre-determined) height. The height of the layer of pre-transformedmaterial (e.g., powder) may be at least about 5 micrometers (μm), 10 μm,20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 60 μm, 70 μm, 80 μm, 90 μm, 100 μm, 200 μm,300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 3mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 50mm, 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm, 300 mm, 400 mm, 500 mm,600 mm, 700 mm, 800 mm, 900 mm, or 1000 mm. The height of the layer ofpre-transformed material may be at most about 5 micrometers (μm), 10 μm,20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 60 μm, 70 μm, 80 μm, 90 μm, 100 μm, 200 μm,300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 3mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 50mm, 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm, 300 mm, 400 mm, 500 mm,600 mm, 700 mm, 800 mm, 900 mm, or 1000 mm. The height of the layer ofpre-transformed material may be any number between the afore-mentionedheights (e.g., from about 5 μm to about 1000 mm, from about 5 μm toabout 1 mm, from about 25 μm to about 1 mm, or from about 1 mm to about1000 mm). The “height” of the layer of material (e.g., powder) may attimes be referred to as the “thickness” of the layer of material. Insome instances, the layer of hardened material may be a sheet of metal.The layer of hardened material may be fabricated using a 3Dmanufacturing methodology. Occasionally, the first layer of hardenedmaterial may be thicker than a subsequent layer of hardened material.The first layer of hardened material may be at least about 1.1 times,1.2 times, 1.4 times, 1.6 times, 1.8 times, 2 times, 4 times, 6 times, 8times, 10 times, 20 times, 30 times, 50 times, 100 times, 500 times,1000 times, or thicker (higher) than the average (or mean) thickness ofa subsequent layer of hardened material, the average thickens of anaverage subsequent layer of hardened material, or the average thicknessof any of the subsequent layers of hardened material.

In some instances, one or more intervening layers separate adjacentcomponents from one another. For example, the one or more interveninglayers can have a thickness of at most about 10 micrometers (“microns”),1 micron, 500 nanometers (“nm”), 100 nm, 50 nm, 10 nm, or 1 nm. Forexample, the one or more intervening layers can have a thickness of atleast about 10 micrometers (“microns”), 1 micron, 500 nanometers (“nm”),100 nm, 50 nm, 10 nm, or 1 nm. In an example, a first layer is adjacentto a second layer when the first layer is in direct contact with thesecond layer. In another example, a first layer is adjacent to a secondlayer when the first layer is separated from the second layer by a thirdlayer. In some instances, adjacent to may be ‘above’ or ‘below.’ Belowcan be in the direction of the gravitational force or towards theplatform. Above can be in the direction opposite to the gravitationalforce or away from the platform.

While preferred embodiments of the present invention have been shown,and described herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the artthat such embodiments are provided by way of example only. It is notintended that the invention be limited by the specific examples providedwithin the specification. While the invention has been described withreference to the afore-mentioned specification, the descriptions andillustrations of the embodiments herein are not meant to be construed ina limiting sense. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions willnow occur to those skilled in the art without departing from theinvention. Furthermore, it shall be understood that all aspects of theinvention are not limited to the specific depictions, configurations, orrelative proportions set forth herein which depend upon a variety ofconditions and variables. It should be understood that variousalternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein mightbe employed in practicing the invention. It is therefore contemplatedthat the invention shall also cover any such alternatives,modifications, variations, or equivalents. It is intended that thefollowing claims define the scope of the invention and that methods andstructures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents becovered thereby.

What is claimed is:
 1. An apparatus for printing at least onethree-dimensional object, comprising: a processing chamber configured toaccommodate printing of the three-dimensional object; a verticallytranslatable platform configured to support the three-dimensional objectduring its printing, which platform is disposed in the processingchamber; a filtering enclosure comprising: (i) at least one wallenclosing a volume configured to accommodate an atmosphere, (ii) aninlet port disposed in the at least one wall, which inlet port isconfigured to facilitate ingress of a material into the volume, whereinthe material comprises (1) a remainder of the printing of thethree-dimensional object, or (2) a debris produced during the printingof the three-dimensional object, and (iii) a collection volume in thevolume that facilitates collection of a filtered material and/or an exitport disposed in the at least one wall, which exit port is configured tofacilitate egress of the filtered material from the volume; and asupportive structure configured to accommodate a filtration memberhaving a filter and a frame that is configured to support the filter,which filtration member is (a) disposed in the volume at an angle withrespect to a normal to the gravitational field vector and (b) dividesthe volume into an upper portion and a lower portion, which upperportion is partially defined by a fraction of the at least one wall thatincludes the inlet port, and which lower portion is partially defined bya fraction of the at least one wall that includes the exit port and/orthe collection volume.
 2. The apparatus of claim 1, wherein thefiltering enclosure is operatively coupled to a material remover toreceive the material for filtration from the material remover.
 3. Theapparatus of claim 2, wherein the material remover removes the materialby (i) attracting a gas and the material into an internal volume of theremover and (ii) cyclonically separating the material from the gas inthe remover.
 4. The apparatus of claim 1, wherein the supportivestructure comprises a protrusion, depression, ledge, or a railing. 5.The apparatus of claim 1, wherein the supportive structure is configuredto support the filtration member upon filtering at least 50 kilograms.6. The apparatus of claim 1, wherein the supportive structure isconfigured to support the filtration member upon filtering at athroughput of at least about six (6) cubic centimeters of material perhour (cc/hr).
 7. The apparatus of claim 1, wherein the supportivestructure is configured to support the filtration member upon filteringa material having a fundamental length scale of at most 1000micrometers.
 8. The apparatus of claim 1, further comprising an energybeam configured to transform a pre-transformed material to a transformedmaterial to print the three-dimensional object.
 9. The apparatus ofclaim 1, wherein the material comprises a small material and a largematerial.
 10. The apparatus of claim 9, wherein the small materialcomprises a pre-transformed material, wherein the large materialcomprises a byproduct of printing the three-dimensional object bytransforming the pre-transformed material to a transformed material. 11.The apparatus of claim 9, wherein the at least one wall comprises asecondary exit opening disposed adjacent to the filtration member toaccommodate egress of material therethrough.
 12. The apparatus of claim11, wherein the filtration member is configured to filter the smallmaterial from the large material, wherein the angle facilitatessimultaneous (1) filtration of any small material, and (2) eviction ofany large material through the secondary exit opening.
 13. The apparatusof claim 9, wherein the angle is such that it facilitates thesimultaneous filtration and eviction.
 14. The apparatus of claim 1,wherein the supportive structure, frame and/or the at least one wallcomprises an isolation element operable for mechanical and/or thermalisolation of the frame from the at least one wall.
 15. The apparatus ofclaim 1, further comprising at least one agitator having a controllablymovable member, which movable member is coupled with the frame of thefiltration member and is operable for moving the filtration member tofacilitate filtration of the material thereby.
 16. The apparatus ofclaim 1, wherein at least one wall comprises an outlet configured tofacilitate travel of a filtered material therethrough, which outlet isdisposed laterally adjacent to a second side of the supportive structurethat places the filtration member that is angled at a more adjacentposition to the gravitational center as compared to a first side of thefiltration member that is angled.
 17. An apparatus for printing at leastone three-dimensional object, comprising: one or more controllers thatare operatively coupled to a filtration member, to an inlet port of afiltering enclosure, and to a platform configured to support the atleast one three-dimensional object during the printing, which one ormore controllers are collectively or individually programmed to (I)facilitate ingress of a material to the filtering enclosure through theinlet port to impinge upon the filtration member that is tilted at anangle with respect to a normal to the gravitational field vector, whichfiltration member is disposed in a volume of the filtering enclosure,the material comprising (1) a remainder of the printing of thethree-dimensional object, or (2) a debris produced during the printingof the three-dimensional object; and (II) direct the platform totranslate vertically during the printing of the at least onethree-dimensional object.
 18. The apparatus of claim 17, wherein theangle is configured to facilitate simultaneous separation between (i) afirst portion of the remainder that flows through the filtration memberfrom one exposed surface of the filtration member to an opposing exposedsurface of the filtration member, and (ii) a second portion of theremainder that slides on the one exposed surface of the filtrationmember to (a) an outlet port of the filtering enclosure and/or (b) acollection volume.
 19. The apparatus of claim 18, wherein the apparatusfurther comprises a sensor and wherein the sensor detects acharacteristic of an atmosphere of the volume of the filteringenclosure, which characteristic of the atmosphere includes a temperatureand/or a reactive agent, wherein the reactive agent comprises oxygen orhumidity.
 20. The apparatus of claim 18, wherein the apparatus furthercomprises a sensor, and wherein the sensor detects a characteristic of aflow rate of (I) the remainder, (II) the first portion of the remainderand/or (III) the second portion of the remainder.
 21. The apparatus ofclaim 18, wherein the apparatus further comprises a sensor, and whereinthe sensor detects a characteristic of an accumulation of (I) the firstportion of the remainder and/or (II) the second portion of theremainder.
 22. The apparatus of claim 19, wherein the one or morecontrollers is configured to alter a function of at least one mechanismof the printing, by considering a signal detected by the sensor.
 23. Theapparatus of claim 18, where the filtration member is operativelycoupled with a movable member of an agitator, wherein the one or morecontrollers are coupled with agitator and are programmed to facilitatethe filtering by modulating the movable member.
 24. The apparatus ofclaim 17, wherein the volume comprises an atmosphere that is differentfrom an external atmosphere, which external atmosphere comprises areactive agent.
 25. The apparatus of claim 24, wherein the reactiveagent is reactive with the pre-transformed material and/or a product ofthe printing.
 26. The apparatus of claim 17, wherein the materialcomprises a pre-transformed material, which pre-transformed material istransformed to a transformed material by an energy beam during theprinting.
 27. A method of printing at least one three-dimensionalobject, comprising: (a) flowing a material to a volume of a filteringenclosure comprising an atmosphere, wherein the material comprises (1) aremainder of a pre-transformed material used to print thethree-dimensional object, or (2) a debris produced during the printingof the three-dimensional object; (b) filtering the remainder through afiltration member disposed in the volume, which filtration member isdisposed at an angle with respect to a normal to the gravitational fieldvector; and (c) vertically translating a platform that supports the atleast one three-dimensional object during the printing.
 28. The methodof claim 27, wherein the angle facilitates simultaneous separationbetween (i) a first portion of the remainder that flows through thefiltration member from one exposed surface of the filtration member toan opposing exposed surface of the filtration member, and (ii) a secondportion of the remainder that slides on the one exposed surface of thefiltration member to (a) an outlet port of the filtering enclosureand/or (b) a collection volume.
 29. The method of claim 27, comprisingisolating the filtration member from a remainder of the filteringenclosure.
 30. The method of claim 29, wherein the isolating comprisesmechanically isolating or thermally isolating.
 31. The method of claim27, comprising moving the filtration member within the volume tofacilitate the filtering.
 32. The method of claim 31, wherein the movingcomprises vibration.
 33. The method of claim 27, comprising filtering ata rate of at least about 0.5 cubic centimeters of material per minute,per square centimeter of filtration member filtering area.
 34. Themethod of claim 27, comprising filtering at a rate of at least about 50kilograms of material.
 35. The method of claim 27, wherein filtering isduring the printing and without interrupting the printing.